OWNER' S MANUAL

Operation
Maintenance
Specifications

All information in this Owner’s Manual is current at the time

of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make
changes at any time so that our policy of continual product
improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes

descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard
equipment.
As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not
apply to your specific vehicle.
Introduction

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI
and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering
the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations
established by the Department of Transportation and other government
agencies in your country.

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR

TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic
components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio
or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason,
we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer’s instructions
or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or special
instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
 SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and

NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:

DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury.

WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in minor or moderate injury.

NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle
damage.
Table of contents

Foreword 1
Vehicle information 2
Safety system 3
Instrument cluster 4
Convneince features 5
Driving your vehicle 6
Driver assistance system 7
Emergency situations 8
Maintenance 9
Index I
1. Foreword
Foreword .......................................................................................................... 1-2
HYUNDAI motor company .............................................................................. 1-2
How to use this manual ...................................................................................1-3
Safety messages ..............................................................................................1-3 1
Fuel requirements ............................................................................................1-4
Gasoline engine ..........................................................................................................1-4
Vehicle modifications ...................................................................................... 1-7
Vehicle handling instructions.......................................................................... 1-7
Vehicle break-in process ................................................................................. 1-7
Foreword

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing
number of discriminating people who drive HYUNDAI. The advanced engineering and
high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI we build is something of which we’re very
proud.

Your Owner’s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new
HYUNDAI. It is suggested that you read it carefully because the information it contains
can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that service and maintenance on your vehicle be
performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual,
if you sell this HYUNDAI, please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use.
Thank you.

CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality
fuels and lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use
high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 2-22 in
the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner’s Manual.

Copyright 2023 HYUNDAI Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this
publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in
any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor
Company.

1-2
 01
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES
We want to help you get the greatest Your safety, and the safety of others,
possible driving pleasure from your is very important. This Owner’s
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can Manual provides you with many safety
assist you in many ways. We strongly precautions and operating procedures.
recommend that you read the entire This information alerts you to potential
manual. In order to minimize the chance hazards that may hurt you or others, as
of death or injury, you must read the well as damage your vehicle.
DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION Safety messages found on vehicle
sections in the manual. labels and in this manual describe these
Illustrations complement the words in hazards and what to do to avoid or
this manual to best explain how to enjoy reduce the risks.
your vehicle. By reading your manual, Warnings and instructions contained in
you will learn about features, important this manual are for your safety. Failure to
safety information, and driving tips follow safety warnings and instructions
under various road conditions. can lead to serious injury or death.
The general layout of the manual is This is the safety alert symbol. It is
provided in the Table of Contents. Use used to alert you to potential
the index when looking for a specific physical injury hazards. Obey all
area or subject; it has an alphabetical safety messages that follow this
listing of all information in your manual. symbol to avoid possible injury or
Sections: This manual has 9 chapters death. The safety alert symbol
plus an index. Each section begins with a precedes the signal words
brief list of contents so you can tell at a DANGER, WARNING and
glance if that section has the information CAUTION.
you want.

1-3
Foreword

FUEL REQUIREMENTS
DANGER Gasoline engine
DANGER indicates a hazardous Unleaded
situation which, if not avoided, will Your new vehicle is designed to perform
result in death or serious injury. optimally using unleaded fuel having an
Octane Rating of RON (Research Octane
Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87
WARNING or higher. (Do not use methanol blended
fuels)
WARNING indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injury. Your new vehicle is designed to obtain
maximum performance with UNLEADED
FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust
CAUTION emissions and spark plug fouling.
CAUTION indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, could NOTICE
result in minor or moderate injury.
NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The use
of leaded fuel is detrimental to the
catalytic converter and will damage the
NOTICE engine control system’s oxygen sensor
NOTICE indicates a situation which, and affect emission control.
if not avoided, could result in vehicle Also, severe wear and crack of piston
damage. ring, valve, etc. may occur and
knocking noise may be heard from your
engine.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than what
has been specified (We recommend
that you consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealers for details.)

WARNING
• Do not “top off” after the nozzle
automatically shuts off when
refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.

1-4
 01
Gasoline containing alcohol and CAUTION
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and Never use gasohol which contains
ethanol (also known as grain alcohol), methanol. Discontinue use of any
and gasoline or gasohol containing gasohol product which impairs
methanol (also known as wood alcohol) drivability.
are being marketed along with or instead
of leaded or unleaded gasoline. Using Fuel Additives
Do not use gasohol containing more Using fuel additives such as:
than 10 % ethanol, and do not use
gasoline or gasohol containing any - Silicone fuel additive
methanol. Either of these fuels may - MMT (Manganese, Mn) fuel additive
cause drivability problems and damage - Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
to the fuel system, engine control
system and emission control system. - Other metallic-based fuel additives
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if May result in cylinder misfire, poor
drivability problems occur. acceleration, engine stalling, engine
plugging, heavy knocking noise, damage
Vehicle damage or driveability to the catalyst, or abnormal corrosion,
problems may not be covered by the and may cause damage to the engine
manufacturer’s warranty if they result resulting in a reduction in the overall
from the use of: life of the powertrain. The Malfunction
1. Gasohol containing more than 10 % Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
ethanol.
2. Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol. NOTICE
3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. Damage to the fuel system or
performance problem caused by the
use of these fuels may not be covered
by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

1-5
Foreword

Use of MTBE Fuel Additives

HYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuels HYUNDAI recommends that you use
containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl unleaded gasoline which has an Octane
Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content Rating of RON (Research Octane
2.7% weight) in your vehicle. Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87
Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% or higher.
vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) For customers who do not use good
may reduce vehicle performance and quality gasolines including fuel additives
produce vapor lock or hard starting. regularly, and have problems starting or
the engine does not run smoothly, one
bottle of additives added to the fuel tank
CAUTION at every 10,000 km.
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Additives are available from your
may not cover damage to the authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with
fuel system and any performance information on how to use them. Do not
problems that are caused by the use mix other additives.
of fuels containing methanol or fuels
containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl
Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content
Operation in foreign countries
2.7% weight.) If you are going to drive your vehicle in
another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding
Do not use methanol registration and insurance.
Fuels containing methanol (wood • Determine that acceptable fuel is
alcohol) should not be used in your available.
vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce
vehicle performance and damage
components of the fuel system, engine
control system and emission control
system.

1-6
 01
VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS VEHICLE BREAK-IN
• This vehicle should not be modified. PROCESS
Modification of your vehicle could
No special break-in period is needed. By
affect its performance, safety or
following a few simple precautions for
durability and may even violate
the first 1,000 km (600 miles), you may
governmental safety and emissions
add to the performance, economy and
regulations.
life of your vehicle:
In addition, damage or performance
• Do not race the engine.
problems resulting from any
modification may not be covered • While driving, avoid sudden
under warranty. acceleration and stop.
• If you use unauthorized electronic • Do not maintain a single speed for
devices, it may cause the vehicle to long periods of time, either fast or
operate abnormally, wire damage, slow.
battery discharge and fire. For your Varying the engine speed is needed to
safety, do not use unauthorized properly break-in the engine.
electronic devices. • Avoid hard stops, except in
emergencies, to allow the brakes to
seat properly.
VEHICLE HANDLING • Fuel economy and engine
INSTRUCTIONS performance may vary depending
As with other vehicles of this type, on vehicle break-in process and be
failure to operate this vehicle correctly stabilized after 6,000 km (4,000
may result in loss of control, an accident miles). New engines may consume
or vehicle rollover. more oil during the vehicle break-in
period.
Specific design characteristics (higher
ground clearance, track, etc.) give this
vehicle a higher center of gravity than
other types of vehicles. In other words
they are not designed for cornering
at the same speeds as conventional
2-wheel drive vehicles. Avoid sharp turns
or abrupt maneuvers. Again, failure to
operate this vehicle correctly may result
in loss of control, an accident or vehicle
rollover. Be sure to read the “Reducing
the risk of a rollover” driving guidelines,
in section 6 of this manual.

1-7
2. Vehicle information

Exterior overview (front view) ........................................................................ 2-2

Exterior overview (front view) (N-line) .......................................................... 2-3
Exterior overview (rear view) ......................................................................... 2-4
Exterior overview (rear view) (N-line) ............................................................ 2-5
Interior overview (left-hand drive) ................................................................. 2-6
Interior overview (right-hand drive) ...............................................................2-7
Interior overview (N-line) (left-hand drive) ................................................... 2-8
2
Interior overview (N-line) (right-hand drive) ................................................. 2-9
Center console overview (left-hand drive) ..................................................2-10
Center console overview (right-hand drive) .................................................2-11
Center console overview (N-line) (left-hand drive) ..................................... 2-12
Center console overview (N-line) (right-hand drive)................................... 2-13
Engine compartment overview ....................................................................2-14
Dimensions..................................................................................................... 2-17
Engine specification ...................................................................................... 2-17
Bulb wattage ..................................................................................................2-18
Tires and wheels ............................................................................................2-19
Air conditioning system ................................................................................ 2-20
Vehicle weight and luggage volume ........................................................... 2-20
Reference weight and distance when towing a trailer................................ 2-21
Recommended lubricants and capacities ...................................................2-22
Recommended SAE viscosity number ...................................................................2-24
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ........................................................... 2-26
Vehicle certification label ............................................................................. 2-26
Tire specification and pressure label ............................................................2-27
Engine number...............................................................................................2-27
Air conditioner compressor label ................................................................ 2-28
Open source software notice ....................................................................... 2-28
Vehicle information

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (FRONT VIEW)

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3013001

1. Hood .............................................................................................................................................. 5-37

2. Front light ...........................................................................................................................5-44, 9-65
3. Tires and wheels ..........................................................................................................................9-39
4. Outside rearview mirror .............................................................................................................. 5-24
5. Sunroof ......................................................................................................................................... 5-32
6. Front windshield wiper blades ......................................................................................... 5-53, 9-33
7. Windows .......................................................................................................................................5-26

2-2
 02
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (FRONT VIEW) (N-LINE)

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3NL013001

1. Hood .............................................................................................................................................. 5-37

2. Front light ...........................................................................................................................5-44, 9-65
3. Front fog light .................................................................................................................... 5-47, 9-68
4. Tires and wheels ..........................................................................................................................9-39
5. Outside rearview mirror .............................................................................................................. 5-24
6. Sunroof ......................................................................................................................................... 5-32
7. Front windshield wiper blades .......................................................................................... 5-53, 9-33
8. Windows .......................................................................................................................................5-26

2-3
Vehicle information

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (REAR VIEW)

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3013002

1. Door ................................................................................................................................................5-14
2. Fuel filler door .............................................................................................................................. 5-41
3. Rear combination light ......................................................................................................5-44, 9-70
4. Rear window wiper blades................................................................................................ 5-55, 9-35
5. High mounted stop light ............................................................................................................. 9-74
6. Antenna ........................................................................................................................................ 5-91
7. Tailgate ..........................................................................................................................................5-38
8. Wide-rear view camera ................................................................................................................. 7-6

2-4
 02
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (REAR VIEW) (N-LINE)

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3NL013002

1. Door ................................................................................................................................................5-14
2. Fuel filler door .............................................................................................................................. 5-41
3. Rear combination light ......................................................................................................5-44, 9-70
4. Rear window wiper blades................................................................................................ 5-55, 9-35
5. High mounted stop light ............................................................................................................. 9-74
6. Antenna ........................................................................................................................................ 5-91
7. Tailgate ..........................................................................................................................................5-38
8. Wide-rear view camera ................................................................................................................. 7-6

2-5
Vehicle information

INTERIOR OVERVIEW (LEFT-HAND DRIVE)

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3013003L

1. Inside door handle .................................. 5-16 8. Drive mode button ................................ 6-45
2. Power window switches ....................... 5-26 9. Steering wheel ....................................... 5-20
3. Power window lock button ................... 5-30 10. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ..... 5-21
4. Outside rearview mirror control switch 5-24 11. Fuse box................................................. 9-52
5. Outside rearview mirror folding switch 5-25 12. Hood release lever.................................5-37
6. Central door lock switch ....................... 5-17 13. Seat.......................................................... 3-4
7. ESC (Electronic Stability Control) OFF
button...................................................... 6-38

2-6
 02
INTERIOR OVERVIEW (RIGHT-HAND DRIVE)

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3013003R

1. Inside door handle .................................. 5-16 8. Drive mode button ................................ 6-45
2. Power window switches ....................... 5-26 9. Steering wheel ....................................... 5-20
3. Power window lock button ................... 5-30 10. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ..... 5-21
4. Outside rearview mirror control switch 5-24 11. Fuse box................................................. 9-52
5. Outside rearview mirror folding switch 5-25 12. Hood release lever.................................5-37
6. Central door lock switch ....................... 5-17 13. Seat.......................................................... 3-4
7. ESC (Electronic Stability Control) OFF
button...................................................... 6-38

2-7
Vehicle information

INTERIOR OVERVIEW (N-LINE) (LEFT-HAND DRIVE)

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3NL013003L

1. Inside door handle .................................. 5-16 8. Drive mode button ................................ 6-45
2. Power window switches ....................... 5-26 9. Steering wheel ....................................... 5-20
3. Power window lock button ................... 5-30 10. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ..... 5-21
4. Outside rearview mirror control switch 5-24 11. Fuse box................................................. 9-52
5. Outside rearview mirror folding switch 5-25 12. Hood release lever.................................5-37
6. Central door lock switch ....................... 5-17 13. Seat.......................................................... 3-4
7. ESC (Electronic Stability Control) OFF
button...................................................... 6-38

2-8
 02
INTERIOR OVERVIEW (N-LINE) (RIGHT-HAND DRIVE)

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3NL013003R

1. Inside door handle .................................. 5-16 8. Drive mode button ................................ 6-45
2. Power window switches ....................... 5-26 9. Steering wheel ....................................... 5-20
3. Power window lock button ................... 5-30 10. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ..... 5-21
4. Outside rearview mirror control switch 5-24 11. Fuse box................................................. 9-52
5. Outside rearview mirror folding switch 5-25 12. Hood release lever.................................5-37
6. Central door lock switch ....................... 5-17 13. Seat.......................................................... 3-4
7. ESC (Electronic Stability Control) OFF
button...................................................... 6-38

2-9
Vehicle information

CENTER CONSOLE OVERVIEW (LEFT-HAND DRIVE)

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3013004L

1. Instrument cluster ......................................................................................................................... 4-2

2. Horn ............................................................................................................................................. 5-22
3. Driver’s front air bag ................................................................................................................... 3-49
4. Infotainment system ................................................................................................................... 5-91
5. Hazard warning flasher switch ....................................................................................................8-2
6. Climate control system .....................................................................................................5-56, 5-65
7. USB charger ..................................................................................................................................5-85
8. Power outlet .................................................................................................................................5-84
9. USB port ....................................................................................................................................... 5-91
10. Wireless charging pad .............................................................................................................. 5-86
11. USB charger.................................................................................................................................5-85
12. Transmission shift lever........................................................................................... 6-15, 6-18, 6-26
13. Glove box .................................................................................................................................... 5-81
14. Passenger’s front air bag .......................................................................................................... 3-49

2-10
 02
CENTER CONSOLE OVERVIEW (RIGHT-HAND DRIVE)

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3013004

1. Instrument cluster ......................................................................................................................... 4-2

2. Horn ............................................................................................................................................. 5-22
3. Driver’s front air bag ................................................................................................................... 3-49
4. Infotainment system ................................................................................................................... 5-91
5. Hazard warning flasher switch ....................................................................................................8-2
6. Climate control system .....................................................................................................5-56, 5-65
7. USB charger ..................................................................................................................................5-85
8. Power outlet .................................................................................................................................5-84
9. USB port ....................................................................................................................................... 5-91
10. Wireless charging pad .............................................................................................................. 5-86
11. USB charger.................................................................................................................................5-85
12. Transmission shift lever........................................................................................... 6-15, 6-18, 6-26
13. Glove box .................................................................................................................................... 5-81
14. Passenger’s front air bag .......................................................................................................... 3-49

2-11
Vehicle information

CENTER CONSOLE OVERVIEW (N-LINE) (LEFT-HAND DRIVE)

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3NL013004L
1. Instrument cluster ......................................................................................................................... 4-2
2. Horn ............................................................................................................................................. 5-22
3. Driver’s front air bag ................................................................................................................... 3-49
4. Infotainment system ................................................................................................................... 5-91
5. Hazard warning flasher switch ....................................................................................................8-2
6. Climate control system ....................................................................................................5-56, 5-65
7. USB charger ..................................................................................................................................5-85
8. Power outlet .................................................................................................................................5-84
9. USB port ...................................................................................................................................... 5-91
10. Wireless charging pad .............................................................................................................. 5-86
11. USB charger.................................................................................................................................5-85
12. Transmission shift lever........................................................................................... 6-15, 6-18, 6-26
13. Glove box .................................................................................................................................... 5-81
14. Passenger’s front air bag .......................................................................................................... 3-49

2-12
 02
CENTER CONSOLE OVERVIEW (N-LINE) (RIGHT-HAND DRIVE)

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3NL013004
1. Instrument cluster ......................................................................................................................... 4-2
2. Horn ............................................................................................................................................. 5-22
3. Driver’s front air bag ................................................................................................................... 3-49
4. Infotainment system ................................................................................................................... 5-91
5. Hazard warning flasher switch ....................................................................................................8-2
6. Climate control system ....................................................................................................5-56, 5-65
7. USB charger ..................................................................................................................................5-85
8. Power outlet .................................................................................................................................5-84
9. USB port ...................................................................................................................................... 5-91
10. Wireless charging pad .............................................................................................................. 5-86
11. USB charger.................................................................................................................................5-85
12. Transmission shift lever........................................................................................... 6-15, 6-18, 6-26
13. Glove box .................................................................................................................................... 5-81
14. Passenger’s front air bag .......................................................................................................... 3-49

2-13
Vehicle information

ENGINE COMPARTMENT OVERVIEW

Gasoline Engine (Kappa 1.0 T-GDI)

- Left Hand Drive

- Right Hand Drive

The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBI3093030L/OBI3093047L

1. Engine coolant reservoir ..............................................................................................................9-24

2. Engine oil filler cap ..................................................................................................................... 9-22
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ....................................................................................................... 9-27
4. Air cleaner ...................................................................................................................................9-30
5. Fuse box ......................................................................................................................................9-53
6. Battery .........................................................................................................................................9-36
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ..............................................................................................9-29
8. Radiator cap .................................................................................................................................9-25
9. Engine oil dipstick ........................................................................................................................9-21

2-14
 02
Gasoline engine (Smartstream G1.2)

- Left Hand Drive

- Right Hand Drive

The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBC3090003/OBC3090003R

1. Engine coolant reservoir ..............................................................................................................9-24

2. Engine oil filler cap ..................................................................................................................... 9-22
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ....................................................................................................... 9-27
4. Air cleaner ...................................................................................................................................9-30
5. Fuse box ......................................................................................................................................9-53
6. Battery .........................................................................................................................................9-36
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ..............................................................................................9-29
8. Radiator cap .................................................................................................................................9-25
9. Engine oil dipstick ........................................................................................................................9-21

2-15
Vehicle information

Gasoline engine (1.4 MPI)


- Left Hand Drive

- Right Hand Drive

The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBI3090032L/OBI3090032

1. Engine coolant reservoir ..............................................................................................................9-24

2. Engine oil filler cap ..................................................................................................................... 9-22
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ....................................................................................................... 9-27
4. Air cleaner ...................................................................................................................................9-30
5. Fuse box ......................................................................................................................................9-53
6. Battery .........................................................................................................................................9-36
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ..............................................................................................9-29
8. Radiator cap .................................................................................................................................9-25
9. Engine oil dipstick ........................................................................................................................9-21

2-16
 02
DIMENSIONS
mm (in.)
Items 5 Door

Overall length 3,995 (157.28)

Overall width 1,775 (69.88)

Overall height 1,485 (58.46)

185/70R14 1,549 (60.98)

Front tread 185/65R15 1,549 (60.98)

195/55R16 1,537 (60.51)

185/70R14 1,558 (61.34)

Rear tread 185/65R15 1,558 (61.34)

195/55R16 1,546 (60.87)

Wheelbase 2,580 (101.57)

ENGINE SPECIFICATION
Item 1.0 T-GDi Smartstream G1.2 1.4 MPI
Displacement 998 (60.9) 1,197 (73.0) 1,368 (83.4)
cc (cu. in.)
Bore x Stroke 71 x 84 71 x 75.6 72 x 84
mm (in.) (2.79 x 3.30) (2.79 x 2.97) (2.83 x 3.30)
Firing order 1-2-3 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2
No. of cylinders 3 4 4

2-17
Vehicle information

BULB WATTAGE
Light function Light source Wattage
Headlight (Low/High) H19 55/60
Type A Turn signal light PY21W 21
Position light (if equipped) W5W 5
Headlight (High/Low) LED LED

Front Type B Turn signal light PY21W 21

Daytime running light &
Position light LED LED

Daytime running light (if equipped) LED LED

Side repeater lamp (if equipped) W5W 5
Fog light (if equipped) HB4 51
Tail light W5W 5
Tail/Stop light P21/5W 5/21
Type A
Turn signal light PY21W 21
Back up light W16W 16
Tail light LED LED
Rear
Stop light LED LED
Type B
Turn signal light PY21W 21
Back up light W16W 16
High mounted stop light W5W 5
License plate light W5W 5
Room lamp FESTOON 8
Interior Map lamp FESTOON 8
Luggage room lamp FESTOON 10

Type A : MFR (Multi Focus Reflector) Headlight

2-18
 02
TIRES AND WHEELS
Inflation pressure kPa (psi)
Wheel lug nut
Wheel
Item Tire size Normal load *1 Maximum load torque kgf·m
size
(lbf·ft, N·m)
Front Rear Front Rear
230 215 230 230
185/65R15 5.5J x 15
(33) (31) (33) (33)
Full size tire
230 215 230 230
195/55R16 6.0J x 16
(33) (31) (33) (33) 11~13
230 230 230 230 (79~94, 107~127)
185/65R15 5.5J x 15
(33) (33) (33) (33)
Spare tire
230 230 230 230
195/55R16 6.0J x 16
(33) (33) (33) (33)

*1 : Normal load : Up to 3 persons

NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 20 kPa (3 psi) to the standard tire pressure specification if
colder temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically lose 7 kPa (1 psi) for every
7°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected,
recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
• Tire inflation pressures may differ depending on changes in elevation (about 10
kPa (2.4 psi) for every 1 km (1 mi.) elevation change). If driving in areas of higher or
lower elevation, be sure to check and adjust for proper tire inflation.
• Do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure, as found on the sidewall of the
tire(s).

CAUTION
When replacing tires, always use tires of the same type, size, brand, construction
and tread pattern.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work
irregularly.

2-19
Vehicle information

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Items Weight of Volume Classification
Refrigerant 480 ± 25
R-134a
g (oz.) (17 ± 0.88)
Compressor
100 (3.52)
lubricant PAG 30
tolerance: +15 (+ 0.52) / - 0 (- 0)
g (oz.)

We recommend you to contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more information.

VEHICLE WEIGHT AND LUGGAGE VOLUME

Smartstream
1.0 T-GDi 1.4 MPI
Items G1.2
M/T DCT M/T M/T A/T
1,500 kg 1,530 kg 1,470 kg 1,480 kg 1,520 kg
Gross vehicle weight
(3,306 lbs.) (3,373 lbs.) (3,240 lbs.) (3,262 lbs.) (3,351 lbs.)
Luggage volume (VDA) 311 ℓ (10.9 cu ft.)

2-20
 02
REFERENCE WEIGHT AND DISTANCE WHEN TOWING A
TRAILER (IF EQUIPPED)
The following table indicates the maximum trailer weight for your vehicle. Do not
exceed the maximum allowable trailer weight. The maximum trailer weight includes
the weight of the trailer, any cargo, and equipment or items attached to the trailer.
The towing load in excess of these limits can seriously affect vehicle steering and
performance, and may damage the engine and drivetrain.
Engine Smartstream
1.0 T-GDi 1.4 MPI
Item G1.2
M/T DCT M/T M/T A/T
Maximum trailer weight With brake 1,100 1,100 850 1,000 800
System (2,425) (2,425) (1,873) (2,204) (1,763)
Without
450 450 450 450 450
brake
kg (Ibs.) System (922) (922) (922) (922) (922)
Maximum permissible static vertical
load on the coupling device 45 (99)
kg (Ibs.)
Recommended distance from rear
wheel center to coupling point 730 (28.74)
mm (inch)

Any additional weight, cargo, or accessories in your vehicle will reduce the maximum
trailer weight and corresponding tongue load limits.

M/T : Manual transmission

A/T : Automatic transmission
DCT : Dual clutch transmission

2-21
Vehicle information

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only
lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine
efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil *1
(drain and Gasoline 1.0 T-GDi 3.6 ℓ (3.80 US qt.) SAE 0W30, ACEA C2 *2
refill) Except Middle East*4 – SAE
0W20, API Latest (ILSAC Latest)
Gasoline or ACEA C5 *3
3.4 ℓ (3.6 US qt.)
Smartstream G1.2 For Middle East*4 – SAE 5W30,
ACEA Latest (ILSAC Latest) or
ACEA A5/B5 *6
Except Middle East *4 – SAE
5W20, API Latest (ILSAC Latest) *5
Gasoline 1.4 MPI 3.5 ℓ (3.7 US qt.) For Middle East *4 – SAE 5W30,
ACEA Latest (ILSAC Latest) or
ACEA A5/B5 *6
*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*2 : Require <ACEA C2 Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil
including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced as
indicated severe maintenance condition.
*3 : Require <API Latest (ILSAC Latest) or “ACEA C5” Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower
grade engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine
oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe maintenance condition.
*4 : Middle East includes Libya, Algeria, Morocco, Egypt, Tunisia, Sudan, Iran, etc.
*5 : Require <API Latest(ILSAC Latest) Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil
(mineral oil including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be
replaced as indicated severe maintenance condition.
*6 : Require / <API Latest(ILSAC Latest) or ACEA A5/B5 Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower
grade engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine
oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe maintenance condition.

2-22
 02
Lubricant Volume Classification
Gasoline 1.0 T-GDi, 1.5 ~ 1.6 ℓ API GL-4, SAE 70W
Manual Gasoline 1.4 MPI (1.59 ~ 1.69 US qt.) - SK : HK SYN MTF 70W
transmission - H.K.SHELL : SPIRAX S6 GHME
fluid Gasoline 1.3 ~ 1.4 ℓ 70W MTF
Smartstream G1.2 (1.37 ~ 1.48 US qt.) - GS CALTEX : GS MTF HD 70W
Automatic SK ATF SP4M-1, MICHANG ATF
transmission Gasoline 1.4 MPI 6.7 ℓ (7.07 US qt.) SP4M-1, S-OIL ATF SP4M-1,
fluid Hyundai Genuine ATF SP4M-1
API GL4, SAE 70W
Dual clutch
1.6 ~ 1.7 ℓ HK D DCTF TGO-10 PLUS (SK)
transmission Gasoline 1.0 T-GDi
(1.69 ~ 1.78 US qt.) SPIRAX S6 GHDE 70W DCTF PLUS
fluid
(H.K SHELL)
Gasoline 1.0 T-GDi 5.9 ℓ (6.23 US qt.)
Gasoline MIXTURE, Antifreeze with water
Coolant 5.4 ℓ (5.71 US qt.) (Ethylene glycol base coolant for
Smartstream G1.2
Gasoline A/T 5.3 ℓ (5.60 US qt.) aluminum radiator)
1.4 MPI M/T 5.2 ℓ (5.49 US qt.)
0.7 ~ 0.8 ℓ
Brake/Clutch* fluid FMVSS116 DOT-4
(0.7 ~ 0.8 US qt.)
37 ℓ
Fuel -
(9.8 US gal.)
*: if equipped

2-23
Vehicle information

Recommended SAE viscosity number

NOTICE
• Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick
before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or
sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other
mechanisms that could be damaged.
• Never add any additives to the engine oil. Engine oil additives can change the
properties of engine oil and may cause serious engine failure.

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather
operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can
provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher
viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather.
Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine
damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be
operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil
viscosity from the chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature
(°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Smartstream
0W-20
G1.2 *1 *3

Smartstream
5W-30
Gasoline G1.2 * *
2 3

Engine
Oil 20W-50
15W-40
1.0 T-GDi
10W-30
0W-30, 5W-30, 5W-40

*1 : Except Middle East, Iran, Libia, Algeria, Sudan, Tunisia, Egypt

*2 : For Middle East, Iran, Libia, Algeria, Sudan, Tunisia, Egypt
*3 : If mineral oil or semi-synthetic oil is used, it is a severe maintenance condition in terms of
engine oil change.

2-24
 02
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature
(°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

20W-50
Except 15W-40
Middle
East*2 10W-30
OW-20, OW-30, 5W-20, 5W-30
Gasoline
1.4
Engine
MPI
Oil 20W-50
For 15W-40
Middle
East*3 10W-30
OW-30, 5W-30, 5W-40

*2 : (Except Middle East, Iran, Libia, Algeria, Sudan, Tunisia, Egypt) If the above
recommended specification oil is not available, SAE 5W20 grade synthetic oil can
be used. If mineral oil or semi-synthetic oil is used, it is a severe maintenance
condition in terms of engine oil change.
* : (for Middle East, Iran, Libia, Algeria, Sudan, Tunisia, Egypt) If the above
3

recommended specification oil is not available, SAE 5W30 grade synthetic oil can
be used. If mineral oil or semi-synthetic oil is used, it is a severe maintenance
condition in terms of engine oil change.

An engine oil displaying this American Petroleum Institute(API)

Certification Mark conforms to the International Lubricant
Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended
to only use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.

2-25
Vehicle information

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE CERTIFICATION

NUMBER (VIN) LABEL (IF EQUIPPED)
Type A


OBI3013021 OBI3013022

The vehicle identification number (VIN) The vehicle certification label attached
is the number used in registering your on the driver’s (or front passenger’s)
car and in all legal matters pertaining to side center pillar gives the vehicle
its ownership, etc. identification number (VIN).
The number is punched on the floor
under the front right seat. To check the
number, pull out the slit part of carpet.

Type B


OBN7I013027L

The VIN is also on a plate attached to the

top of the dashboard. The number on
the plate can easily be seen through the
windshield from outside.

2-26
 02
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER
PRESSURE LABEL Gasoline 1.0 T-GDi


Left Hand Drive



OBI3010020
OBI3013023L
Smartstream G1.2

Right Hand Drive


OBI3013023 OBC3010024
The tires supplied on your new Gasoline 1.4 MPI

vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver’s
side center pillar gives the tire pressures
recommended for your car.

OBI3010023

The engine number is stamped on the

engine block as shown in the drawing.

2-27
Vehicle information

AIR CONDITIONER OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE

COMPRESSOR LABEL NOTICE
This vehicle contains software with open
source licenses.
Open source software information
including the source code, copyright
notices and referred license terms may
be obtained on the website
https://www.hyundai.com/worldwide/
opensource

OBI3013024 Hyundai Motor Company will provide

A compressor label informs you the type the open source code to you in storage
of compressor your vehicle is equipped medium such as CD-ROM for minimum
with such as model, supplier part charge covering the cost of performing
number, production number, refrigerant source distribution upon email request
(1) and refrigerant oil (2). to opensource@hyundai.com within
a period of 3 years from the date of
product purchase.

2-28
3. Safety system
This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect
yourself and your passengers. It explains how to properly use your seats and seat
belts, and how your air bags work.
Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in
your vehicle.

Important safety precautions ........................................................................ 3-2

Always wear your seat belt ........................................................................................3-2
Restrain all children....................................................................................................3-2
Air bag hazards ...........................................................................................................3-2
Driver distraction ........................................................................................................3-2
Control your speed.................................................................................................... 3-3
Keep your vehicle in safe condition ......................................................................... 3-3
Seats ................................................................................................................ 3-4
3
Front seats ................................................................................................................. 3-8
Rear seats ................................................................................................................. 3-12
Seat belts ........................................................................................................3-16
Seat belt warning light ............................................................................................. 3-17
Seat belt restraint system ....................................................................................... 3-20
Pre-tensioner seat belt ........................................................................................... 3-24
Additional seat belt safety precautions ................................................................. 3-26
Care of seat belts..................................................................................................... 3-28
Child restraint system ................................................................................... 3-29
Using a child restraint system ................................................................................. 3-31
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ...............................................................3-32
Air bag - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) .........................................3-40
How does the air bag system operate ................................................................... 3-42
Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger’s seat ............................... 3-44
Air bag warning and indicator ................................................................................ 3-45
SRS components and functions ............................................................................. 3-46
Driver’s and passenger’s front air bag ................................................................... 3-49
Side air bag ............................................................................................................... 3-51
Curtain air bag ......................................................................................................... 3-52
SRS Care .................................................................................................................. 3-59
Air bag warning label .............................................................................................. 3-62
Safety system

IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

You will find many safety precautions Driver distraction
and recommendations throughout this
section, and throughout this manual. Driver distraction presents a serious and
The safety precautions in this section are potentially deadly danger, especially for
among the most important. inexperienced drivers. Safety should be
the first concern when behind the wheel
and drivers need to be aware of the wide
Always wear your seat belt array of potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating,
A seat belt is your best protection in all personal grooming, other passengers,
types of accidents. Air bags are designed and using cellular phones.
to supplement seat belts, not replace
them. So even though your vehicle is Drivers can become distracted when
equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make they take their eyes and attention off
sure you and your passengers wear the the road or their hands off the wheel to
seat belts, and wear them properly. focus on activities other than driving. To
reduce your risk of distraction and an
accident:
Restrain all children • ALWAYS set up your mobile devices
All children under age 13 ride in your (for example, MP3 players, phones,
vehicle should be restrained properly navigation units, etc.) when your
in a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
and small children should be restrained • ONLY use your mobile device when
in an appropriate child restraint. Larger allowed by laws and conditions permit
children should use a booster seat with safe use.
the lap/shoulder belt until they can use NEVER text or email while driving.
the seat belt properly without a booster Most countries have laws prohibiting
seat. drivers from texting. Some countries
and cities also prohibit drivers from
using handheld phones.
Air bag hazards
• NEVER let the use of a mobile device
While air bags can save lives, they can distract you from driving. You have a
also cause serious or fatal injuries to responsibility to your passengers and
occupants who sit too close to them, or others on the road to always drive
who are not properly restrained. Infants, safely, with your hands on the wheel
young children, and short adults are at as well as your eyes and attention on
the greatest risk of being injured by an the road.
inflating air bag. Follow all instructions
and warnings in this manual.

3-2
 03
Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the
higher the speed, the greater the risk,
but serious injuries can also occur at
lower speeds. Never drive faster than is
safe for current conditions, regardless of
the maximum speed posted.

Keep your vehicle in safe

condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical
failure can be extremely hazardous. To
reduce the possibility of such problems,
check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly
scheduled maintenance.

3-3
Safety system

SEATS
Left Hand Drive


The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBI3033001L

(1) Forward and backward

(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat height (if equipped)
(4) Headrest
(5) Rear headrest
(6) Seatback folding

3-4
 03
Right Hand Drive


The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBI3033001

(1) Forward and backward

(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat height (if equipped)
(4) Headrest
(5) Rear headrest
(6) Seatback folding

3-5
Safety system

WARNING WARNING
Loose objects Do not use a sitting cushion that
reduces friction between the seat and
Loose objects in the driver’s foot area
passenger. The passenger’s hips may
could interfere with the operation of
slide under the lap portion of the seat
the foot pedals, possibly causing an
belt during an accident or a sudden
accident. Do not place anything under
stop. Serious or fatal internal injuries
the front seats.
could result because the seat belt can’t
operate normally.
WARNING
Uprighting seat WARNING
When you return the seatback to its Driver’s seat
upright position, hold the seatback and
return it slowly and be sure there are • Never attempt to adjust seat while
no other occupants around the seat. If the vehicle is moving. This could
the seatback is returned without being result in loss of control, and an
held and controlled, the back of the accident causing death, serious
seat could move forward or backward injury, or property damage.
resulting in accidental injury. • Do not allow anything to interfere
with the normal position of the
seatback. Storing items against
WARNING a seatback or in any other way
interfering with proper locking of
Driver responsibility for passengers
a seatback could result in serious
Riding in a vehicle with seatback or fatal injury in a sudden stop or
reclined could lead to serious or fatal collision.
injury in an accident. If a seat is reclined • Always drive and ride with your
during an accident, the occupant’s hips seatback upright and the lap portion
may slide under the lap portion of the of the seat belt snug and low across
seat belt applying great force to the the hips. This is the best position to
unprotected abdomen. The protection protect you in case of an accident.
of your restraint system (seat belt
and air bags) is greatly reduced by • In order to avoid unnecessary and
reclining your seat. Serious or fatal perhaps severe air bag injuries,
internal injuries could result. The driver always sit as far back as possible
must advise the passenger to keep from the steering wheel while
the seatback in an upright position maintaining comfortable control of
whenever the vehicle is in motion. the vehicle.

3-6
 03
WARNING WARNING
Rear seatbacks After adjusting the seat, always check
that it is securely locked into place by
• The rear seatback must be securely
attempting to move the seat forward
latched. If not, passengers and
or backward without using the lock
objects could be thrown forward
release lever. Sudden or unexpected
resulting in serious injury or death
movement of the driver’s seat could
in the event of a sudden stop or
cause you to lose control of the vehicle
collision.
resulting in an accident.
• Luggage and other cargo should be
laid flat in the cargo area. If objects
are large, heavy, or must be piled, WARNING
they must be secured. Under no
circumstances should cargo be piled • Do not adjust the seat while wearing
higher than the seatbacks. Failure to seat belts. Moving the seat cushion
follow these warnings cou ld result in forward may cause strong pressure
serious injury or death in the event of on the abdomen.
a sudden stop, collision or rollover. • Use extreme caution so that hands
• No passenger should ride in the cargo or other objects are not caught in the
area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks seat mechanisms while the seat is
while the vehicle is moving. All moving.
passengers must be properly seated • Do not put a cigarette lighter on the
in seats and restrained properly while floor or seat. When you operate the
riding. seat, gas may gush out of the lighter
• When resetting the seatback to and cause fire.
the upright position, make sure it • If there are occupants in the rear
is securely latched by pushing it seats, be careful while adjusting the
forward and backwards. front seat position.
• To avoid the possibility of burns,
do not remove the carpet in the
cargo area. Emission control devices
beneath this floor generate high
temperatures.

3-7
Safety system

Front seats

OBI3033033L

OBI3033032L
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
Forward and rearward
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on the
To move the seat forward or rearward: seatback recline lever.
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up 2. Carefully lean back on the seat and
and hold it. adjust the seatback of the seat to the
2. Slide the seat to the position you position you desire.
desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the
3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever
seat is locked in place. MUST return to its original position for
Adjust the seat before driving, and make the seatback to lock.)
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
to move forward and rearward without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is
not locked properly.

OBI3033034L

Seat height adjustment (for driver’s

seat, if equipped)
To change the height of the seat, move
the lever upwards or downwards.
• To lower the seat, push the lever down
several times.
• To raise the seat, pull the lever up
several times.

3-8
 03
Headrest •

OJKEV032104L
OBI3033035L
Adjust the headrests so the middle of
The driver’s and front passenger’s seats
the headrests is at the same height as
are equipped with a headrest for the
the height of the top of the eyes.
occupant’s safety and comfort.
• NEVER adjust the headrest position
The headrest not only provides comfort
of the driver’s seat when the vehicle
for the driver and front passenger, but
is in motion.
also helps to protect the head and neck
in the event of a collision. • Adjust the headrest as close to the
passenger’s head as possible. Do
not use a seat cushion that holds the
WARNING body away from the seatback.
To help reduce the risk of serious • Make sure the headrest locks into
injury or death in an accident, take the position after adjusting it.
following precautions when adjusting
your headrests: NOTICE
• Always properly adjust the headrests
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull
for all passengers BEFORE starting
on the headrests.
the vehicle.
• NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with
the headrests removed or reversed.

3-9
Safety system

OBI3033050 OBI3033037L

NOTICE Removal/Reinstall (if equipped)

To remove the headrest:
If you recline the seatback towards the
front with the head restraint and seat 1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
at top most position, the head restraint recline lever (1).
may come in contact with the sunvisor 2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
or other parts of the vehicle. 3. Press the headrest release button (3)
while pulling the headrest up (4).

WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a seat
with the headrest removed.

OBI3033036L

Adjusting the height up and down (if

equipped)
To raise the headrest, pull it up to
the desired position (1). To lower the
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).

3-10
 03
Seatback pocket (if equipped)

OBI3033038L

To reinstall the headrest : OBI3033059L

1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the The seatback pocket is provided on
holes while pressing the release the back of the driver’s and/or front
button (1). passenger’s seatback.
2. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate
height.
3. Adjust the seatback (4) forward using
WARNING
the recline lever (3). Seatback pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the
WARNING seatback pockets. In an accident, they
could come loose from the pocket and
Always make sure the headrest locks injure vehicle occupants.
into position after reinstalling and
adjusting it properly.

3-11
Safety system

Rear seats •
Headrest

OJKEV032104L

Adjust the headrests so the middle of

OBI3033039L the headrests is at the same height as
The rear seats are equipped with the height of the top of the eyes.
headrests in the outboard seating • NEVER adjust the headrest position
positions for the occupant’s safety and of the driver’s seat when the vehicle
comfort. is in motion.
The headrest not only provides comfort • Adjust the headrest as close to the
for passengers, but also helps to protect passenger’s head as possible. Do
the head and neck in the event of a not use a seat cushion that holds the
collision. body away from the seatback.
• Make sure the headrest locks into
WARNING position after adjusting it.

To help reduce the risk of serious

injury or death in an accident, take the NOTICE
following precautions when adjusting To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull
your headrests: on the headrests.
• Always properly adjust the headrests
for all passengers BEFORE starting
the vehicle.
• NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with
the headrests removed.

3-12
 03
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks (or cushions) may be
folded to facilitate carrying long items or
to increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.

WARNING
• Never allow passengers to sit on top
OBI3033040 of the folded down seatback while
the vehicle is moving as this is not a
Adjusting the height up and down proper seating position and no seat
(if equipped) belts are available for use. This could
To raise the headrest, pull it up (1). result in serious injury or death in
To lower the headrest, push and hold case of an accident or sudden stop.
the release button (2) on the headrest • Objects carried on the folded down
support and lower the headrest (3). seatback should not extend higher
than the top of the front seats. This
could allow cargo to slide forward
and cause injury or damage during
sudden stops.

1. Set the front seatback to the upright

position and if necessary, slide the
front seat forward.
2. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest
position (if equipped with adjustable
headrests).
OBI3033041

Removal (if equipped)

To remove the headrest, raise it as far as
it can go then press the release button
(1) while pulling upward (2).
To reinstall the headrest, put the
headrest poles (3) into the holes while
pressing the release button (1). Then
adjust it to the appropriate height.

WARNING OBI3033042

Make sure the headrest locks in 3. Insert the rear lap/shoulder belt plate
position after adjusting it to properly into the holder on the side trim. It will
protect the occupants. prevent the lap/shoulder belt from
interfering with the seatback when
folding.

3-13
Safety system

WARNING
When you return the rear seatback to
its upright position after being folded
down:
Be careful not to damage the seat belt
webbing or buckle. Do not allow the
seat belt webbing or buckle to get
caught or pinched in the rear seat.
Ensure that the seatback is completely
OBI3033043
locked into its upright position by
pushing on the top of the seatback.
Otherwise, in an accident or sudden
stop, the seat could fold down and
allow cargo to enter the passenger
compartment, which could result in
serious injury or death.

NOTICE
• When returning the rear seatbacks
OBI3033003 to the upright position, remember to
4. Pull up both sides of the seatback return the rear shoulder belts to their
lever and fold the seatback toward the proper position.
front of the vehicle. • Routing the seat belt webbing
To use the rear seat, lift and push up the through the rear seat belt guides will
seatback backward. Push the seatback help keep the seat belts from being
firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure trapped behind or under the seats.
the seatback is locked in place.
When returning the rear seatbacks to WARNING
the upright position, remember to return
the rear shoulder belts to their proper Cargo
position. Cargo should always be secured to
prevent it from being thrown about the
i Information vehicle in a collision and causing injury
to the vehicle occupants. Do not place
If you are not able to pull out the seat belt objects in the rear seats, since they
from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out cannot be properly secured and may hit
and release it. Then you will be able to the front seat occupants in a collision.
pull the belt out smoothly.

3-14
 03
WARNING
Cargo loading
Make sure the engine is off, the
dual clutch transmission/automatic
transmission is in P (Park) or the manual
transmission is in R (Reverse) or the
1st position, and the parking brake is
securely applied whenever loading or
unloading cargo. Failure to take these
steps may allow the vehicle to move if
the shift lever is inadvertently moved to
another position.

3-15
Safety system

SEAT BELTS
WARNING WARNING
• For maximum restraint system Seat belts are designed to bear upon
protection, the seat belts must the bony structure of the body, and
always be used whenever the car is should be worn low across the front
moving. of the pelvis or the pelvis, chest and
• Seat belts are most effective when shoulders, as applicable; wearing
seatbacks are in the upright position. the lap section of the belt across the
abdominal area must be avoided.
• Children age 12 and under must
always be properly restrained in the Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly
rear seat. Never allow children to as possible, consistent with comfort, to
ride in the front passenger seat. If provide the protection for which they
a child over 12 must be seated in have been designed.
the front seat, move the seat as far A slack belt will greatly reduce the
back as possible. And the child must protection afforded to the wearer.
always be restrained in the seat Care should be taken to avoid
properly. contamination of the webbing with
• Never wear the shoulder belt under polishes, oils and chemicals, and
your arm or behind your back. An particularly battery acid. Cleaning
improperly positioned shoulder may safely be carried out using mild
belt can cause serious injuries in soap and water. The belt should be
a crash. The shoulder belt should replaced if webbing becomes frayed,
be positioned midway over your contaminated or damaged.
shoulder across your collarbone. It is essential to replace the entire
• Never wear a seat belt over fragile assembly after it has been worn in a
objects. If there is a sudden stop or severe impact even if damage to the
impact, the seat belt can damage it. assembly is not obvious. Belts should
• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A not be worn with straps twisted. Each
twisted belt can’t do its job as well. In belt assembly must only be used by
a collision, it could even cut into you. one occupant; it is dangerous to put a
Be sure the belt webbing is straight belt around a child being carried on the
and not twisted. occupant’s lap.
• Be careful not to damage the belt
webbing or hardware. If the belt
webbing or hardware is damaged,
replace it.

3-16
 03
WARNING Seat belt warning light
• No modifications or additions Driver’s seat belt
should be made by the user which Instrument cluster

will either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating to
remove slack, or prevent the seat
belt assembly from being adjusted to
remove slack.
• When you fasten the seat belt, be
careful not to latch the seat belt
in buckles of other seat. It’s very
dangerous and you may not be
protected by the seat belt properly.
1GQA2083
• Do not unfasten the seat belt and
do not fasten and unfasten the seat As a reminder to the driver, the driver’s
belt repeatedly while driving. This seat belt warning light will illuminate for
could result in loss of control, and approximately 6 seconds each time you
an accident causing death, serious turn the ignition switch ON regardless of
injury, or property damage. seat belt fastening.
• When fastening the seat belt, make If you start to drive without the seat belt
sure that the seat belt does not pass fastened or you unfasten the seat belt
over objects that are hard or can when you drive under 20 km/h (12 mph)
break easily. or stop, the corresponding warning light
will illuminate.
• Make sure there is nothing in the
buckle interfering with the seat If you start to drive without the seat
belt latch mechanism, because any belt fastened or you unfasten the seat
materials in the buckle can cause the belt when you drive 20 km/h (12 mph)
seat belt not to be fastened securely. and faster, the warning light will blink
and warning chime will sound for
approximately 70 seconds.

3-17
Safety system

Front passenger’s seat belt warning WARNING

Instrument cluster

Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the front passenger’s
seat belt warning system. It is
important for the driver to instruct the
passenger to be seated properly as
instructed in this manual.

i Information
• Although the front passenger seat is not
1GQA2083 occupied, the seat belt warning light
As a reminder to the front passenger, will blink or illuminate for 6 seconds.
the front passenger’s seat belt warning • The front passenger’s seat belt warning
lights will illuminate for approximately 6 may operate when luggage is placed on
seconds each time you turn the ignition the front passenger seat.
switch ON regardless of belt fastening.
If you start to drive without the seat belt
fastened or you unfasten the seat belt
when you drive under 20 km/h (12 mph)
or stop, the corresponding warning light
will illuminate.
If you start to drive without the seat
belt fastened or you unfasten the seat
belt when you drive 20 km/h (12 mph)
and faster, the warning light will blink
and warning chime will sound for
approximately 70 seconds.

3-18
 03
Rear passenger’s seat belt warning WARNING
Instrument cluster

Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the rear passenger’s
seat belt warning system.
It is important for the driver to instruct
the passenger to properly be seated as
instructed in this manual.

i Information
• Although the rear side passenger seat is
1GQA2083
not occupied, the seat belt warning light
will blink or illuminate for 6 seconds.
For all rear seats
• The rear side passenger’s seat belt
As a reminder to the rear passenger,
warning may operate when luggage,
the rear passenger’s seat belt warning
laptop or other electronic device is
lights will illuminate for approximately 6
placed on the rear side passenger seat.
seconds each time you turn the ignition
switch ON regardless of belt fastening.
If you start to drive without the seat belt
fastened or you unfasten the seat belt
when you drive under 20 km/h (12 mph),
the corresponding warning light will
continue to illuminate for approximately
70 seconds.
When the seat belt is unfastened
during and the speed is 20 km/h (12
mph) and faster, the warning light will
blink and warning chime will sound for
approximately 35 seconds.

3-19
Safety system

Seat belt restraint system

Lap/shoulder belt

OBN7I033023L

You should place the lap belt (1) portion

across your hips and the shoulder belt
B0059KO05 (2) portion across your chest.
To fasten your seat belt: The seat belt automatically adjusts to
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the proper length only after the lap belt
the retractor and insert the metal tab portion is adjusted manually so that
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be an it fits snugly around your hips. If you
audible “click” when the tab locks into lean forward in a slow and easy motion,
the buckle. the belt will extend and let you move
around. If there is a sudden stop or
impact, however, the belt will lock into
position. It will also lock if you try to lean
forward too quickly.

3-20
 03
i Information
If you are not able to pull out the safety
belt from the retractor, firmly pull the
belt out and release it. After release, you
will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

WARNING
Improperly positioned seat belts may
B0059KO06
increase the risk of serious injury
in an accident.Take the following
precautions when adjusting the seat WARNING
belt: You should place the lap belt portion
• Position the lap portion of the seat as low as possible and snugly across
belt as low as possible across your your hips, not on your waist. If the lap
hips, not on your waist, so that it belt is located too high on your waist, it
fits snugly.This allows your strong may increase the chance of injury in the
pelvic bones to absorb the force of event of a collision. Both arms should
the crash, reducing the chance of not be under or over the belt. Rather,
internal injuries. one should be over and the other
• Position one arm under the shoulder under, as shown in the illustration.
belt and the other over the belt, as Never wear the seat belt under the arm
shown in the illustration. nearest the door.
• Always position the shoulder belt
anchor into the locked position at the
appropriate height.
• Never position the shoulder belt
across your neck or face.

3-21
Safety system

Height adjustment (if equipped)

You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the four
different positions for maximum comfort
and safety.
The shoulder portion should be adjusted
so it lies across your chest and midway
over your shoulder nearest the door, not
over your neck.
B0059KO11

To release the seat belt:

The seat belt is released by pressing
the release button (1) in the locking
buckle. When it is released, the belt
should automatically draw back into the
retractor.
If this does not happen, check the belt to
be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
OBN7I033024

To adjust the height of the seat belt

anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster
into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
adjuster to make sure that it has locked
into position.

3-22
 03
3-point rear center seat belt 2-point rear center seat belt (if
equipped)

OBI3033044
OBN7I033064L
Insert the tongue plate [A] into the
buckle [B] until an audible “click” is To fasten your seat belt:
heard, indicating the latch is locked To fasten a 2-point static type belt, insert
make sure the belt is not twisted. When the metal tab (1) into the locking buckle
using the rear center seat belt, the (2). There will be an au-dible “click”
buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be when the tab locks into the buckle.
used. Check to make sure the belt is properly
locked and that the belt is not twisted.
i Information
If you are not able to pull out the safety
belt from the retractor, firmly pull the
belt out and release it. After release, you
will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

WARNING
Make sure that the seatback is locked
in place when using the rear center OBN7I033065L
seat belt.
With a 2-point static type seat belt, the
If not, the seatback may move when length must be adjusted manually so it
there is a sudden stop or collision, fits snugly around your body. Fasten the
which could result in serious injury. belt and pull on the loose end to tighten.
The belt should be placed as low as
possible on your hips, not on your waist.
If the belt is too high, it could increase
the possibility of your being injured in an
accident.
When using the rear center seat belt, the
buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be
used.

3-23
Safety system

Pre-tensioner seat belt

(if equipped)

OBN7I033026L

To release the seat belt:

When you want to release the seat OBI3033058L
belt, press the button (1) in the locking
[A] : Retractor pretensioner seat belt
buckle.
Your vehicle is equipped with driver’s
and front passenger’s pre-tensioner
WARNING seat belts (retractor pre-tensioner). The
The center lap belt latching mechanism purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make
is different from those for the rear seat sure the seat belts fit tightly against the
shoulder belts. When fastening the rear occupant’s body in certain frontal or
seat shoulder belts or the center lap side collision(s). The pre-tensioner seat
belt, make sure they are inserted into belts may be activated in crashes where
the correct buckles to obtain maximum the frontal or side collision(s) is severe
protection from the seat belt system enough, together with the air bags.
and assure proper operation. When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if
the occupant tries to lean forward too
quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock
into position. In certain frontal collisions,
the pre-tensioner will activate and pull
the seat belt into tighter contact against
the occupant’s body.

WARNING
For your safety, be sure that the belt
webbing is not loose or twisted and
always sit properly on your seat.

3-24
 03
WARNING CAUTION
• Always wear your seat belt and sit Body work on the front area of the
properly in your seat. vehicle may damage the pre-tensioner
• Do not use the seat belt if it is loose seat belt system. Therefore, we
or twisted. A loose or twisted seat recommend the system to be serviced
belt will not protect you properly in by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
an accident.
• Do not place anything near the
buckle. This may adversely affect
the buckle and cause it to function
improperly.
• Always replace your pre-tensioners
after activation or an accident.
• NEVER inspect, service, repair
or replace the pre-tensioners by
yourself. This must be done by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
ODN8H033057

The seat belt pre-tensioner system

WARNING consists mainly of the following
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat components. Their locations are shown
belt assemblies for several minutes in the illustration:
after they have been activated. When (1) SRS air bag warning light
the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism (2) Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
deploys during a collision, the pre-
tensioner can become hot and can burn (3) SRS control module
you.

3-25
Safety system

NOTICE Additional seat belt safety

The sensor that activates the SRS precautions
control module is connected with the
pre–tensioner seat belts. The SRS air
Seat belt use during pregnancy
bag warning light on the instrument The seat belt should always be used
cluster will illuminate for approximately during pregnancy. The best way to
6 seconds after the ignition switch is protect your unborn child is to protect
placed in the ON position, and then it yourself by always wearing the seat
should turn off. If the pre-tensioner is belt. Pregnant women should always
not working properly, the warning light wear a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the
will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is shoulder belt across your chest, routed
not malfunctioning. If the warning light between your breasts and away from
does not illuminate, stays illuminated your neck. Place the lap belt below your
or illuminates when the vehicle is belly so that it fits SNUGLY across your
being driven, we recommend the pre- hips and pelvic bone, under the rounded
tensioner seat belts and/or SRS control part of the belly.
module be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
Information • Pregnant women and patients are
i more vulnerable to any impacts on
• Both the driver’s and front passenger’s the abdomen during an abrupt stop
pre-tensioner seat belts may be or accident. If you are in an accident
activated in certain frontal or side while pregnant, consult your doctor.
collisions. • To reduce the risk of serious injury or
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts are death to an unborn child during an
activated, a loud noise may be heard accident, pregnant women should
and fine dust, which may appear to be NEVER place the lap portion of the
smoke, may be visible in the passenger seat belt above or over the area of
compartment. These are normal the abdomen where the unborn child
operating conditions and are not is located.
hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust Seat belt use and children
may cause skin irritation so you should
not be inhaled for prolonged periods. Infant and small children
Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly Most countries have Child Restraint
after an accident in which the pre- System laws which require children
tensioner seat belts were activated. to travel in approved Child Restraint
System devices, including booster seats.
The age at which seat belts can be used
instead of the Child Restraint System
differs among countries, so you should
be aware of the specific requirements
in your country, and where you are
travelling. Infant and Child Restraint
System must be properly placed and
installed in a rear seat. For more details,
refer to the “Child Restraint Systems”in
this chapter.

3-26
 03
WARNING If a larger child over age 13 must be
seated in the front seat, the child must
ALWAYS properly restrain infants and be securely restrained by the available
small children in a Child Restraint lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be
System appropriate for the child’s placed in the rearmost position. If the
height and weight. To reduce the risk shoulder belt portion slightly touches
of serious injury or death to a child and the child’s neck or face, try placing the
other passengers, NEVER hold a child child closer to the center of the vehicle.If
in your lap or arms when the vehicle the shoulder belt still touches their face
is moving.The violent forces created or neck, they need to be returned to an
during an accident will tear the child appropriate booster seat in the rear seat.
from your arms and throw the child
against the interior of the vehicle.
WARNING
Small children are best protected from • Always make sure larger children’s
injury in an accident when properly seat belts are worn and properly
restrained in the rear seat by a Child adjusted.
Restraint System that meets the • NEVER allow the shoulder belt to
requirements of the Safety Standards of contact the child’s neck or face.
your country. Before buying any Child • Do not allow more than one child to
Restraint System, make sure that it has use a single seat belt.
a label certifying that it meets Safety
Standard of your country. The Child
Restraint System must be appropriate Seat belt use and injured people
for your child’s height and weight. Check A seat belt should be used when an
the label on the Child Restraint System injured person is being transported.
for this information. Refer to “Child Consult a physician for specific
Restraint Systems” in this chapter. recommendations.

Larger children One person per belt

Children under age 13 and who are too Two people (including children) should
large for a booster seat should always never attempt to use a single seat belt.
occupy the rear seat and use the This could increase the severity of
available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt injuries in case of an accident.
should lie across the upper thighs and
be snug across the shoulder and chest
to restrain the child safely. Check belt fit
periodically. A child’s squirming could
put the belt out of position.In the event
of an accident, children are afforded the
best safety restrained by a proper Child
Restraint System in the rear seats.

3-27
Safety system

Do not lie down Care of seat belts

Sitting in a reclined position when the Seat belt systems should never be
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. disassembled or modified. In addition,
Even when buckled up, the protections care should be taken to assure that
of your restraint system (seat belts seat belts and belt hardware are not
and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by damaged by seat hinges, doors or other
reclining your seatback. Seat belts must abuse.
be snug against your hips and chest
to work properly. During an accident,
you could be thrown into the seat belt, Periodic inspection
causing neck or other injuries. All seat belts should be inspected
The more the seat back is reclined, the periodically for wear or damage of any
greater the chance for the passenger’s kind. Any damaged parts should be
hips to slide under the lap belt or the replaced as soon as possible.
passenger’s neck to strike the shoulder
belt.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
WARNING dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
• NEVER ride with a reclined seatback cleaned by using a mild soap solution
when the vehicle is moving. and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong
detergents or abrasives should not be
• Riding with a reclined seatback used because they may damage and
increases your chance of serious weaken the fabric.
or fatal injuries in the event of a
collision or sudden stop.
• Driver and passengers should always When to replace seat belts
sit well back in their seats with the The entire seat belt assembly or
seatbacks upright and should be assemblies should be replaced if the
belted properly. vehicle has been involved in an accident.
This should be done even if no damage
is visible.We recommend that you
consult with an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

3-28
 03
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Children riding in the car should sit
in the rear seat and must always be WARNING
properly restrained to minimize the • A child restraint system must be
risk of injury in an accident, sudden placed in the rear seat. Never install
stop or sudden maneuver. According a child or infant seat on the front
to accident statistics, children are safer passenger’s seat. Should an accident
when properly restrained in the rear occur and cause the passenger-side
seats than in the front seat. Larger air bag to deploy, it could severely
children not in a child restraint should injure or kill an infant or child seated
use one of the seat belts provided. in an infant or child seat. Thus, only
You should be aware of the specific use a child restraint in the rear seat of
requirements in your country. Child and/ your vehicle.
or infant safety seats must be properly • A seat belt or child restraint system
placed and installed in the rear seat. can become very hot if it is left in a
You must use a commercially available closed vehicle on a sunny day, even
child restraint system that meets the if the outside temperature does not
requirements of the Safety Standards of feel hot. Be sure to check the seat
your country. cover and buckles before placing a
Child restraint systems are designed to child there.
be secured in vehicle seats by the lap • When the child restraint system is not
belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt. in use, store it in the luggage area or
Children could be injured or killed in a fasten it with a seat belt so that it will
crash if their restraints are not properly not be thrown forward in the case of
secured. For small children and babies, a a sudden stop or an accident.
child seat or infant seat must be used. • Children may be seriously injured
Before buying a particular child restraint or killed by an inflating air bag. All
system, make sure it fits your car seat children, even those too large for
and seat belts, and fits your child. Follow child restraints, must ride in the rear
all the instructions provided by the seat.
manufacturer when installing the child
restraint system.

3-29
Safety system

• Children often squirm and reposition

WARNING themselves improperly. Never let
To reduce the chance of serious or fatal a child ride with the shoulder belt
injuries: under their arm or behind their back.
Always properly position and secure
• Children of all ages are safer when children in rear seat.
restrained in the rear seat. A child • Never allow a child to stand-up or
riding in the front passenger seat can kneel on the seat or floorboard of a
be forcefully struck by an inflating moving vehicle. During a collision
air bag resulting in serious or fatal or sudden stop, the child can be
injuries. violently thrown against the vehicles
• Always follow the instructions for interior, resulting in serious injury.
installation and use of the child • Never use an infant carrier or a
restraint maker. child safety seat that “hooks” over
• Always make sure the child seat is a seatback, it may not provide
secured properly in the car and your adequate security in an accident.
child is securely restrained in the • Seat belts can become very hot,
child seat. especially when the car is parked in
• Never hold a child in your arms or lap direct sunlight. Always check seat
when riding in a vehicle. The violent belt buckles before fastening them
forces created during a crash will tear over a child.
the child from your arms and throw • After an accident, we recommend
the child against the car’s interior. that the system be checked by an
• Never put a seat belt over yourself authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
and a child. During a crash, the • If there is not enough space to place
belt could press deep into the child the child restraint system because
causing serious internal injuries. of the driver’s seat, install the child
• Never leave children unattended restraint system in the rear right seat.
in a vehicle - not even for a short
time. The car can heat up very
quickly, resulting in serious injuries
to children inside. Even very young
children may inadvertently cause the
vehicle to move, entangle themselves
in the windows, or lock themselves or
others inside the vehicle.
• Never allow two children, or any two
persons, to use the same seat belt.

3-30
 03
Using a child restraint system
WARNING
Rearward-facing child restraint system
Child seat installation
• A child can be seriously injured
or killed in a collision if the child
restraint is not properly anchored to
the car and the child is not properly
restrained in the child restraint.
Before installing the child restraint
system, read the instructions
supplied by the child restraint system
OBI3033056 manufacturer.
Forward-facing child restraint system • If the seat belt does not operate
as described in this section, we
recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Failure to observe this manual’s
instructions regarding child restraint
system and the instructions provided
with the child restraint system could
increase the risk and/or severity of
OBI3033057 injury in an accident.
For small children and babies, the use
of a child seat or infant seat is required.
This child seat or infant seat should be
of appropriate size for the child and it
should be installed in accordance with
the manufacturer’s instructions.
For safety reasons, we recommend that
the child restraint system is used in the
rear seats.

WARNING
Never place a rear-facing child restraint
in the front passenger seat, because of
the danger that an inflating passenger-
side air bag could impact the rear-
facing child restraint and kill the child.

3-31
Safety system

Installing a Child Restraint After selecting a proper Child Restraint

System (CRS) System and checking that the Child
Restraint System fits properly in the rear
of this vehicle, you are ready to install
WARNING the Child Restraint System according to
the manufacturer’s instruction. There are
Before installing your Child Restraint three general steps in installing the Child
System always: Restraint System properly:
• Read and follow the instructions • Properly secure the Child Restraint
provided by the manufacturer of the System to the vehicle. All Child
Child Restraint System. Restraint Systems must be secured to
Failure to follow all warnings and the vehicle with the lap belt or lap part
instructions could increase the risk of of a lap/shoulder belt or with the top-
the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an tether and/or ISOFIX anchorage.
accident occurs. • Make sure the Child Restraint System
is firmly secured. After installing a
Child Restraint System to the vehicle,
push and pull the Child Restraint
WARNING System forward and from side-
If the vehicle headrest prevents proper to-side to verify that it is securely
installation of a Child Restraint System attached to the vehicle seat. A Child
(as described in the Child Restraint Restraint System secured with a seat
System manual), the headrest of the belt should be installed as firmly as
respective seating position shall be possible. However, some side-to-side
readjusted or entirely removed. movement can be expected.
When installing a Child Restraint
System, adjust the vehicle seat (up
and down, forward and rearward)
so that your child fits in the Child
Restraint System in a comfortable
manner.
• Secure the child in the Child
Restraint System. Make sure the
child is properly strapped in the Child
Restraint System according to the
Child Restraint System manufacturer’s
instructions.

WARNING
A Child Restraint System in a closed
vehicle can become very hot. To
prevent burns, check the seating
surface and buckles before placing
your child in the Child Restraint
System.

3-32
 Suitability of each seating position for belted & ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems (CRS) according to UN
regulations (Information for use by vehicle users and CRS manufacturers)
• Yes : Suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS
• No : Not suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS
• “-” : Not applicable
The table is based on LHD vehicle. Except for the front passenger seat, the table is valid for RHD vehicle.
For RHD vehicle front passenger seat, please use information for the seating position number 1.
Seating positions
CRS categories 3
1 2 Airbag 4 5 6
ON
Yes 1) Yes Yes 2) Yes
Universal belted CRS All mass groups - -
(F,R) (F,R) (F,R) (F,R)
i-size CRS ISOFIX CRF : F2, F2X, R1, R2 - - No No No No
Carry-cot
ISOFIX CRF: L1, L2 - - No No No No
(ISOFIX lateral facing CRS)
ISOFIX infant* CRS Yes Yes
ISOFIX CRF : R1 - - No No
(* : ISOFIX baby CRS) (R) (R)
Yes Yes
ISOFIX toddler CRS - small ISOFIX CRF : F2,F2X, R2,R2X - - No No
(F,R) (F,R)
ISOFIX toddler CRS – large* Yes Yes
ISOFIX CRF : F3,R3 - - No No
(* : not booster seats) (F,R) (F,R)
Booster Seat – reduced Width ISO CRF : B2 - - No Yes Yes Yes
Booster Seat – full Width ISO CRF : B3 - - No Yes Yes Yes
F : Forward facing, R : Rearward facing
Note 1) : To install Universal CRS to 2nd row seating positions, 1st row seat should be adjust forward properly.
To install Universal CRS, 1st row seat back should be at upright position
Note 2) : Never install CRS with a support leg on 2nd row center seating position.
If Seat belt is 2 point type, forward facing type CRS can be installed only.

3-33
03
Safety system

Position
Seat Number Seating positions
in the vehicle
1 Front left
2 Front center
3 Front right
4 2nd row left
5 2nd row center
6 2nd row right

❈ If the vehicle headrest prevents proper installation of a CRS, the headrest of the
seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed
❈ Never place a rearward facing Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat,
unless the air bag is deactivated.

3-34
 03
ISOFIX anchorage and top-tether
anchorage (ISOFIX system) for
children (if equipped)
The ISOFIX system holds a Child
Restraint System during driving and in
an accident. This system is designed
to make installation of the Child
Restraint System easier and reduce
the possibility of improperly installing
your Child Restraint System. The ISOFIX
OBI3033045L
system uses anchors in the vehicle and
attachments on the Child Restraint ISOFIX anchorages have been provided
System. The ISOFIX system eliminates in the left and right outboard rear
the need to use seat belts to secure the seating positions. Their locations are
Child Restraint System to the rear seats. shown in the illustration. There are no
ISOFIX anchors are metal bars built into ISOFIX anchorages provided for the
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors center rear seating position.
for each ISOFIX seating position that will
accommodate a Child Restraint System WARNING
with lower attachments.
To use the ISOFIX system in your Do not attempt to install a Child
vehicle, you must have a Child Restraint Restraint System using ISOFIX
System with ISOFIX attachments. (An anchorages in the rear center
ISOFIX-Child Restraint System may only seating position. There are no ISOFIX
be installed if it has vehicle-specific or anchorages provided for this seat.
universal approval in accordance with Using the outboard seat anchorages,
the requirements of ECE-R 44 or ECE-R for the CRS installation on the rear
129.) center seating position, can damage
The Child Restraint System manufacturer the anchorages which may break or fail
will provide you with instructions on how in a collision resulting in serious injury
to use the Child Restraint System with its or death.
attachments for the lower anchorages.

3-35
Safety system

Securing a Child Restraint System

with the “ISOFIX system”
To install a ISOFIX-compatible Child
Restraint System in either of the rear
outboard seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
the ISOFIX anchorages.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
OBI3033048 secure connection between the Child
[A] : ISOFIX Anchorage Position Indicator, Restraint System and the ISOFIX
[B] : ISOFIX Lower Anchorage anchorages.
The ISOFIX anchorages symbols are 3. Place the Child Restraint System on
located on the left and right rear seat the vehicle seat, then attach the seat
cushions to identify the position of the to the ISOFIX anchorages according to
ISOFIX anchorages in your vehicle (see the instructions provided by the Child
arrows in illustration). Restraint System manufacturer.
Both rear outboard seats are equipped 4. Follow the instructions of the Child
with a pair of ISOFIX anchorages as well Restraint System’s manufacturer for
as a corresponding top-tether anchorage proper installation and connection
on the back side of the rear seats. of the ISOFIX attachments on the
Child Restraint System to the ISOFIX
(Child Restraint Systems with universal anchorages.
approval according to ECE-R44 or
ECE-R129 need to be fixed additionally
with a top-tether connected to the WARNING
corresponding top-tether anchorage
point on the back side of the rear seats.) Take the following precautions when
using the ISOFIX system:
ISOFIX anchorages are located between
the seatback and the seat cushion of the • Read and follow all installation
rear seat left and right outboard seating instructions provided with your Child
positions. Restraint System.
• To prevent the child from reaching
and taking hold of unretracted
seat belts, buckle all unused rear
seat belts and retract the seat belt
webbing behind the child. Children
can be strangled if a shoulder belt
becomes wrapped around their neck
and the seat belt tightens.

3-36
 03
• NEVER attach more than one WARNING
Child Restraint System to a single
anchorage. This could cause the Take the following precautions when
anchor or attachment to come loose installing the top-tether:
or break. • Read and follow all installation
• Always have the ISOFIX system instructions provided with your Child
inspected by your dealer after an Restraint System.
accident. An accident can damage • NEVER attach more than one Child
the ISOFIX system and may not Restraint System to a single top-
properly secure the Child Restraint tether anchorage. This could cause
System. the anchorage or attachment to
come loose or break.
Securing a Child Restraint System • Do not attach the top-tether to
with “Top-tether anchorage” anything other than the correct top-
system (if equipped) tether anchorage. It may not work
properly if attached to something
else.
• Child Restraint System anchorages
are designed to withstand only those
loads imposed by correctly fitted
Child Restraint Systems. Do not use
them for adult seat belts, harnesses,
or for attaching other items or
equipment to the vehicle.

OBI3033004

First, secure the Child Restraint System

with the ISOFIX anchorages or the
seat belt. If the Child Restraint System
manufacturer recommends the top-
tether to be attached, attach and
tighten the top-tether to the top-tether
anchorage. Top-tether anchorages are
located on the back of the rear seats.

3-37
Safety system

Installing a child restraint system by

lap/shoulder belt

OBI3033047

To install the top-tether :

1. Route the Child Restraint System OBI3033047
top-tether over the Child Restraint To install a child restraint system on the
System seatback. Route the top-tether outboard or center rear seats, do the
under the headrest and between the following:
headrest posts, or route the top-tether
over the top of the vehicle seatback. 1. Place the child restraint system in
Make sure the strap is not twisted. the seat and route the lap/shoulder
belt around or through the restraint,
2. Connect the top-tether to the top- following the restraint manufacturer’s
tether anchorage, then tighten instructions. Be sure the seat belt
the top-tether according to the webbing is not twisted.
instructions of your Child Restraint
System’s manufacturer to firmly
attach the Child Restraint System to
the seat.
3. Check that the Child Restraint System
is securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat forward
and from side-to-side.

B0065KO03

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch

into the buckle. Listen for the distinct
“Click” sound.
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emergency.

3-38
 03

OBI3033046

3. Buckle the seat belt and allow the

seat belt to take up any slack. After
installation of the child restraint
system, try to move it in all directions
to be sure the child restraint system is
securely installed.

If you need to tighten the belt, pull more

webbing toward the retractor. When you
unbuckle the seat belt and allow it to
retract, the retractor will automatically
revert back to its normal seated
passenger emergency locking usage
condition.

3-39
Safety system

AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

Left Hand Drive


The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBI3033005L

1. Driver’s front air bag

2. Passenger’s front air bag
3. Side air bag
4. Curtain air bag

3-40
 03
Right Hand Drive


The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBI3033005

1. Driver’s front air bag

2. Passenger’s front air bag
3. Side air bag
4. Curtain air bag

3-41
Safety system

WARNING How does the air bag system

operate
• Even in vehicles with air bags, you
and your passengers must always • Air bags are activated (able to inflate
wear the safety belts provided if necessary) only when the ignition
in order to minimize the risk and switch is placed to the ON or START
severity of injury in the event of a position.
collision or rollover. • Air bags inflate instantly in the event
• SRS and pretensioners contain of serious frontal or side collision in
explosive chemicals. order to help protect the occupants
from serious physical injury.
If scraping a vehicle without
removing SRS and pretensioners • There is no single speed at which the
from a vehicle, it may cause fire. air bags will inflate.
Before scraping a vehicle, we Generally, air bags are designed to
recommend that you contact an inflate based upon the severity of a
authorized Hyundai dealer. collision and its direction. These two
• Keep the SRS parts and wirings away factors determine whether the sensors
from water or any liquid. If the SRS produce an electronic deployment/
components are inoperative due to inflation signal.
exposure to water or liquids, it may • Air bag deployment depends on a
cause fire or severe injury. number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact and the
density and stiffness of the vehicles or
objects which your vehicle hits in the
collision. The determining, factors are
not limited to those mentioned above.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant.
It is virtually impossible for you to see
the air bags inflate during an accident.
It is much more likely that you
will simply see the deflated air
bags hanging out of their storage
compartments after the collision.

3-42
 03
• In order to help provide protection WARNING
in a severe collision, the air bags
must inflate rapidly. The speed of • To avoid severe personal injury or
air bag inflation is a consequence death caused by deploying air bags
of extremely short time in which a in a collision, the driver should sit as
collision occurs and the need to get far back from the steering wheel air
the air bag between the occupant bag as possible. The front passenger
and the vehicle structures before the should always move their seat as far
occupant impacts those structures. back as possible and sit back in their
This speed of inflation reduces the risk seat.
of serious or life-threatening injuries • Air bag inflates instantly in an event
in a severe collision and is thus a of a collision, passengers may be
necessary part of air bag design. injured by the air bag expansion force
However, air bag inflation can also if they are not in a proper position.
cause injuries which can include facial • Air bag inflation may cause injuries
abrasions, bruises and broken bones including facial or bodily abrasions,
because the inflation speed also injuries from broken glasses or burns.
causes the air bags to expand with a
great deal of force.
• There are even circumstances under
which contact with the steering
wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries,
especially if the occupant is positioned
excessively close to the steering
wheel.

3-43
Safety system

Noise and smoke Do not install a child restraint on

When the air bags inflate, they make a the front passenger’s seat
loud noise and they leave smoke and (if equipped)
powder in the air inside of the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the Type A

ignition of the air bag inflator. After the
air bag inflates, you may feel substantial
discomfort in breathing due to the
contact of your chest with both the seat
belt and the air bag, as well as from
breathing the smoke and powder. Open
your doors and/or windows as soon as
possible after impact in order to reduce
discomfort and prevent prolonged
exposure to the smoke and powder.
OYDESA2042
Though smoke and powder are non-
toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin Type B

(eyes, nose and throat, etc.). If this is
the case, wash and rinse with cold water
immediately and consult with the doctor
if the symptom persists.

WARNING
When the air bags deploy, the air bag
related parts in the steering wheel
are very hot. To prevent injury, do not OLM034310
touch the air bag storage area’s internal
components immediately after an air Never place a rear-facing child restraint
bag has inflated. in the front passenger’s seat. If the air
bag deploys, it would impact the rear-
facing child restraint, causing serious or
fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraints in the front passenger’s
seat either. If the front passenger air bag
inflates, it would cause serious or fatal
injuries to the child.

3-44
 03
WARNING Air bag warning and indicator
• NEVER use a rearward facing child Air bag warning light
restraint on a seat protected by an
ACTIVE AIR BAG in front of it, DEATH
or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can
occur.
• Never put a child restraint in the
front passenger’s seat. If the front
passenger air bag inflates, it would
cause serious or fatal injuries.

W7-147

The purpose of the air bag warning light

in your instrument panel is to alert you
of a potential problem with your air bag
- Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).
When the ignition switch is turned ON,
the warning light should illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds, then go off.
Have the system checked if:
• The light does not turn on briefly when
you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating for
approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is
in motion.
• The light blinks when the ignition
switch is in ON position.

3-45
Safety system

SRS components and functions The SRSCM continuously monitors all

SRS components while the ignition
switch is ON to determine if a crash
impact is severe enough to require air
bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat
belt deployment.

The SRS air bag warning light on the

instrument panel will illuminate for
about 6 seconds after the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position, after which
the air bag warning light should go out.

OBI3033006L WARNING
The SRS consists of the following If any of the following conditions
components: occurs, this indicates a malfunction
of the SRS. We recommend that the
(1) Driver’s front air bag module system be inspected by an authorized
(2) Passenger’s front air bag module HYUNDAI dealer.
(3) Pre-tensioner seatbelt system • The light does not turn on briefly
(4) Air bag warning light when you turn the ignition ON.
(5) SRS control module (SRSCM) • The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
(6) Front impact Sensor
• The light comes on while the vehicle
(7) Side air bag modules is in motion.
(8) Curtain air bag modules • The light blinks when the ignition
(9) Side impact sensors switch is in ON position.

3-46
 03
Driver's front air bag (1)
 Driver's front air bag (3)


B240B01L B240B03L

The air bag modules are located both in A fully inflated air bag, in combination
the center of the steering wheel and in with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
the front passenger’s panel above the driver’s or the passenger’s forward
glove box. When the SRSCM detects a motion, reducing the risk of head and
sufficiently severe impact to the front of chest injury.
the vehicle, it will automatically deploy
the front air bags. After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
Driver's front air bag (2)
 the driver to maintain forward visibility
and the ability to steer or operate other
controls.

B240B02L

Upon deployment, tear seams molded

directly into the pad covers will separate
under pressure from the expansion of
the air bags. Further opening of the
covers then allows full inflation of the air
bags.

3-47
Safety system

Passenger’s front air bag


WARNING
• If an air bag deploys, there may
be a loud noise followed by a fine
dust released in the vehicle. These
conditions are normal and are
not hazardous - the air bags are
packed in this fine powder. The dust
generated during air bag deployment
may cause skin or eye irritation as
well as aggravate asthma for some
B240B05L persons. Always wash all exposed
skin areas thoroughly with cold water
WARNING and a mild soap after an accident in
which the air bags were deployed.
• Do not install or place any
accessories (drink holder, cassette • The SRS can function only when the
holder, sticker, etc.) on the front ignition switch is in the ON position.
passenger’s panel above the glove • Before you replace a fuse or
box in a vehicle with a passenger’s disconnect a battery terminal, turn
air bag. Such objects may become the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF
dangerous projectiles and cause position and remove the ignition
injury if the passenger’s air bag key. Never remove or replace the air
inflates. bag related fuse(s) when the ignition
• When installing a container of liquid switch is in the ON position. Failure to
air freshener inside the vehicle, do heed this warning will cause the SRS
not place it near the instrument air bag warning light to illuminate.
cluster nor on the instrument panel
surface.
It may become a dangerous projectile
and cause injury if the passenger’s air
bag inflates.

3-48
 03
Driver’s and passenger’s front The purpose of the SRS is to provide
air bag the vehicle’s driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection
Driver’s front air bag
 than that offered by the seat belt system
alone in case of a frontal impact of
sufficient severity.

WARNING
Always use seat belts and child
restraints – every trip, every time,
everyone! Air bags inflate with
considerable force and in the blink of
OBI3033031 an eye. Seat belts help keep occupants
Passenger’s front air bag
 in proper position to obtain maximum
benefit from the air bag. Even with
air bags, improperly and unbelted
occupants can be severely injured
when the air bag inflates. Always follow
the precautions about seat belts, air
bags and occupant safety contained in
this manual.
To reduce the chance of serious or
fatal injuries and receive the maximum
OBI3033009L safety benefit from your restraint
Your vehicle is equipped with a system:
Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag) System • Never place a child in any child or
and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver booster seat in the front seat.
and passenger seating positions. • ABC – Always Buckle Children in the
The indications of the system’s presence back seat. It is the safest place for
are the letters “AIR BAG” engraved on children of any age to ride.
the air bag pad cover in the steering • Air bags can injure occupants
wheel and the passenger’s side front improperly positioned in the front
panel pad above the glove box. seats.
• Move your seat as far back as
The SRS consists of air bags installed practical from the front air bags,
under the pad covers in the center of the while still maintaining control of the
steering wheel and the passenger’s side vehicle.
front panel above the glove box. • You and your passengers should
never sit or lean unnecessarily close
to the air bags. Improperly positioned
drivers and passengers can be
severely injured by inflating air bags.

3-49
Safety system

• Never lean against the door or center • A child restraint system must never
console – always sit in an upright be placed in the front seat. The infant
position. or child could be severely injured or
• No objects (such as crash pad cover, killed by an air bag deployment in
cellular phone holder, cup holder, case of an accident.
air fresheners or stickers) should • Children age 12 and under must
be placed over or near the air bag always be properly restrained in the
modules on the steering wheel, rear seat. Never allow children to ride
instrument panel, windshield glass, in the front passenger seat. If a child
and the front passenger’s panel over 12 must be seated in the front
above the glove box. Such objects seat, move the seat as far back as
could cause harm if the vehicle is in a possible. And the child must always
crash severe enough to cause the air be restrained in the seat properly.
bags to deploy. • For maximum safety protection in
• Do not attach any objects on the all types of crashes, all occupants
front windshield and inside mirror. including the driver should always
• Do not tamper with or disconnect wear their seat belts whether or not
SRS wiring or other components an air bag is also provided at their
of the SRS system. Doing so could seating position to minimize the
result in injury, due to accidental risk of severe injury or death in the
deployment of the air bags or by event of a crash. Do not sit or lean
rendering the SRS inoperative. unnecessarily close to the air bag
while the vehicle is in motion.
• If the SRS air bag warning light
remains illuminated while the vehicle • Sitting improperly or out of position
is being driven, we recommend can result in serious or fatal injury
that the system be inspected by an in a crash. All occupants should sit
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. upright with the seat back in an
upright position, centered on the seat
• Air bags can only be used once – cushion with their seat belt on, legs
we recommend that the system be comfortably extended and their feet
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI on the floor until the vehicle is parked
dealer. and the ignition key is removed.
• The SRS is designed to deploy the • The SRS air bag system must deploy
front air bags only when an impact is very rapidly to provide protection
sufficiently severe. Additionally, the in a crash. If an occupant is out of
air bags will only deploy once. Seat position because of not wearing a
belts must be worn at all times. seat belt, the air bag may forcefully
• Front air bags are not intended to contact the occupant causing serious
deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or or fatal injuries.
rollover crashes. In addition, front air
bags will not deploy in frontal crashes
below the deployment threshold.

3-50
 03
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a The side air bags are designed to
collision? (Inflation and non-inflation deploy only during certain side-
conditions of the air bag) impact collisions, depending on the
There are many types of accidents crash severity, angle, speed and point
in which the air bag would not be of impact. The side air bags are not
expected to provide additional designed to deploy in all side impact
protection. situations.
These include rear impacts, the
second or third collisions in multiple WARNING
impact accidents, as well as low speed
impacts. Do not allow the passengers to lean
their heads or bodies onto doors,
put their arms on the doors, stretch
Side air bag their arms out of the window, or
place objects between the doors and
passengers when they are seated
on seats equipped with side and/or
curtain air bags.

WARNING
• The side air bag is supplemental to
the driver’s and the passenger’s seat
belt systems and is not a substitute
OBI3033027 for them. Therefore, your seat belts
must be worn at all times while the
vehicle is in motion. The air bags
deploy only in certain side impact
conditions severe enough to cause
significant injury to the vehicle
occupants.
• For best protection from the side
air bag system and to avoid being
injured by the deploying side air bag,
both front seat occupants should sit
OBI3033052L
in an upright position with the seat
belt properly fastened. The driver’s
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ hands should be placed on the
from the illustration. steering wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00
positions. The passenger’s arms and
Your vehicle is equipped with a side air hands should be placed on their laps.
bag in each front seat. • Do not use any accessory seat covers.
The purpose of the air bag is to provide • Use of seat covers could reduce or
the vehicle’s driver and/or the front prevent the effectiveness of the
passenger with additional protection system.
than that offered by the seat belt alone. • Do not install any accessories on the
side or near the side air bag.

3-51
Safety system

• Do not place any objects over the Curtain air bag

air bag or between the air bag and
yourself. Also, do not attach any
objects around the area the air bag
inflates such as the door, side door
glass, front and rear pillar.
• Do not place any objects between the
door and the seat. They may become
dangerous projectiles if the side air
bag inflates.
• Do not put any objects between the
side air bag label and seat cushion. It OBI3033051L
could cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause the air
bags to deploy.
• To prevent unexpected deployment
of the side air bag that may result in
personal injury, avoid impact to the
side impact sensor when the ignition
switch is on.
• If the seat or seat cover is damaged,
we recommend that the system
serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI OBI3033061L
dealer.
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
• Inform the dealer that your vehicle is from the illustration.
equipped with side air bags.
Curtain air bags are located along both
sides of the roof rails above the front
and rear doors.
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants and
the rear outboard seat occupants in
certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity, angle, speed and impact. The
curtain air bags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact situations,
collisions from the front or rear of the
vehicle or in most rollover situations.

3-52
 03
WARNING Failure to follow the above mentioned
instructions can result in injury or death
• In order for side impact and to the vehicle occupants in an accident.
curtain air bags to provide the best Why didn’t my air bag go off in a
protection, both front seat occupants collision? (Inflation and non-inflation
and both outboard rear occupants conditions of the air bag)
should sit in an upright position with There are many types of accidents
the seat belts properly fastened. in which the air bag would not be
Importantly, children should sit in a expected to provide additional
proper child restraint system in the protection.
rear seat. These include rear impacts, the
• When children are seated in the rear second or third collisions in multiple
outboard seats, they must be seated impact accidents, as well as low speed
in the proper child restraint system. impacts.
Make sure to put the child restraint
system as far away from the door
side as possible, and secure the child
restraint system in a locked position.
• Do not place any objects over the air
bag. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the air bag inflates
such as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillars, roof side rail.
• Do not hang other objects except
clothes, especially hard or breakable
objects. In an accident, it may cause
vehicle damage or personal injury.
• Do not allow the passengers to lean
their heads or bodies onto doors,
put their arms on the doors, stretch
their arms out of the window, or
place objects between the doors and
passengers when they are seated
on seats equipped with side and/or
curtain air bags.
• Do not attempt to open or repair
the side curtain air bags yourself. If
necessary, we recommend that the
air bag be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Never try to open or repair any
components of the side curtain air
bag system. We recommend that the
system be serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

3-53
Safety system

Air bag inflation conditions

Left Hand Drive


OBI3033054L

A. SRS control module

B. Front impact sensor
C. Side impact sensor

3-54
 03
Right Hand Drive


OBI3033054

A. SRS control module

B. Front impact sensor
C. Side impact sensor

3-55
Safety system

WARNING Air bag inflation conditions

• Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air bags
or sensors are installed.
This may cause unexpected air bag
deployment, which could result in
serious personal injury or death.
• If the installation location or angle
of the sensors is altered in any way,
the air bags may deploy when they
should not or they may not deploy OBI3033028L
when they should, causing severe Front air bags
injury or death.
Front air bags are designed to inflate in
Therefore, do not try to perform certain frontal collision depending on
maintenance on or around the air the crash severity, speed or angles of
bag sensors. We recommend that the impact of the front collision.
system be serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads
• Problems may arise if the sensor or sidewalks, air bags may deploy.
installation angles are changed Drive carefully on unimproved roads
due to the deformation of the front or on surfaces not designed for vehicle
bumper and body. We recommend traffic to prevent unintended air bag
that the system be serviced by an deployment.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Your vehicle has been designed to
absorb impact and deploy the air
bag(s) in certain collisions. Installing
aftermarket bumper guards or
replacing a bumper with non-
genuine parts may adversely affect
your vehicles collision and air bag
deployment performance.

3-56
 03
Air bag non-inflation conditions

OBI3033055

OBI3033029L

• In certain low-speed collisions, the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags are
designed not to deploy in such cases
because they may not provide benefits
beyond the protection of the seat
belts in such collisions.

OBI3033053L

Side air bags (if equipped)

Side air bags (side impact and/or curtain
air bags) are designed to inflate when
an impact is detected by side collision
sensors depending on the crash severity,
speed or angles of impact resulting from
a side impact collision.
Although the front air bags (driver’s and OBI3033030L
front passenger’s air bags) are designed
to inflate only in frontal collisions, • Front air bags are not designed to
they also may inflate in other types of inflate in rear collisions, because
collisions if the front impact sensor occupants are moved backward by
detects a sufficient impact. Side air bags the force of the impact. In this case,
(side impact and/or curtain air bags) are inflated air bags would not be able to
designed to inflate only in side impact provide any additional benefit.
collisions, but they may inflate in other
collisions if the side impact sensors
detect a sufficient impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads
or sidewalks, air bags may deploy.
Drive carefully on unimproved roads
or on surfaces not designed for vehicle
traffic to prevent unintended air bag
deployment.

3-57
Safety system

OBI3033017 OBI3033022

• Front air bags may not inflate in side • Just before impact, drivers often brake
impact collisions, because occupants heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the
move to the direction of the collision, front portion of the vehicle causing
and thus in side impacts, frontal air it to “ride” under a vehicle with a
bag deployment would not provide higher ground clearance. Air bags
additional occupant protection. may not inflate in this “under-ride”
situation because deceleration forces
that are detected by sensor may be
significantly reduced by such “under-
ride” collisions.

OBI3033026

• In a slant or angled collision, the force

of impact may direct the occupants in
a direction where the air bags would
OBI3033025
not be able to provide any additional
benefit, and thus the sensors may not • Air bags do not inflate in rollover
deploy any air bags. accidents because the vehicle can not
detect rollover accident.
However, side and/or curtain air bags
may inflate when the vehicle is rolled
over after side impact collision.

3-58
 03
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance free
and so there are no parts you can
safely service by yourself. If the SRS air
bag warning light does not Illuminate
approximately 6sec after ignition switch
turned ON, or continuously remains
on, we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
OBI3033019
dealer.
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with objects such as utility We recommend that the any work on the
poles or trees, where the point of SRS system, such as removing, installing
impact is concentrated and the or repairing, or any work on the steering
collision energy is absorbed by the wheel, the front passenger’s panel, front
vehicle structure. seats or roof rails be performed by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper
handling of the SRS system may result in
serious personal injury.

WARNING
• Modification to SRS components
or wiring, including the addition
of any kind of badges to the pad
covers or modifications to the body
structure, can adversely affect SRS
performance and lead to possible
injury.
• For cleaning the air bag pad covers,
use only a soft, dry cloth or one which
has been moistened with plain water.
Solvents or cleaners could adversely
affect the air bag covers and proper
deployment of the system.

3-59
Safety system

• No objects should be placed over Additional safety precautions

or near the air bag modules on the • Never let passengers ride in the cargo
steering wheel, instrument panel, area or on top of a folded-down back
and the front passenger’s panel seat. All occupants should sit upright,
above the glove box, because any fully back in their seats with their seat
such object could cause harm if the belts on and their feet on the floor.
vehicle is in a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to inflate. • Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle
• If the air bags inflate, we recommend is moving. A passenger who is not
that the system be replaced by an wearing a seat belt during a crash
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. or emergency stop can be thrown
• Do not tamper with or disconnect against the inside of the vehicle,
SRS wiring, or other components of against other occupants, or out of the
the SRS system. Doing so could result vehicle.
in injury, due to accidental inflation • Each seat belt is designed to restrain
of the air bags or by rendering the one occupant. If more than one
SRS inoperative. person uses the same seat belt, they
• If components of the air bag system could be seriously injured or killed in a
must be discarded, or if the vehicle collision.
must be scrapped, certain safety • Do not use any accessories on seat
precautions must be observed. An belts. Devices claiming to improve
authorized HYUNDAI dealer knows occupant comfort or reposition the
these precautions and can give you seat belt can reduce the protection
the necessary information. Failure provided by the seat belt and increase
to follow these precautions and the chance of serious injury in a crash.
procedures could increase the risk of
personal injury. • Passengers should not place hard or
sharp objects between themselves
• If your car was flooded and has and the air bags. Carrying hard or
soaked carpeting or water on the sharp objects on your lap or in your
flooring, you shouldn’t try to start mouth can result in injuries if an air
the engine; we recommend that bag inflates.
you contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. • Keep occupants away from the air
bag covers. All occupants should sit
upright, fully back in their seats with
their seat belts on and their feet on the
floor. If occupants are too close to the
air bag covers, they could be injured if
the air bags inflate.

3-60
 03
• Do not attach or place objects on or Adding equipment to or modifying
near the air bag covers. Any object your air bag-equipped vehicle
attached to or placed on the front air If you modify your vehicle by changing
bag covers could interfere with the your vehicle’s frame, bumper system,
proper operation of the air bags. front end or side sheet metal or ride
• Do not modify the front seats. height, this may affect the operation of
Modification of the front seats could your vehicle’s air bag system.
interfere with the operation of the
supplemental restraint system sensing
components in the air bags.
• Do not place items under the
front seats. Placing items under
the front seats could interfere with
the operation of the supplemental
restraint system sensing components
and wiring harnesses.
• Never hold an infant or child on
your lap. The infant or child could be
seriously injured or killed in the event
of a crash. All infants and children
should be properly restrained in
appropriate child safety seats or seat
belts in the rear seat.

WARNING
• Sitting improperly or out of position
can cause occupants to be shifted
too close to a deploying air bag,
strike the interior structure or be
thrown from the vehicle resulting in
serious injury or death.
• Always sit upright with the seatback
in an upright position, centered on
the seat cushion with your seat belt
on, legs comfortably extended and
your feet on the floor.

3-61
Safety system

Air bag warning label

OBI3033024L

Air bag warning labels are attached

to alert the driver and passengers of
potential risks of the air bag system. Be
sure to read all of the information about
the air bags that are installed on your
vehicle in this Owner’s Manual.

3-62
4. Instrument cluster

Instrument cluster .......................................................................................... 4-2

Instrument Cluster Control (For cluster type B) ...................................................... 4-3
Gauges ....................................................................................................................... 4-4
Transmission Shift Indicator ..................................................................................... 4-8
Warning and indicator lights .................................................................................... 4-9
Cluster display messages (For cluster type B) ....................................................... 4-17
Cluster display (cluster type B) .................................................................... 4-22
Cluster display control ............................................................................................ 4-22
Cluster display modes............................................................................................. 4-23
User settings mode ................................................................................................. 4-25
Trip computer ................................................................................................ 4-29
Cluster type A .......................................................................................................... 4-29
Cluster type B ......................................................................................................... 4-33

4
Instrument cluster

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Type A


Type B


OBI3043020L/OBI3043001L

1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Fuel gauge
4. Temperature gauge
5. Warning and light indicators
6. Cluster display

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the “Gauges” in this chapter.

4-2
 04
Instrument Cluster Control
(For cluster type B)
You can adjust the brightness of the
instrument panel illumination from the
Settings menu in the instrument cluster
when the ignition switch is ON.
Select:
• User Settings > Lights > Illumination

WARNING OHCR046110

Never adjust the instrument cluster • The brightness of the instrument panel
while driving. This could result in loss illumination is displayed.
of control and lead to an accident that • If the brightness reaches the
may cause death, serious injury, or maximum or minimum level, an alarm
property damage. will sound (if equipped).

4-3
Instrument cluster

Gauges Tachometer
Type A

Speedometer
Type A

OBI3040015
Type B

OIB044104
Type B

OBI3040003

The tachometer indicates the

OBI3040002 approximate number of engine
revolutions per minute (RPM).
The speedometer indicates the speed
of the vehicle and is calibrated in Use the tachometer to select the correct
kilometers per hour (km/h). shift points and to prevent lugging and/
or over-revving the engine.

NOTICE
Do not operate the engine within the
tachometer’s RED ZONE. This may
cause severe engine damage.

4-4
 04
Fuel Gauge Information
i
Type A

• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 2.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a low fuel warning light, which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly
empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier than
usual due to the movement of fuel in the
OIB044114 tank.
Type B


WARNING
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle
occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional
fuel as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when the
gauge indicator comes close to the “E
(Empty)” level.
OBI3040005

This gauge indicates the approximate NOTICE

amount of fuel remaining in the fuel Avoid driving with a very low fuel
tank. level. Running out of fuel could cause
the engine to misfire damaging the
catalytic converter.

4-5
Instrument cluster

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Odometer

Type A
 Type A

OIB044113 OIB044116

Type B
 Type B


OBI3040006 OIB044115

This gauge shows the temperature of the The odometer indicates the total
engine coolant when the ignition switch distance that the vehicle has been
is in the ON position. driven and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should be
performed.
NOTICE - Odometer range : 0 ~ 1599999
If the gauge pointer moves beyond kilometers or 999999 miles.
the normal range area toward the “H”
position, it indicates overheating that
may damage the engine. i Information
Do not continue driving with an It is forbidden to alter the odometer of
overheated engine. If your vehicle all vehicles with the intent to change
overheats, refer to “If the Engine the mileage registered on the odometer.
Overheats” in chapter 8. The alteration may void your warranty
coverage.
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap or
reservoir cap when the engine is hot.
The engine coolant is under pressure
and could cause severe burns. Wait
until the engine is cool before adding
coolant to the reservoir.

4-6
 04
Outside Temperature Gauge The temperature indicated on the cluster
display may not change as quickly as the
Type A outside temperature.
Select:
• User Settings > Unit Settings >
Temperature Unit > °F/°C

Both the temperature unit on the

instrument cluster and climate control
screen will change.

OIB044156

Type B


OIB044155

This gauge indicates the current outside

air temperatures by 1°C (1°F).
Note that the temperature indicated on
the instrument cluster may not change
as quickly as the outside temperature
(there may be a slight delay before the
temperature changes.)
The outside ambient temperature
appears in the lower portion of the
cluster display. The temperature reads in
Celsius or Fahrenheit depending on the
units selected from the Settings menu in
the instrument cluster.

4-7
Instrument cluster

Transmission Shift Indicator Automatic transmission Shift

Indicator (if equipped)
Dual clutch transmission Shift
Indicator (if equipped) Type A

Type A

OIB044118

Type B

OBI3043028

Type B


OIB044117

OBI3043027 This indicator displays which automatic

transmission shift lever is selected.
This indicator displays which dual clutch
transmission shift lever is selected. • Park : P
• Park : P • Reverse : R
• Reverse : R • Neutral : N
• Neutral : N • Drive : D
• Drive : D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7 • Manual Shift Mode : 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8
• Manual Shift Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

4-8
 04
Manual transmission Shift Indicator Warning and indicator lights
(if equipped)
Type A
i Information
Make sure that all warning lights are
OFF after starting the engine. If any light
is still ON, this indicates a situation that
needs attention.

Air bag warning light

OIB044152

Type B

This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch to the
ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with the
SRS.
In this case, we recommend that you
have the vehicle inspected by an
OIB044151 authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator informs which gear is
recommended while driving, to save Seat Belt warning light
fuel.
• Shifting up : ▲2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5, ▲6
(▲6: Only for 6th gear manual
transmission vehicle)
• Shifting down : ▼3, ▼4, ▼5 This warning light informs the driver (or
(▼5: Only for 6th gear manual front passenger) that the seat belt is not
transmission vehicle) fastened.
For example For more details, refer to the “Seat
Belts” in chapter 3.
: Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd
gear is recommended (currently the
shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear). Rear seat belt warning
: Indicates that shifting down to the light (if equipped for
3rd gear is recommended (currently cluster type B)
the shift lever is in the 4th, 5th, or
6th gear).
This warning light informs the rear
When the system is not working passenger’s that the seat belt is not
properly, the indicator is not displayed. fastened.
For more details, refer to the “Seat
Belts” in chapter 3.

4-9
Instrument cluster

Parking Brake & Brake Dual-diagonal braking system

Fluid warning light Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
diagonal braking systems. This means
you still have braking on two wheels
even if one of the dual systems should
This warning light illuminates: fail.
• Once you set the ignition switch to the With only one of the dual systems
ON position. working, more than normal pedal travel
- It illuminates for approximately 3 and greater pedal pressure are required
seconds to stop the vehicle.
- It remains on if the parking brake is Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short
applied. a distance with only a portion of the
• When the parking brake is applied. brake system working.
• When the brake fluid level in the If the brakes fail while you are driving,
reservoir is low. shift to a lower gear for additional
engine braking and stop the vehicle as
- If the warning light illuminates soon as it is safe to do so.
with the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level is low.

If the brake fluid level in the reser- WARNING

voir is low: Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe Light
location and stop your vehicle.
Driving the vehicle with a warning light
2. With the engine stopped, check the ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake &
brake fluid level immediately and add Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates
fluid as required (For more details, with the parking brake released, it
refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 9). indicates that the brake fluid level is
Then check all brake components for low.
fluid leaks. If any leak on the brake
system is still found, the warning In this case, we recommend that you
light remains on, or the brakes do not have the vehicle inspected by an
operate properly, do not drive the authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
vehicle.
In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle towed to an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
inspected.

4-10
 04
Anti-lock Brake System Malfunction Indicator
(ABS) warning light Lamp (MIL)

This warning light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:

• Once you set the ignition switch to the • When you set the ignition switch to
ON position. the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 - The malfunction indicator light
seconds and then goes off. illuminates for about 3 seconds and
• When there is a malfunction with then goes off.
the ABS (The normal braking system • Whenever there is a malfunction with
will still be operational without the either the emission control system or
assistance of the anti-lock brake the engine or the vehicle powertrain.
system). If this occurs, we recommend that
In this case, we recommend that you you have the vehicle inspected by an
have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • If the enhanced engine protection
system becomes activated due to lack
of engine oil, engine power will be
Motor Driven Power limited. If such condition continues
Steering (MDPS) warning repeatedly, the Malfunction Indicator
light (if equipped) Lamp will illuminate.

This warning light illuminates: NOTICE

• Once you set the ignition switch to the - Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
ON position. Driving with the Malfunction Indicator
- It illuminates for approximately 3 Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to
seconds and then goes off. the emission control systems which
• When there is a malfunction with the could effect drivability and/or fuel
MDPS. economy.
In this case, we recommend that you
have the vehicle inspected by an NOTICE
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- Petrol Engine
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic
converter damage is possible which
could result in loss of engine power.
In this case, we recommend that you
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.

4-11
Instrument cluster

Charging System Engine Oil Pressure

warning light warning light

This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the ignition switch to the • Once you set the ignition switch to the
ON position. ON position.
- It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is
started. started.
• When there is a malfunction with • When the engine oil pressure is low.
either the alternator or electrical
charging system.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
If there is a malfunction with either location and stop your vehicle.
the alternator or electrical charging
2. Turn the engine off and check the
system: engine oil level (For more details, refer
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe to “Engine Oil” in chapter 9). If the
location and stop your vehicle. level is low, add oil as required.
2. Turn the engine off and check the If the warning light remains on after
alternator drive belt for looseness or adding oil or if oil is not available, we
breakage. recommend that you have the vehicle
If the belt is adjusted properly, there inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
may be a problem in the electrical dealer as soon as possible.
charging system. Continued driving with the warning
In this case, we recommend that you light on may cause engine failure.
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible. i Information
(For Smartstream G1.2)
When engine oil pressure decreases due to
insufficient engine oil, etc., the Engine Oil
Pressure warning light will illuminate. In
addition, the enhanced engine protection
system which limits engine power will be
activated. When the engine oil pressure
is restored, the warning light and the
enhanced engine protection system will
turn off after the engine is restarted.

NOTICE
If the engine does not stop immediately
after the Engine Oil Pressure Warning
Light is illuminated, severe damage
could result.

4-12
 04
Low Fuel Level warning Electronic Stability
light Control (ESC) indicator
light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:

When the fuel tank is nearly empty. • When you set the ignition switch to
the ON position.
If the fuel tank is nearly empty, add fuel - It illuminates for approximately 3
as soon as possible. seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with the
ESC system.
NOTICE In this case, we recommend that you
- Low Fuel Level have the vehicle inspected by an
Driving with the Low Fuel Level authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
warning light on or with the fuel level
below “E (Empty)” can cause the
engine to misfire and damage the
This indicator light blinks:
catalytic converter (if equipped). • While the ESC is operating.
For more details, refer to “Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 6.
Overspeed warning light
(if equipped) 120
km/h

This warning light blinks:

This is to prevent you from fast driving.
• When you drive the vehicle more than
120 km/h.
- This is to prevent you from driving
your vehicle with overspeed.
- The overspeed warning chime also
sound for approximately 5 seconds.

4-13
Instrument cluster

Electronic Stability Immobilizer indicator

Control (ESC) OFF light (without smart key)
indicator light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the ignition switch to When the vehicle detects the
the ON position. immobilizer in your key properly while
- It illuminates for approximately the ignition switch is ON.
3 seconds and then goes off. - At this time, you can start the engine.
• When you deactivate the ESC system - The indicator light goes off after
by pressing the ESC OFF button. starting the engine.
For more details, refer to “Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 6. This indicator light blinks:
When there is a malfunction with the
Information immobilizer system.
i In this case, we recommend that you
If the engine does not start within 10 have the vehicle inspected by an
seconds after the preheating is completed, authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
set the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF
position for 10 seconds and then to the
ON position in order to preheat the engine Immobilizer indicator
again. light (with smart key)

Door Ajar warning light

This indicator light illuminates for up
to 30 seconds:
When the vehicle detects the smart key
This warning light illuminates: in the vehicle properly while the Engine
Start/Stop button is ACC or ON.
When a door is not close securely.
- At this time, you can start the engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
Tailgate Open warning starting the engine.
light
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
This warning light illuminates: When the smart key is not in the vehicle.
When the tailgate is not close securely. - At this time, you can not start the
engine.

4-14
 04
This indicator light illuminates for 2 Turn Signal indicator
seconds and goes off: light
When the vehicle can not detect the
smart key which is in the vehicle while
the Engine Start/Stop button is ON.
This indicator light blinks:
In this case, we recommend that you
have the vehicle inspected by an When you turn the turn signal light on.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If any of the following occurs, there
This indicator light blinks: may a malfunction with the turn signal
system. In this case, we recommend that
• When the battery of the smart key is you have the vehicle inspected by an
weak. authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- At this time, you can not start the - The indicator light does not blink but
engine. However, you can start the illuminates.
engine if you press the Engine Start/
Stop button with the smart key. (For - The indicator light blinks more rapidly.
more details, refer to “Starting the - The indicator light does not illuminate
Engine” in chapter 6). at all.
• When there is a malfunction with the
immobilizer system.
In this case, we recommend that you
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information
When the engine automatically starts
by the ISG system, some warning lights
(ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, MDPS or Parking
brake warning light) may turn on for
a few seconds. This happens because of
low battery voltage. It does not mean the
system has malfunctioned.

4-15
Instrument cluster

High Beam indicator ECO Mode indicator light

light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:

• When the headlights are on and in the • When you select “ECO” mode as drive
high beam position mode.
• When the turn signal lever is pulled For more details, refer to “Drive Mode
into the Flash-to-Pass position. Integrated Control System” in chapter 6.

Light ON indicator light Master warning light

(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates :

When the Parking (Position) lights or • When there is a malfunction in
headlights are on. operation in any of the following
systems:
- Lamp malfunction (if equipped)
Front Fog indicator light
(if equipped) - Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction (if equipped)
To identify the details of the warning,
look at the cluster display.
This indicator light illuminates:
When the front fog lights are on.
KEY OUT indicator light
(if equipped) KEY
SPORT Mode indicator OUT
light (if equipped)
When the ignition switch is in the ACC
or ON position, if any door is open, the
This indicator light illuminates system checks for the smart key.
When you select “SPORT” mode as drive
mode. This indicator light blinks:
For more details, refer to “Drive Mode When the smart key is not in the vehicle
Integrated Control System” in chapter 6. and any door is open with the ignition
switch in the ACC or ON position.
- At this time, if you close all doors,
the chime will also sound for
approximately 5 seconds.
- The indicator will go off while the
vehicle is moving.

4-16
 04
Low Tire Pressure Cluster display messages
warning light (For cluster type B)
(if equipped)
Key not in vehicle
(for smart key system)
This warning light illuminates:
This warning message is displayed if the
• When you set the ignition switch to smart key is not in the vehicle when you
the ON position. open or close door in the ACC position
- It illuminates for approximately 3 or ON position. The warning sound is
seconds and then goes off. heard when you close door without a
• When one or more of your tires smart key in vehicle.
are significantly underinflated (The When attempting to start the vehicle
location of the underinflated tire is always have the smart key with you.
displayed on the Cluster display).
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure Key not detected
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in (for smart key system)
chapter 8.
This message appears if the smart key is
not detected when you press the Push
This warning light remains on after Button Start ignition switch.
blinking for approximately 60 seconds
or repeatedly blinks on and off at
approximately 3 second intervals: Press START button with key (for
smart key system)
• When there is a malfunction with the
TPMS. This message appears and the
immobilizer indicator blinks if you press
In this case, we recommend that you the Push Button Start ignition switch
have the vehicle inspected by an while the warning message, “Key not
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as detected” appears.
possible.
At this time, the immobilizer indicator
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure light blinks.
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
chapter 8.
Low key battery
(for smart key system)
WARNING When the Push Button Start ignition
Safe Stopping switch is pressed to the OFF position,
a message may appear, indicating the
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe internal battery of the smart key is low.
and sudden tire damage caused by Replace the smart key battery.
external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.

4-17
Instrument cluster

Press brake pedal to start engine Shift to N to start engine

(for smart key system and dual (for smart key system and dual
clutch transmission/automatic clutch transmission/automatic
transmission) transmission)
This message appears if the Push This warning message is displayed if
Button Start ignition switch is pressed you try to start the engine with the shift
repeatedly without depressing the brake button not in the N (Neutral) position.
pedal.
Start the vehicle by depressing the brake Information
pedal and then pressing the Push Button i
Start ignition switch. You can start the engine with the shift
lever in the N (Neutral) position.
Press clutch pedal to start engine
(for smart key system and manual Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
transmission) (for smart key system and dual
This warning message is displayed if the clutch transmission/automatic
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC transmission)
position twice by pressing the button This warning message is displayed if the
repeatedly without depressing the clutch brake switch fuse is disconnected.
pedal. You need to replace the fuse with a new
Depress the clutch pedal to start the one. If that is not possible, you can start
engine. the engine by pressing the Engine Start/
Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC
position.
Press START button again
(for smart key system)
If you cannot start the vehicle after
the Push Button Start ignition switch is
pressed, attempt to start the engine by
pressing the Push Button Start ignition
switch again.
If the warning message appears each
time you press the Push Button Start
ignition switch, we recommend that the
vehicle be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

4-18
 04
Lights mode Wiper mode

OIK047163L OCN7040039L

This indicator displays which exterior This indicator displays which wiper
light is selected using the lighting speed is selected using the wiper
control. control.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/ You can activate or deactivate Wiper/
Lights display function from the Settings Lights display function from the User
menu in the instrument cluster. Settings menu in the instrument cluster.
Select: Select:
• User settings > Cluster > Wiper/Lights • User settings > Cluster > Wiper/Lights
display display

Turn on FUSE SWITCH

This warning message is displayed if
the fuse switch located on the fuse box
under the steering wheel is OFF.
You should turn the fuse switch on.
For more details, refer to “Fuses”
Section in chapter 9.

4-19
Instrument cluster

Low pressure (if equipped) Low engine oil (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed when
the engine oil level should be checked.
If this warning message is displayed,
check the engine oil level as soon as
possible and add engine oil as required.
Slowly pour the recommended oil little
by little into a funnel.
Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer
to “Recommended lubricants and
capacities” section in chapter 2.)
OBI3040008 Do not overfill the engine oil. Make sure
the oil level is not above F (Full) mark on
This warning message is displayed if the the dipstick.
tire pressure is low. The corresponding
tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure WARNING
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
chapter 8. When the engine oil level warning
message appears, it is necessary to
check if you have replaced the Engine
Heated Steering Wheel turned off oil according to the maintenance
(if equipped) schedule in chapter 9. If it has not been
This message illuminates if the heated checked and followed, the engine oil
steering wheel will turn off automatically must be replaced first.
approximately 30 minutes after the
heated steering wheel is turned on. Information
For more details, refer to “Heated After adding engine oil, if you travel
Steering Wheel” in chapter 5. about 50-100 km (31-62 miles) after the
engine warms up, the warning message
Low fuel should disappear.
This warning message is displayed if the If the warning message remains on, we
fuel tank is almost out of fuel. recommend that your vehicle be inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
When this message is displayed, the low
soon as possible.
fuel level warning light in the cluster will
come on.
It is recommended to look for the
nearest fueling station and refuel as
soon as possible.

4-20
 04
Engine has overheated Drive mode (if equipped for cluster
(if equipped) type B)
This warning message is displayed
when the engine coolant temperature
is above 120°C (248°F). This means that
the engine is overheated and may be
damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer to
“Overheating” section in chapter 8.

Check headlight (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed if the
headlights are not operating properly. OBI3043025

In addition, if a specific lamp(turn signal The drive mode may be selected

light etc.) is not operating properly, the according to the driver’s preference or
warning message according to a specific road conditions.
lamp (turn signal light etc.) is displayed.
For more details, refer to the “Drive
A corresponding bulb may need to be
Mode Integrated Control System (2WD)”
replaced.
in chapter 6.
Make sure to replace the burned out
bulb with a new one of the same
wattage rating.

Check brake light (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed if the
stop lights are not operating properly. A
light may need to be replaced.
Make sure to replace the burned out
bulb with a new one of the same
wattage rating.

4-21
Instrument cluster

CLUSTER DISPLAY (CLUSTER TYPE B)

Cluster display control

OBI3043010 OBI3043023

The cluster display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.

Switch Function

MODE button for changing modes

, MOVE switch for changing items

OK SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item

4-22
 04
Cluster display modes
Modes Symbol Explanation

This mode displays driving information such as the tripmeter,

Trip
fuel economy, etc.
Computer
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Turn By
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
Turn (TBT)

User
In this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and etc.
Settings

- This mode displays warning messages related to the

Warning lamp malfunction, etc.
- Tire pressure information

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable
to your vehicle.

4-23
Instrument cluster

Trip computer mode Master warning

OIK047124L OBI3040018

The trip computer mode displays This warning light informs the driver the
information related to vehicle driving following situations.
parameters including fuel economy, - Tire Pressure Monitoring System
tripmeter information and vehicle speed. malfunction (if equipped)
For more details, refer to "Trip The Master Warning Light illuminates
Computer" in this chapter. if one or more of the above warning
situations occur.
Turn By Turn (TBT) group At this time, a Master Warning icon ( )
will appear beside the User Settings icon
( ), on the Cluster display.
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned
off and the Master Warning icon will
disappear.

OCN7060149

This group displays the state of the

navigation.

4-24
 04
User settings mode
In this mode, you can change the
settings of the instrument cluster, doors,
lamps, etc.
1. Lights
2. Door
3. Convenience
4. Service Interval
5. Other
OBI3040009
6. Language
Tire Pressure 7. Reset
This mode displays information related The information provided may differ
to Tire Pressure. depending on which functions are
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure applicable to your vehicle.
Monitoring System (TPMS)” in chapter 8.
Shift to P to edit settings/Engage
parking brake to edit settings
This warning message illuminates if
you try to select an item from the User
Settings mode while driving.
• Dual clutch transmission/Automatic
transmission
For your safety, change the User
Settings after parking the vehicle,
applying the parking brake and
moving the shift level to P(Park).
• Manual transmission
For your safety, change the User
Settings after engaging the parking
brake.

Quick guide (Help)

This mode provides quick guides for the
systems in the User Settings mode.
Select an item, press and hold the OK
button.
For more details about each system,
refer to this Owner’s Manual.

4-25
Instrument cluster

User settings mode

In this mode, you can change setting of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, and so
on.

1. Light
Items Explanation
Light brightness To adjust the brightness level.
adjustment • 1~20 Steps
• Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
One Touch Turn • 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when
Signal the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
For more information, refer to the “Lighting” in chapter 5.
Headlight To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function.
Delay For more information, refer to the “Lighting” in chapter 5.
Always On To activate or deactivate the always on interior button lights function.
Interior Button For more information, refer to the “Lighting” in chapter 5.
Lights

2. Door
Items Explanation
• When moving to R/N/D stage: All doors will be automatically locked if
the transmission shift lever is moved from the P (Park) position to the
R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. (Only when the engine
Auto Lock is running)
• When driving: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle
speed exceeds 15 km/h (9.3mph).
• Off: The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.
• When moving to P stage: All doors will be automatically unlocked if
the transmission shift lever is moved to P (Park) position. (Only when
the engine is running)
• When power off (smart key specification)/When the key is removed
Auto Unlock (other than the smart key): All doors will be automatically unlocked
when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch or Push
button Start ignition switch is set to the OFF position.
• Off: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.

4-26
 04
3. Convenience
Items Explanation
• On door unlock: The outside rearview mirrors are unfolded and the
welcome light turns on automatically when the doors are unlocked.
Welcome • On driver approach: The outside rearview mirrors are unfolded and the
Mirror/Light welcome light turns on automatically when the vehicle is approached
with the smart key.
For more information, refer to the ‘’Welcome System’’ in chapter 5.
To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system.
Wireless For more information, refer to the “Wireless cellular phone charging
Charging System system” in chapter 5.
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode.
Wiper/Light When activated, the cluster display shows the selected Wiper/Light
Display mode whenever you changed the mode.
Icy Road To activate or deactivate the icy road warning function.
Warning

4. Service Interval
Items Explanation
• Enable Service Interval
Service Interval • Adjust Interval
• Reset

5. Other features
Items Explanation
• Off : The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever
refueling.
• After Ignition : The average fuel economy will reset automatically
Fuel Economy whenever it has passed 4 hours after turning OFF the engine.
Auto Reset • After Refueling : The average fuel economy will reset automatically
when refueling.
For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.
Fuel Economy Choose the fuel economy unit. (km/L, L/100km), (US gallon, UK gallon)
Unit
Temperature Choose the temperature unit. (°C,°F)
Unit
Tire pressure To select the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, bar)
unit

4-27
Instrument cluster

6. Language
Items Explanation

Language Choose the language.

7. Reset
Items Explanation
You can reset the menus in the User Settings Mode. All menus in the
Reset settings User Settings Mode are reset to factory settings, except language and
service interval.

4-28
 04
TRIP COMPUTER
Cluster type A Type A

Tripmeter/Trip computer
The trip computer is a microcomputer-
controlled driver information system that
displays information related to driving,
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position. All stored driving information
(except odometer & Trip A & B) resets if
the battery is disconnected.
OQXI049117
Press the trip mode/reset button for less
Type B
than 1 second to select any mode as
follows:

Tripmeter A

Tripmeter B

Distance to empty*
OQXI049118
Tripmeter (km or mi.)
Average fuel consumption*
A : Tripmeter A
B : Tripmeter B
Instant fuel consumption* This mode indicates the distance of
individual trips selected since the last
tripmeter reset.
Average speed*

The meter’s working range is from 0.0

Elapsed time* to 9999.9 km. (0.0 to 9999.9 miles).
Pressing the trip mode/reset button for
more than 1 second, when the tripmeter
Service Reminder* is being displayed, clears the tripmeter
to zero (0.0).
* if equipped

4-29
Instrument cluster

OQXI049119 OQXI049120

Distance to empty Average fuel consumption

(if equipped) (km or mi.) (if equipped) (l/100 km or MPG)
This mode indicates the estimated This mode calculates the average fuel
distance to empty based on the current consumption from the total fuel used
fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of and the distance since the last average
fuel delivered to the engine. When the consumption reset. The total fuel used
remaining distance is below 50 km (30 is calculated from the fuel consumption
miles), “---” will be displayed. input. For an accurate calculation, drive
The meter’s working range is from 50 to more than 300 m (0.18 miles).
999 km (30 to 615 miles). Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the average fuel
consumption is being displayed, clears
the average fuel consumption to zero
(--.-).

4-30
 04

OQXI049121 OQXI049122

Instant fuel consumption Average speed (km/h or MPH)

(if equipped) (l/100 km or MPG) This mode calculates the average speed
This mode calculates the instant fuel of the vehicle since the last average
consumption of the last few seconds. speed reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the
average speed keeps going while the
engine is running.
NOTICE Pressing the RESET button for more than
• If the vehicle is not on level ground 1 second, when the average speed is
or the battery power has been being displayed, clear the average speed
interrupted, the “Distance to empty” to zero (---).
function may not operate correctly.
The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 6 liters
(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to the
vehicle.
• The fuel consumption and distance to
empty may vary significantly based
on driving conditions, driving habits,
and condition of the vehicle.
• The distance to empty value is an
estimate of the available driving
distance. This may differ from the
actual driving distance available.

4-31
Instrument cluster

Service reminder

OQXI049123

Elapsed time (if equipped) OBI3040012

This mode indicates the total time This mode displays the service interval
traveled since the last driving time reset. (mileage).
Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
the driving time keeps going while the
engine is running.
The meter’s working range is from
00:00~99:59.
Pressing the RESET button for more than
1 second, when the driving time is being
displayed, clear the driving time to zero
(00:00).

4-32
 04
Cluster type B Trip modes
The trip computer is a microcomputer-
controlled driver information system that Fuel Economy
displays information related to driving. • Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
i Information

Some driving information stored in the Accumulated Info
trip computer (for example, Average
Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is • Tripmeter
disconnected. • Average Fuel Economy
• Timer


Drive Info
• Tripmeter
• Average Fuel Economy
• Timer

4-33
Instrument cluster

Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy
manually, press the [OK] button on the
steering wheel for more than 1 second
when the average fuel economy is
displayed.

Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average fuel
OBI3043024 economy after refueling, select the “Fuel
To change the trip mode, toggle the Econ. Reset” mode in the User Settings
“ , ” switch on the steering wheel. menu on the Cluster display.
- After ignition: The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
Fuel economy whenever it has passed 4 hours after
turning OFF the engine.
- After refueling: The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
when driving speed exceeds 1 km/h,
after adding 6 liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel
or more.

i Information
The average fuel economy may be
inaccurate, when the vehicle drives
OAC3069039TU shorter than 300 meters (0.19 miles) after
turning ON the ignition switch.
Average Fuel Economy (1)
• The average fuel economy is
calculated by the total driving distance Instant Fuel Economy (2)
and fuel consumption since the last • This mode displays the instant fuel
average fuel economy reset. economy during the last few seconds
• The average fuel economy can be when the vehicle speed is more than
reset both manually and automatically. 10 km/h (6.2 mph).

4-34
 04
Accumulated Info The information is accumulated starting
from the last reset.
To manually reset the information, press
and hold the OK button when viewing
the Accumulated driving info. The trip
distance, the average fuel economy,
and total driving time will reset
simultaneously.
The accumulated driving information will
continue to be counted while the engine
is still running (for example, when the
vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop
OAC3069041TU light).
This display shows the accumulated trip
distance (1), the average fuel economy i Information
(2), and the total driving time (3).
The vehicle must be driven for a
minimum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) since
the last ignition key cycle before the
average fuel economy will be recalculated.

4-35
Instrument cluster

Drive Info

OAC3069040TU

This display shows the trip distance (1),

the average fuel economy (2), and the
total driving time (3).

The information is combined for each

ignition cycle. However, when the
engine has been OFF for 4 hours or
longer the Drive Info screen will reset.
To manually reset the information, press
and hold the OK button when viewing
the Drive Info. The trip distance, the
average fuel economy, and total driving
time will reset simultaneously.
The driving information will continue
to be counted while the engine is still
running (for example, when the vehicle
is in traffic or stopped at a stop light.)

i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a
minimum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) since
the last ignition key cycle before the
average fuel economy will be recalculated.

4-36
5. Convenience features

Accessing your vehicle ................................................................................... 5-4

Remote key ................................................................................................................ 5-4
Remote key precautions ........................................................................................... 5-6
Smart key ....................................................................................................................5-7
Smart key precautions ..............................................................................................5-11
Immobilizer system .................................................................................................. 5-12
Door lock/unlock sound .......................................................................................... 5-13
Door locks.......................................................................................................5-14
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle...................................................... 5-14
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ........................................................ 5-16
Auto door lock/unlock features............................................................................... 5-18
Child-protector rear door locks............................................................................... 5-18
Theft-alarm system ........................................................................................5-19
Steering wheel .............................................................................................. 5-20
Motor Driven Power Steering (MDPS) ................................................................... 5-20
Tilt steering / Telescope steering ............................................................................ 5-21
Horn...........................................................................................................................5-22
Mirrors ........................................................................................................... 5-23
Inside rearview mirror ..............................................................................................5-23 5
Outside rearview mirror ...........................................................................................5-23
Windows ........................................................................................................ 5-26
Power windows ....................................................................................................... 5-26
Manual windows ...................................................................................................... 5-31
Sunroof .......................................................................................................... 5-32
Sunshade ..................................................................................................................5-32
Tilt open/close ......................................................................................................... 5-33
Slide open/close...................................................................................................... 5-33
Automatic reversal .................................................................................................. 5-34
Resetting the sunroof ............................................................................................. 5-35
Sunroof open warning ............................................................................................ 5-36
Hood .............................................................................................................. 5-37
Hood..........................................................................................................................5-37
Tailgate ..................................................................................................................... 5-38
Emergency tailgate safety release .........................................................................5-40
Fuel filler door...........................................................................................................5-41
 Lighting..........................................................................................................5-44
Exterior lights........................................................................................................... 5-44
Interior lights ........................................................................................................... 5-50
Welcome system ..................................................................................................... 5-52
Wipers and washers...................................................................................... 5-53
Front windshield wipers.......................................................................................... 5-54
Front windshield washers ....................................................................................... 5-54
Rear window wiper and washer switch ................................................................. 5-55
Manual climate control system ....................................................................5-56
Heating and air conditioning ...................................................................................5-57
System operation .................................................................................................... 5-62
System maintenance .............................................................................................. 5-64
Automatic climate control system ...............................................................5-65
Automatic heating and air conditioning ................................................................ 5-66
Manual heating and air conditioning ..................................................................... 5-67
System operation .....................................................................................................5-73
System maintenance ...............................................................................................5-74

5 Windshield defrosting and defogging ......................................................... 5-76

Manual climate control system ...............................................................................5-76
Automatic climate control system .......................................................................... 5-77
Defroster ...................................................................................................................5-78
Auto dehumidify .......................................................................................................5-79
Storage compartment ..................................................................................5-80
Center console storage ...........................................................................................5-80
Sliding armrest ........................................................................................................5-80
Glove box ..................................................................................................................5-81
Cool box ....................................................................................................................5-81
Sunglass holder ....................................................................................................... 5-82
5. Convenience features

Interior features ............................................................................................5-83

Cup holder ............................................................................................................... 5-83
Sunvisor ................................................................................................................... 5-84
Power outlet ............................................................................................................ 5-84
USB charger ............................................................................................................. 5-85
Wireless cellular phone charging system .............................................................. 5-86
Clothes hanger ........................................................................................................ 5-89
Floor mat anchor(s) ................................................................................................. 5-89
Cargo area cover .....................................................................................................5-90
Luggage net (holder)...............................................................................................5-90
Infotainment system ......................................................................................5-91
USB port ....................................................................................................................5-91
Antenna .....................................................................................................................5-91
Steering wheel audio control ................................................................................. 5-92
Voice recognition .................................................................................................... 5-94
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free ......................................................... 5-94
How vehicle audio works ........................................................................................ 5-95

5
Convenience features

ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE

Remote key (if equipped) WARNING
Do not leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised children.
Unattended children could place the
key in the ignition switch and may
operate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in serious
injury or death.

OBI3053075 Unlocking
Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key, which To unlock:
you can use to lock or unlock a door 1. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on
(and tailgate) and even start the engine. the remote key.
1. Door Lock 2. The doors will unlock. The outside
2. Door Unlock rearview mirror will unfold, if
Convenience > Welcome Mirror/Light
3. Tailgate Unlock > On door unlock is selected from the
4. Mechanical Key Release button User Settings mode on the instrument
cluster. For more information, refer
to the “Cluster Display” section in
Locking chapter 4.
To lock :
1. Close all doors, engine hood and Information
tailgate. i
2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on the After unlocking the doors, the doors will
remote key. lock automatically after 30 seconds unless
3. The doors will lock. The outside a door is opened.
rearview mirror will fold, if
Convenience > Welcome Mirror/Light
> On door unlock is selected from the
User Settings mode on the instrument
cluster. For more information, refer
to the “Cluster Display” section in
chapter 4.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
checking the position of the door lock
button inside the vehicle.

5-4
 05
Tailgate unlocking Mechanical key
To unlock: Type A

1. Press the Tailgate Unlock button (3)
on the remote key for more than one
second.
2. The hazard warning lights will blink
two times. Once the tailgate is opened
and then closed, the tailgate will lock
automatically.

i Information
OBI3053231
• After unlocking the tailgate, the tailgate
Type B

will lock automatically.
• The word “HOLD” is written on the
button to inform you that you must
press and hold the button for more than
one second.

Start-up
For detailed information, refer to “Key
Ignition Switch” in chapter 6.
OBI3053076

NOTICE If the remote key does not operate

To prevent damaging the remote key: normally, you can lock or unlock the
door by using the mechanical key.
• Keep the remote key away from
water or any liquid and fire. If the
inside of the remote key gets damp Type B
(due to drinks or moisture), or is To unfold the key, press the release
heated, the internal circuit may button then the key will unfold
malfunction, excluding the car from automatically.
the warranty.
To fold the key, fold the key manually
• Avoid dropping or throwing the while pressing the release button.
remote key.
• Protect the remote key from extreme
temperatures. NOTICE
Do not fold the key without pressing
the release button. This may damage
the key.

5-5
Convenience features

Remote key precautions NOTICE

The remote key will not work if any of Keep the remote key away from
the following occurs: electromagnetic materials that blocks
electromagnetic waves to the key
• The key is in the ignition switch. surface.
• You exceed the operating distance
limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).
Battery replacement
• The remote key battery is weak.
If the remote key is not working
• Other vehicles or objects may be properly, try replacing the battery with a
blocking the signal. new one.
• The weather is extremely cold.
• The remote key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the remote key.
When the remote key does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key. If you have
a problem with the remote key, it is
recommended that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the remote key is in close proximity to OBI3053235

your mobile phone, the signal could be Type A

blocked by your mobile phone’s normal Battery type: CR2032
operational signals. This is especially To replace the battery:
important when the phone is active
such as making and receiving calls, text 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
messaging, and/or sending/receiving gently pry open the cover.
emails. Avoid placing the remote key 2. Remove the old battery and insert the
and your mobile phone in the same new battery. Make sure the battery
pants or jacket pocket and always try to position is correct.
maintain an adequate distance between 3. Reinstall the rear cover of the remote
the two devices. key.

If you suspect your remote key might

i Information have sustained some damage, or you
feel your remote key is not working
Changes or modifications not expressly correctly, it is recommended that you
approved by the party responsible contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment. If the
keyless entry system is inoperative due
to changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

5-6
 05
WARNING Smart key (if equipped)
THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A BUTTON Type A

BATTERY.
If swallowed, a lithium button battery
can cause severe or fatal injuries within
2 hours. Keep batteries out of reach of
children.
If you think batteries may have been
swallowed or placed inside any part
of the body, seek immediate medical
attention.
OBI3053232

i Information Type B


An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s)
and regulation.

OBI3053233

Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, which

you can use to lock or unlock a door
(and tailgate) and even start the engine.
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Remote start (if equipped)
4. Tailgate lock/unlock

5-7
Convenience features

Locking your vehicle Even though you press the outside

door handle button, the doors will not
lock and the chime will sound for three
seconds if any of the following occurs:
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
• The Button Start ignition switch is in
ACC or ON position.
• Any door except the tailgate/trunk is
open.

OBI3053087L WARNING
To lock : Do not leave the Smart Key in your
1. Close all doors, hood and tailgate. vehicle with unsupervised children.
2. Have the smart key with you. Unattended children could press
Button Start ignition switch and may
3. Either press the door handle button operate power windows or other
or press the Door Lock button on the controls, or even make the vehicle
smart key. move, which could result in serious
4. The outside rearview mirror will injury or death.
unfold, if Convenience > Welcome
Mirror/Light > On door unlock is
selected from the User Settings mode Unlocking your vehicle
on the instrument cluster. For more
information, refer to the “Cluster
Display” section in chapter 4.
5. Make sure the doors are locked by
pulling the door outside handle.

i Information
The door handle button will only operate
when the smart key is within 0.7~1 m
OBI3053087L
(28~40 in.) from the outside door handle.
To unlock:
1. Have the smart key with you.
2. Either press the door handle button or
press the Door Unlock button on the
smart key.
3. The doors will unlock. The outside
rearview mirror will unfold, if
Convenience > Welcome Mirror/Light
> On door unlock is selected from the
User Settings mode on the instrument
cluster. For more information, refer
to the “Cluster Display” section in
chapter 4.

5-8
 05
Information Tailgate unlocking
i To unlock:
• The door handle button will only
operate when the smart key is within 1 1. Have the smart key with you.
m (40 in.) from the outside door handle. 2. Press the tailgate open/close button
Other people can also open the doors on the vehicle or press and hold the
without the smart key in possession. Tailgate Unlock Button (4) on the
• After unlocking the doors, the doors smart key for more than one second.
will lock automatically after 30 seconds The hazard warning lights blink twice
unless a door is opened. and the tailgate is opened.
• The doors may lock or unlock if the
touch sensor of the outer door handle is Information
recognized while washing your car or
• The Tailgate Unlock button (4) will
due to heavy rain.
only unlock the tailgate. It will not
• To prevent unintentional door lock or release the latch and open the tailgate
unlock: automatically. If the Tailgate Unlock
Press the lock button on the smart button is used, someone must still press
key and immediately press the unlock the tailgate handle button to open the
button along with the lock button for tailgate.
more than 4 seconds. The doors will not • After unlocking the tailgate, the tailgate
lock or unlock even though the touch will lock automatically after 30 seconds
sensor is touched on the outside door unless the tailgate is opened.
handle.
To deactivate the function, press the
door lock or unlock button on the smart Remotely starting vehicle (if
key. equipped)
To start the vehicle remotely:
1. Press the door lock button on the
smart key. You must be within about
10 m (32 ft.) from the vehicle.
2. Press and hold the Remote Start
button (3) on your smart key. You
must press the button more than 2
seconds within 4 seconds from when
you pressed the door lock button.
3. The engine will start.
4. To turn off the remote start function,
press the Remote Start button (3)
once.

5-9
Convenience features

Information Mechanical key

If the Smart Key does not operate
• The vehicle must be in P (Park) for the
normally, you can lock or unlock the
remote start function to start.
door by using the mechanical key.
• The engine turns off if you get on the
vehicle without a registered smart key.
• The engine turns off if you do not get
on the vehicle within 10 minutes after
remotely starting the vehicle.
• The Remote Start button (3) may not
operate if the smart key is not within
10 m (32 ft.) from the vehicle.
• The vehicle will not remotely start if the
hood or tailgate is opened.
• Do not idle the engine for a long period.
OBN7I053009

Start-up Press and hold the release button (1) and

remove the mechanical key (2). Insert
You can start the engine without the mechanical key into the key hole on
inserting the key. For detailed the door.
information, refer to the “Push Button
Start ignition switch” in chapter 6. To reinstall the mechanical key, put the
key into the hole and push it until a click
sound is heard.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the smart key: Loss of a smart key
• Keep the smart key away from water A maximum of two smart keys can
or any liquid and fire. If the inside be registered to a single vehicle. If
of the smart key gets damp (due to you happen to lose your smart key,
drinks or moisture), or is heated, the it is recommended that you should
internal circuit may malfunction, immediately take the vehicle and
excluding the car from the warranty. remaining key to your authorized
• Avoid dropping or throwing the HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle if
smart key. necessary.
• Protect the smart key from extreme
temperatures.

NOTICE
Always have the smart key with you
when leaving the vehicle. If the smart
key is placed near the vehicle, the
vehicle battery may be discharged.

5-10
 05
Smart key precautions When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door
The smart key will not work if any of the with the mechanical key. If you have
following occurs: a problem with the smart key, it is
• The smart key is close to a radio recommended that you contact an
transmitter such as a radio station, authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
military area, police station, If the smart key is in close proximity to
government offices, broadcasting your mobile phone, the signal could be
stations, transmission towers, port or blocked by your mobile phone’s normal
an airport which can interfere with operational signals. This is especially
normal operation of the smart key. important when the phone is active
• The smart key is near a mobile two such as making and receiving calls, text
way radio system or a cellular phone. messaging, and/or sending/receiving
• The smart key is close to a metal emails. Avoid placing the smart key and
product or coins your mobile phone in the same pants or
jacket pocket and always try to maintain
• Another vehicle’s smart key is being an adequate distance between the two
operated close to your vehicle. devices.
• If your windows are tinted, especially
with metallic window tint, it may
cause frequency interference, i Information
reducing the smart key operating Changes or modifications not expressly
range. approved by the party responsible
• When you connect an external device for compliance could void the user’s
to the multi-purpose socket or USB authority to operate the equipment. If the
port and place it near the smart key, keyless entry system is inoperative due
the smart key may not be recognized/ to changes or modifications not expressly
work in some areas of the vehicle. In approved by the party responsible for
this case, try moving the smart key to compliance, it will not be covered by your
another location to start the engine or manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
press the start button directly with the
smart key to start the engine.
In the following situations, the frequency
NOTICE
band from the smart key may be mixed Keep the smart key away from
with a different frequency, which may electromagnetic materials that blocks
cause smart key malfunction (engine electromagnetic waves to the key
operation, door lock function, etc.) or surface.
the working distance of smart key may
change.
• The smart key is placed near the
electronic systems (woofer, cellular
phone, portable wired/wireless
charger, electric heating device,
electronic power bank, e-cigarettes,
etc.)

5-11
Convenience features

Battery replacement Information

i
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s)
and regulation.

Immobilizer system
The system is designed to make vehicle
theft difficult if its circuit and battery
OBN7I053010
connection is uninterrupted. If an
If the Smart Key is not working properly, improperly coded key (or other device)
try replacing the battery with a new one. is used, the engine’s fuel system is
Battery Type: CR2032 disabled.
To replace the battery: When the ignition switch is placed in
the ON position, the immobilizer system
1. Pry open the rear cover of the smart indicator should come on briefly, then
key. go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the
2. Remove the old battery and insert the system does not recognize the coding of
new battery. Make sure the battery the key.
position is correct. Place the ignition switch to the LOCK/
3. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart OFF position, then place the ignition
key. switch to the ON position again.
If you suspect your smart key might The system may not recognize your
have sustained some damage, or you key’s coding if another immobilizer
feel your smart key is not working key or other metal object (for example,
correctly, it is recommended that you key chain) is near the key. The engine
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. may not start because the metal may
interrupt the transponder signal from
transmitting normally.
WARNING
If the system repeatedly does not
THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A BUTTON recognize the coding of the key, it is
BATTERY. recommended that you contact your
If swallowed, a lithium button battery HYUNDAI dealer.
can cause severe or fatal injuries within Do not attempt to alter this system
2 hours. Keep batteries out of reach of or add other devices to it. Electrical
children. problems could result that may make
If you think batteries may have been your vehicle inoperable.
swallowed or placed inside any part
of the body, seek immediate medical
attention.

5-12
 05
WARNING Door lock/unlock sound
In order to prevent theft of your When a user steps out of the car, all
vehicle, do not leave spare keys doors are closed and then the user tries
anywhere in your vehicle. Your to lock or unlock the car with the remote
immobilizer password is a customer key or smart key, sound occurs along
unique password and should be kept with flashing.
confidential. • Door Lock beep sound : 1 time
• Door Unlock beep sound : 2 times
NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an Lock/Unlock Sound Function
important part of the immobilizer Disable / Enable:
system. It is designed to give years The user can disable or enable the lock/
of trouble-free service, however you unlock sound using the remote key or
should avoid exposure to moisture, smart key.
static electricity and rough handling. • Default condition : Sound is Enabled
Immobilizer system malfunction could (ON)
occur.
- Sound Disable : User must press
both lock and unlock buttons in the
remote key or smart key together for
at least 4 seconds to deactivate the
sound (from “ON  OFF”).
- Sound Enable : User must press
both lock and unlock buttons in the
remote key or smart key together for
at least 4seconds to activate Sound
(from “ OFF  ON”).
• For a successful Activation/
De-activation of Sound, the hazard
warning lights will blink 4 times.

5-13
Convenience features

DOOR LOCKS
Operating door locks from Remote key
outside the vehicle
Mechanical key
Type A


OBI3053078

To lock the doors, press the Door Lock

button (1) on the remote key.
OBI3053089L
Type B

To unlock the doors, press the Door
Unlock button (2) on the remote key.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by
hand. Make sure that doors are closed
securely.

i Information
OBI3053090L
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
Turn the key toward the rear of the and door mechanisms may not work
vehicle to unlock and toward the front of properly due to freezing conditions.
the vehicle to lock. • If the door is locked/unlocked multiple
If you lock/unlock the driver’s door with times in rapid succession with either
a key, all vehicle doors will lock/unlock the vehicle key or door lock switch, the
automatically. (If equipped with the system may stop operating temporarily
central door lock system) in order to protect the circuit and
Once the doors are unlocked, they may prevent damage to system components.
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by
hand. Make sure that doors are closed
securely.

5-14
 05
Smart key Information
i
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multiple
times in rapid succession with either
the vehicle key or door lock switch, the
system may stop operating temporarily
in order to protect the circuit and
prevent damage to system components.
OBI3053079

1. Door lock
2. Door unlock

To lock the doors, press the button on

the outside door handle while carrying
the smart key with you or press the door
lock button on the smart key.
To unlock the doors, press the button on
the outside door handle while carrying
the smart key with you or press the door
unlock button on the smart key.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by
hand. Make sure that doors are closed
securely.

5-15
Convenience features

Operating door locks from i Information

inside the vehicle
If a power door lock ever fails to function
With the door lock button while you are in the vehicle, try one or
more of the following techniques to exit:
Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and manual)
while simultaneously pulling on the door
handle.
Operate the other door locks and handles,
front and rear.
Lower a front window and use the
mechanical key to unlock the door from
outside.
OBI3053003L

• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Lock” position.
• To open a door, pull the door handle
(2) outward.
• If the inner door handle of the driver’s
door is pulled when the door lock
button is in the lock position, the
button is unlocked and door opens.
• Front doors cannot be locked if the
key is in the ignition switch and any
front door is open.
• Doors cannot be locked if the smart
key is in the vehicle and any door is
open.

5-16
 05
With the central door lock/unlock WARNING
switch
Do not leave the elderly, children or
animals unattended in your vehicle.
An enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or serious
injury to the elderly, unattended
children or animals who cannot
escape from the vehicle. Children
might operate features of the vehicle
that could injure them, or they could
encounter other harm, possibly from
someone gaining entry to the vehicle.
OBI3053004L

When pressing the ( ) portion (1) of the

switch, all vehicle doors will lock. WARNING
• If the key is in the ignition switch and Always secure your vehicle.
any door is opened, the doors will not
lock even though the lock button (1) of Leaving your vehicle unlocked
the central door lock switch is pressed. increases the potential risk to you or
others from someone hiding in your
• If the smart key is in the vehicle and vehicle.
any door is opened, the doors will not
lock even though the lock button (1) of To secure your vehicle, while
the central door lock switch is pressed. depressing the brake, move the shift
lever to the P (Park) position (for
When pressing the ( ) portion (2) of the dual clutch transmission/automatic
switch, all vehicle doors will unlock. transmission) or first gear or R
(Reverse, for manual transmission),
WARNING engage the parking brake, and place
the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
• The doors should always be fully position, close all windows, lock all
closed and locked while the vehicle is doors, and always take the key with
in motion. If the doors are unlocked, you.
the risk of being thrown from the
vehicle in a crash will increase.
• Do not pull the inner door handle of
the driver’s or passenger’s door while
the vehicle is moving.

5-17
Convenience features

WARNING Child-protector rear door locks

Opening a door when something is
approaching may cause damage or
injury. Be careful when opening doors
and watch for vehicles, motorcycles,
bicycles or pedestrians approaching
the vehicle in the path of the door.

WARNING
If you stay in the vehicle for a long time OBI3053218
while the weather is very hot or cold,
there are risks of injuries or danger to The child safety lock is provided to help
life. Do not lock the vehicle from the prevent children seated in the rear from
outside when someone is in the vehicle. accidentally opening the rear doors. The
rear door safety locks should be used
whenever children are in the vehicle.
Auto door lock/unlock features The child safety lock is located on the
(if equipped) edge of each rear door. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position ( ),
Impact sensing door unlock system the rear door will not open if the inner
All doors will be automatically unlocked door handle is pulled.
when an impact causes the air bags to
To lock the child safety lock, insert a key
deploy.
(or screwdriver) into the hole (1) and turn
it to the lock ( ) position.
Speed sensing door lock system To allow a rear door to be opened from
All doors will be automatically locked inside the vehicle, unlock the child
when the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h safety lock.
(9 mph).
WARNING
You can activate or deactivate the Auto
Door Lock/Unlock features from the If children accidently open the rear
User Settings mode on the instrument doors while the vehicle is in motion,
cluster. they could fall out of the vehicle. The
rear door safety locks should always
For more information, refer to the be used whenever children are in the
“Cluster Display” section in chapter 4. vehicle.

5-18
 05
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
This system helps to protect your vehicle Information
and valuables. The horn will sound and i
the hazard warning lights will blink • Do not lock the doors until all
continuously if any of the following passengers have left the vehicle. If the
occurs: remaining passenger leaves the vehicle
- A door is opened without using the when the system is armed, the alarm
remote key or smart key. will be activated.
- The tailgate is opened without using • If the vehicle is not disarmed with the
the remote key or smart key. remote key or smart key, open the
doors by using the mechanical key and
- The engine hood is opened. place the ignition switch in the ON
The alarm continues for 30 seconds, position (for remote key) or start the
then the system resets. To turn off the engine (for smart key) and wait for 30
alarm, unlock the doors with the remote seconds.
key or smart key. • When the system is disarmed but a
The Theft Alarm System automatically door or tailgate is not opened within 30
sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors seconds, the system will be rearmed.
and the tailgate. For the system to
activate, you must lock the doors and
the tailgate from outside the vehicle
with the remote key or smart key or by
pressing the button on the outside of the
door handles with the smart key in your
possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound once to indicate
the system is armed.
Once the security system is set, opening
any door, the tailgate, or the hood
without using the remote key or smart OJC040170
key will cause the alarm to activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if
i Information
the hood, the tailgate, or any door is
not fully closed. If the system will not Vehicles equipped with a theft alarm
set, check the hood, the tailgate, or the system will have a label attached to the
doors are fully closed. vehicle with the following words:
Do not attempt to alter this system or 1. WARNING
add other devices to it. 2. SECURITY SYSTEM

5-19
Convenience features

STEERING WHEEL
Motor Driven Power Steering i Information
(MDPS)
The following symptoms may occur
The system assists you with steering during normal vehicle operation:
the vehicle. If the engine is off or if • The steering effort may be high
the power steering system becomes immediately after placing the ignition
inoperative, the vehicle may still be switch in the ON position.
steered, but it will require increased
steering effort. This happens as the system performs
the MDPS system diagnostics. When
Also, the steering effort becomes the diagnostics is completed, the
heavier as the vehicle’s speed increases steering wheel will return to its normal
and becomes lighter as the vehicle’s condition.
speed decreases for better control of the
steering wheel. • When the battery voltage is low, you
might have to put more steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the However, it is a temporary condition so
effort required to steer during normal that it will return to normal condition
vehicle operation, we recommend that after charging the battery.
the system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. • A click noise may be heard from the
MDPS relay after the ignition switch
is placed to the ON or LOCK/OFF
NOTICE position.
If the Motor driven power steering • Motor noise may be heard when the
system does not operate normally, the vehicle is at stop or at a low driving
warning light ( ) will illuminate on speed.
the instrument cluster. The steering • When you operate the steering wheel
wheel may become difficult to control in low temperature, abnormal noise
or operate. Take your vehicle to an may occur. If temperature rises, the
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and noise will disappear. This is a normal
have the system checked as soon as condition.
possible.

WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel while
driving. You may lose the steering
control and cause severe personal
injury, death or accidents.

5-20
 05
Tilt steering / Telescope
steering (if equipped)

WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel while
driving. You may lose steering control
and cause severe personal injury, death
or accidents.
OBI3053234L

i Information To change the steering wheel angle and

height:
After adjustment, sometimes the lock- 1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
release lever may not lock the steering
wheel. 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and height (3), if
It is not a malfunction. This occurs when equipped). Move the steering wheel,
two gears are not engaged correctly. In so it points toward your chest, not
this case, adjust the steering wheel again toward your face. Make sure you can
and then lock the steering wheel. see the instrument panel warning
lights and gauges.
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock
the steering wheel in place.
Push the steering wheel both up and
down to be certain it is locked in
position.

CAUTION
While adjusting the steering wheel
height, please do not push or pull it
hard since the fixture can be damaged.

5-21
Convenience features

Horn

OBI3053214

To sound the horn, press the area

indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The
horn will operate only when this area is
pressed.

NOTICE
Do not strike the horn severely to
operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not
press on the horn with a sharp-pointed
object.

5-22
 05
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror Pull the day/night lever toward you to
reduce glare from the headlights of the
Before you start driving, adjust the vehicles behind you during night driving.
rearview mirror to the center on the view
through the rear window.
Remember that you lose some rearview
clarity in the night position.

WARNING Outside rearview mirror

Make sure your line of sight is not
obstructed. Do not place objects in the
rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear
headrests which could interfere with
your vision through the rear window.

WARNING
To prevent serious injury during an
accident or deployment of the air bag,
do not modify the rearview mirror and OBI3053091
do not install a wide mirror. Your vehicle is equipped with both left-
hand and right-hand outside rearview
WARNING mirrors.

NEVER adjust the mirror while driving.

This may cause loss of vehicle control WARNING
resulting in an accident. Rearview mirrors
• Both right and left outside rear view
Day/night rearview mirror mirror are convex.
Objects seen in the mirror are closer
than they appear.
• Use your interior rearview mirror or
turn your head and look to determine
the actual distance of following
vehicles when changing lanes.

WARNING
OBI3053215
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehicle is
[A] : Day, [B] :Night
moving. This could result in loss of
Make this adjustment before you start control, and an accident which could
driving and while the day/night lever is cause death, serious injury or property
in the day position. damage.

5-23
Convenience features

NOTICE
• Do not scrape ice off the mirror face;
this may damage the surface of the
glass.
• If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
not adjust the mirror by force. Use
an approved de-icer (not radiator
antifreeze) spray, a sponge or soft
cloth with very warm water, or move
the vehicle to a warm place and allow OBI3053092L
the ice to melt.
Electric type (if equipped)
Move the lever (1) to the L (Left) or R
Adjustion the rearview mirror (Right) to select the rearview mirror you
would like to adjust.
Use the mirror adjustment control (2) to
position the selected mirror up, down,
left or right.

NOTICE
• The mirrors stop moving when
OBI3053073 they reach the maximum adjusting
angles, but the motor continues to
Manual type (if equipped) operate while the switch is pressed.
To adjust an outside mirror, move the Do not press the switch longer
control lever. than necessary, the motor may be
damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the outside
rearview mirror by hand or the motor
may be damaged.

5-24
 05
Folding the outside rearview mirror • If Convenience > Welcome Mirror/
Light > On door unlock is selected
in the User Settings mode on the
instrument cluster, the outside mirror
will fold or unfold automatically as
follows:
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by the
remote key or smart key.
• If Convenience > Welcome Mirror/
Light > On door unlock and
OBI3053074L Convenience > Welcome Mirror/
Light > On driver approach is selected
Manual type (if equipped) in the User Settings mode on the
To fold the outside rearview mirror, instrument cluster, the outside mirror
grasp the housing of the mirror and then will unfold automatically when you
fold it toward the rear of the vehicle. approach the vehicle (all doors closed
and locked) with a remote key or
smart key in possession.

NOTICE
• The electric type outside rearview
mirror operates even though the
ignition switch is in the LOCK/
OFF position. However, to prevent
unnecessary battery discharge, do
not adjust the mirrors longer than
necessary while the engine is not
OBI3053007L running.
Electric type (if equipped) • Do not fold the electric type outside
To fold the outside rearview mirror, rearview mirror by hand. It could
press the button. cause motor failure.
To unfold outside rearview mirror, press
the button again.
If the button is pressed, the mirror will
fold or unfold automatically.

5-25
Convenience features

WINDOWS
Power windows (if equipped)
Left Hand Drive


OBI3053008L

(1) Driver’s door power window switch*

(2) Front passenger’s door window switch
(3) Rear door window switch (Right)
(4) Rear door window switch (Left)
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window*
(7) Power window lock switch*

* : if equipped

5-26
 05
Right Hand Drive


OBI3053008

(1) Driver’s door power window switch*

(2) Front passenger’s door window switch
(3) Rear door window switch (Right)
(4) Rear door window switch (Left)
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window*
(7) Power window lock switch*

* : if equipped

5-27
Convenience features

The ignition switch must be in the ON Window opening and closing

position to be able to raise or lower
the windows. Each door has a Power
Window switch to control that door’s
window. The driver has a Power Window
Lock switch which can block the
operation of rear passenger windows.
The power windows will operate for
approximately 3 minutes after the
ignition switch is placed in the ACC or
LOCK/OFF position. However, if the front
doors are opened, the Power Windows
cannot be operated even within the 3
OAI3059009
minutes period.
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of the
WARNING corresponding switch to the first detent
To avoid serious injury or death, do not position (5).
extend your head, arms or body outside
the windows while driving. Auto up/down Window
(if equipped) (Driver’s window)
i Information
• In cold and wet climates, power
windows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
• While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if equipped)
opened (or partially opened), your
vehicle may demonstrate a wind
buffeting or pulsation noise. This
noise is normal and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the following OAC3059015TU
actions. If the noise occurs with one
or both of the rear windows down, Pressing the power window switch
partially lower both front windows momentarily to the second detent
approximately 2.5 cm (one inch). position (6) completely lowers the
If you experience the noise with the driver’s window even when the switch
sunroof open, slightly close the sunroof. is released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is in
operation, pull up and release the switch
to the opposite direction of the window
movement.

5-28
 05
To reset the power windows Automatic reverse (if equipped)
If the power windows do not operate
normally, the automatic power window
system must be reset as follows:
1. Place the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Close the window and continue pulling
up on the power window switch for at
least one second.
If the power windows do not
operate properly after resetting, it OBI3053219
is recommended that the system be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI If a window senses any obstacle while it
dealer. is closing automatically, it will stop and
lower approximately 30 cm (12 inches) to
allow the object to be cleared.
WARNING If the window detects the resistance
The automatic reverse feature doesn’t while the power window switch is
activate while resetting the power pulled up continuously, the window
window system. Make sure body parts will stop upward movement then lower
or other objects are safely out of the approximately 2.5 cm (1 inch).
way before closing the windows to If the power window switch is pulled
avoid injuries or vehicle damage. up continuously again within 5 seconds
after the window is lowered by the
automatic window reverse feature,
the automatic window reverse will not
operate.

i Information
The automatic reverse feature is only
active when the “Auto Up” feature is
used by fully pulling up the switch to the
second detent.

5-29
Convenience features

WARNING Power window lock switch

Make sure body parts or other objects
are safely out of the way before closing
the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle
damage.
Objects less than 4 mm (0.16 inch) in
diameter caught between the window
glass and the upper window channel
may not be detected by the automatic
reverse window and the window will
not stop and reverse direction. OBI3053009L

The driver can disable the power window

NOTICE switches on the rear passengers’ doors
by pressing the power window lock
Do not install any accessories on the switch.
windows. The automatic reverse
feature may not operate. When the power window lock switch is
pressed:
• The driver’s master control can
operate all the power windows.
• The front passenger’s control can
operate the front passenger’s power
window.
• The rear passenger’s control cannot
operate the rear passengers’ power
window.

5-30
 05
NOTICE Manual windows (if equipped)
• To prevent possible damage to the
power window system, do not open
or close two windows or more at the
same time. This will also ensure the
longevity of the fuse.
• Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver’s door and the
individual door window switch in
opposite directions at the same time.
If this is done, the window will stop
and cannot be opened or closed. OBI3053094

To raise or lower the window, turn the

window regulator handle clockwise or
WARNING counterclockwise in the right side. And
the left side is opposite direction.
• NEVER leave the keys in your vehicle
with unsupervised children, when the
engine is running. WARNING
• NEVER leave any child unattended in When opening or closing the windows,
the vehicle. Even very young children make sure your passenger’s arms,
may inadvertently cause the vehicle hands and body are safely out of the
to move, entangle themselves in way.
the windows, or otherwise injure
themselves or others.
• Always double check to make
sure arms, hands, head and other
obstructions are safely out of the way
before closing a window.
• Do not allow children to play with the
power windows. Keep the driver’s
door power window lock switch in
the LOCK position (pressed). Serious
injury can result from unintentional
window operation by the child.
• Do not extend your head, arms or
body outside the windows while
driving.

5-31
Convenience features

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

If your vehicle is equipped with a Sunshade
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof
with the sunroof control switch located
on the overhead console.

B0904KO01

Use the sunshade to block direct

OBI3053095 sunlight coming through the sunroof
glass.
The sunroof can only be operated when
the ignition switch is in the ON or START Open or close the sunshade by hand.
position.
The sunroof can be operated for
i Information
approximately 3 minutes after the
ignition switch is in the ACC or LOCK/ The sunshade opens automatically when
OFF position. the sunroof glass is opened, but the
sunshade does not close automatically
when the sunroof glass is closed. Also,
WARNING only the sunshade cannot be closed when
the sunroof glass is opened.
• Adjust the sunroof or sunshade when
your vehicle stops. This could result
in loss of control and an accident NOTICE
that may cause injury, or property
damage. Do not pull the sunshade up or down,
or apply excessive force as such action
• Do not leave the engine running may damage the sunshade or cause it
and the key in your vehicle with to malfunction.
unsupervised children. Unattended
children could operate the sunroof,
which could result in serious injury.
• Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It
may cause injury or vehicle damage.

NOTICE
Do not operate the sunroof when roof
bars are installed on the vehicle or
when there is luggage on the roof.

5-32
 05
Tilt open/close Slide open/close

OBI3053229 OBI3053230
[1] : Tilt open, [2] : Tilt close • Push the sunroof switch rearward,
• Push the sunroof switch upward, the the sunshade and sunroof glass slide
sunroof glass tilts open. open.
• Push the sunroof switch forward when Push the sunroof switch forward, only
the sunroof glass is tilt opened, the the sunroof glass closes.
sunroof glass closes. • Push the sunroof switch forward or
rearward to the first detent position,
the sunroof glass moves until the
The sunroof glass tilts open or closes switch is released.
while the switch is pushed.
• Push the sunroof switch forward
or rearward to the second detent
i Information position, the sunroof glass operates
automatically (auto slide feature). To
The sunroof glass cannot slide open and stop the sunroof movement at any
tilt open at the same time. You cannot tilt point, push the sunroof switch in any
the sunroof glass open while the sunroof direction.
glass is slide open. Also, you cannot slide
the sunroof glass open while the sunroof • The sunroof glass stops halfway (first
is tilt open. Slide open or tilt open the detent position) before it is fully
sunroof glass when the sunroof glass is opened. To fully open the sunroof
completely closed. glass, push the sunroof switch
rearward once more. At this time, the
sunroof glass opens only while the
switch is pushed.

i Information
To reduce wind noise while driving,
we recommend that you drive at the
recommended position (first detent
position) before the maximum slide open
position.

5-33
Convenience features

Automatic reversal NOTICE

• Do not continue to push the sunroof
switch after the sunroof is fully
opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to
the sunroof motor could occur.
• Continuous operations such as slide
open/close, tilt open/close, etc., may
cause the motor or sunroof system to
malfunction.
• Regularly remove any accumulated
dust on the sunroof rail.
B0907KO01
• Using the sunroof for a long time
If the sunroof glass senses any obstacle can make noise caused by dust in
while it is closing automatically, it will accumulated between the sunroof
reverse direction then stop at a certain and vehicle body. Open the sunroof
position. and remove dust regularly using a
clean cloth.
The auto reverse function may not
work if an object thin or soft is caught • Do not try to open the sunroof when
between the sliding sunroof glass and the temperature is below freezing
sunroof sash. or when the sunroof is covered with
snow or ice, otherwise the motor
could be damaged. In cold and wet
WARNING climates, the sunroof may not work
properly.
• Make sure heads, hands, arms or
any other body parts or objects are • Do not open or drive with the sunroof
out of the way before operating the glass open immediately after rain or
sunroof. Body parts or objects may washing the vehicle. Water may wet
get caught causing injuries or vehicle the interior of the vehicle.
damage. • Do not extend any luggage outside
• Never deliberately use your body the sunroof while driving. Vehicle
parts to test the automatic reversal damage may occur if the vehicle
function. The sunroof glass may suddenly stops.
reverse direction, but there is a risk
of injury. WARNING
Do not extend your head, arms, body
parts or objects outside the sunroof
while driving. Injuries may occur if the
vehicle suddenly stops.

5-34
 05
Resetting the sunroof Sunroof resetting procedure:
1. It is recommended to perform the
reset procedure with the vehicle
engine running. Start the vehicle in P
(Park).
2. Make sure the sunroof glass is in the
fully closed position. If the sunroof
glass is open, push the switch forward
until the sunroof glass is fully closed.
3. Release the switch when the sunroof
glass is fully closed.
OBI3053096 4. Push the switch forward until the
In some circumstances resetting the sunroof glass moves slightly. Then
sunroof operation may need to be release the switch.
performed. Some instances where 5. Once again push and hold the sunroof
resetting the sunroof may be required switch forward until the sunroof glass
include: slides open and close. Do not release
• When the 12 V battery is either the switch until the operation is
disconnected or discharged completed.
• When the sunroof fuse is replaced If you release the switch during
operation, start the procedure again
• If the sunroof one-touch AUTO OPEN/
from step 2.
CLOSE operation is not functioning
properly
i Information
If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle
battery is disconnected or discharged, or
the sunroof fuse is blown, the sunroof may
not operate normally.

5-35
Convenience features

Sunroof open warning

(if equipped)

OBI3050010

If the driver turns off the engine when

the sunroof is not fully closed, the
warning chime will sound for several
seconds and the sunroof open warning
will appear on the cluster display.
Close the sunroof securely when leaving
your vehicle.

CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is closed fully
when leaving your vehicle.
If the sunroof is left open, rain or snow
may wet the interior of the vehicle.
Also, leaving the sunroof open when
the vehicle is unattended may invite
theft.

5-36
 05
HOOD
Hood
Opening the hood

OBI3053013

4. Pull out the support rod.

5. Hold the hood opened with the
OBI3053097L
support rod.
1. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park,
for dual clutch transmission/automatic
transmission) or first gear or R WARNING
(Reverse, for manual transmission) and
set the parking brake. The support rod must be inserted
completely into the hole provided
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the whenever you inspect the engine
hood. The hood should pop open compartment. This will prevent the
slightly. hood from falling and possibly injuring
you.

OBI3053012

3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the

hood slightly, push up the secondary
hood release lever (1) inside of the
hood center and lift the hood (2).

5-37
Convenience features

Closing the hood Tailgate

1. Before closing the hood, check the Opening the tailgate
following:
• All filler caps in the engine
compartment must be correctly
installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other
combustible materials must
be removed from the engine
compartment.
2. Return the support rod to its clip to
prevent it from rattling.
3. Lower the hood halfway (lifted OBI3053014
approximately 30 cm (12 inches) from • The tailgate is locked or unlocked
the closed position) and push down when all doors are locked or unlocked
to securely lock in place. Then double with the key, remote key, smart key or
check to be sure the hood is secure. central door lock/unlock switch.
• If unlocked, the tailgate can be
WARNING opened by pressing the handle and
pulling it up.
Always double check to be sure that the
hood is firmly latched before driving
away. Check there is no hood open i Information
warning light or message displayed on In cold and wet climates, door lock and
the instrument cluster. Driving with the door mechanisms may not work properly
hood opened may cause a total loss due to freezing conditions.
of visibility, which might result in an
accident.

WARNING
• Before closing the hood, ensure that
all obstructions are removed from
the hood opening. Closing the hood
with an obstruction present in the
hood opening may result in property
damage or severe personal injury.
• Do not leave gloves, rags or any other
combustible materials in the engine
compartment. Doing so may cause a
heat-induced fire.
• Do not move the vehicle with
the hood raised. The view will be
blocked and the hood could fall or be
damaged.

5-38
 05
WARNING WARNING
The tailgate swings upward. Make
sure no objects or people are near the
rear of the vehicle when opening the
tailgate.

NOTICE
Make certain that you close the tailgate
before driving your vehicle. Possible
damage may occur to the tailgate lift
cylinders and attaching hardware if the OBI3053220
tailgate is not closed prior to driving.
Do not hold the part (gas lifter) that
supports the tailgate. Be aware that
Closing the tailgate the deformation of the part may cause
To close the tailgate, lower and push vehicle damage and a risk of safety
down the tailgate firmly. Make sure that accident.
the tailgate is securely latched.

WARNING
Always keep the tailgate lid completely
closed while the vehicle is in motion. If
it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust
gases containing carbon monoxide
(CO) may enter the vehicle and serious
illness or death may result.

WARNING
Rear cargo area
Occupants should never ride in the
rear cargo area where no restraints are
available. To avoid injury in the event of
an accident or sudden stops, occupants
should always be properly restrained.

5-39
Convenience features

Emergency tailgate safety WARNING

release
• For emergencies, be fully aware
of the location of the emergency
tailgate safety release lever in the
vehicle and how to open the tailgate
if you are accidentally locked in the
luggage compartment.
• No one should be allowed to occupy
the luggage compartment of the
vehicle at any time. The luggage
compartment is a very dangerous
location in the event of a crash.
OBI3053221
• Use the release lever for emergencies
Your vehicle is equipped with the only. Use with extreme caution,
emergency tailgate safety release lever especially while the vehicle is in
located on the bottom of the tailgate. motion.
When someone is inadvertently locked
in the luggage compartment, the tailgate
can be opened by doing as follows:
1. Input the mechanical key into the hole.
2. Push the mechanical key to the right.
3. Push up the tailgate.

5-40
 05
Fuel filler door i Information
Opening the fuel filler door If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break the
ice and release the door. Do not pry on the
door. If necessary, spray around the door
with an approved de-icer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle
to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

OBI3053222

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Ensure the driver’s door is unlocked.
3. Push the fuel filler door gently on
the “markings” (near the 3o‘clock
position.)

OBI3053223

3. Pull the fuel filler door out (1) to fully

open.
4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn
it counterclockwise. You may hear a
hissing noise as the pressure inside
the tank equalizes.
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door (3).

5-41
Convenience features

Closing the fuel filler door • Do not get back into a vehicle
1. To install the fuel tank cap (2), turn it once you have begun refueling.
clockwise until it “clicks” once. This You can generate a buildup of
indicates that the cap is securely static electricity by touching,
tightened. rubbing or sliding against any item
or fabric capable of producing
2. Close the fuel filler door (1) and push it static electricity. Static electricity
lightly and make sure that it is securely discharge can ignite fuel vapors
closed. causing a fire. If you must re-enter
the vehicle, you should once again
WARNING eliminate potentially dangerous
static electricity discharge by
Petrol is highly flammable and touching a metal part of the vehicle,
explosive. Failure to follow these away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle
guidelines may result in SERIOUS or other petrol source, with your bare
INJURY or DEATH: hand.
• Read and follow all warnings posted • When using an approved portable
at the gas station. fuel container, be sure to place the
• Before refueling, note the location container on the ground prior to
of the Emergency Petrol Shut-Off,if refueling. Static electricity discharge
available, at the gas station. from the container can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. Once refueling
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you has begun, contact between your
should eliminate the potential build- bare hand and the vehicle should
up of static electricity by touching be maintained until the filling is
a metal part of the vehicle, a safe complete.
distance away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle, or other gas source, • Use only approved portable plastic
with your bare hand. fuel containers designed to carry and
store petrol.
• Do not use cellular phones while
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cellular
phones can potentially ignite fuel
vapors and cause a fire.

5-42
 05
• When refueling, always move the Information
shift lever to the P (Park) position (for i
dual clutch transmission/automatic • Make sure to refuel your vehicle
transmission) or the first gear or R according to the “Fuel Requirements”
(Reverse, for manual transmission), suggested in the 1 chapter.
set the parking brake, and place • Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces
the ignition switch to the LOCK/ of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled
OFF position. Sparks produced by on painted surfaces may damage the
electrical components related to the paint.
engine can ignite fuel vapors causing
a fire.
• Do not use matches or a lighter and NOTICE
do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette If the fuel filler cap requires
in your vehicle while at a gas station, replacement, use only a genuine
especially during refueling. HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent
• Do not over-fill or top-off your specified for your vehicle. An incorrect
vehicle tank, which can cause petrol fuel filler cap can result in a serious
spillage. malfunction of the fuel system or
• If a fire breaks out during refueling, emission control system.
leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and
immediately contact the manager
of the gas station and then contact
the local fire department. Follow any
safety instructions they provide.
• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can
cover your clothes or skin and thus
subject you to the risk of fire and
burns. Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap is
venting fuel or if you hear a hissing
sound, wait until the condition stops
before completely removing the cap.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.

5-43
Convenience features

LIGHTING
Exterior lights
Lighting control
Left Hand Drive


OBI3053064L

Headlight ( )
OBI3050063L
When the light switch is in the head light
position, the headlights, license plate
Right Hand Drive
 light and instrument panel lights are
turned ON.

i Information
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlights.

OBI3050017

To operate the lights, turn the knob at

the end of the control lever to one of the
following positions:
(1) OFF
(2) AUTO light (if equipped)
(3) Position light
(4) Headlight
OBI3053065L

Position light ( )
When the light switch is in the position
light position, the position light, license
plate light and instrument panel lights
are turned ON.

5-44
 05
High beam operation

OBI3053020L

AUTO light (if equipped) OBI3053021L

When the light switch is in the AUTO To turn on the high beam headlight,
position, the position light and push the lever away from you. The lever
headlights will be turned ON or OFF will return to its original position.
automatically depending on the amount The high beam indicator will light when
of light outside the vehicle. the headlight high beams are switched
Even with the AUTO light feature on.
in operation, it is recommended to To turn off the high beam headlight, pull
manually turn ON the lights when driving the lever towards you. The low beams
at night or in a fog, or when you enter will turn on.
dark areas, such as tunnels and parking
facilities.
WARNING
NOTICE Do not use high beam when there are
• Do not cover or spill anything on the other vehicles approaching you. Using
sensor (1) located on the instrument high beam could obstruct the other
panel. driver’s vision.
• Do not clean the sensor using
a window cleaner, the cleanser
may leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle window tint or other
types of metallic coating on the front
windshield, the AUTO light system
may not work properly.

5-45
Convenience features

Turn signals and lane change

signals

OBI3053022L

To flash the high beam headlights, pull

the lever towards you, then release the OBI3053023L
lever. The high beams will remain ON as
long as you hold the lever towards you. To signal a turn, push down on the lever
for a right turn or up for a left turn in
position (A). To signal a lane change,
move the turn signal lever slightly and
hold it in position (B). The lever will
return to the OFF position when released
or when the turn is completed.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned out
and will require replacement.

NOTICE
If the turn signal indicator stays on
and does not flash, or if it flashes
abnormally, a bulb may be burned out
or have a poor electrical connection
in the circuit. The bulb may require
replacement.

5-46
 05
One-touch turn signal function Front fog light (if equipped)
(if equipped)
To use oone touch turn signal push the
turn signal lever up or down to position
(B) and then release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or
7 times.
You can enable the one touch turn
tignal function or choose the number
of blinking by select on the instrument
cluster.
OBI3053024L
• User Settings > Lights > One Touch
Turn signal > Off/3 flashes/5 flashes/7 Fog lights are used to provide improved
flashes visibility when visibility is poor due to
fog, rain or snow, etc.
1. Turn on the park light.
2. Move the light switch (1) to the front
fog light position.
3. To turn off the front fog light, turn
the light switch to the front fog light
position again or turn off the position
light

NOTICE
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog lights
when visibility is poor.

5-47
Convenience features

Battery saver function Headlights delay function

The purpose of this feature is to prevent (if equipped)
the battery from being discharged. If you place the ignition switch to the
The system automatically turns off the ACC position or the LOCK/OFF position
position light when the driver turns the with the headlights ON, the headlights
engine off and opens the driver-side (and/or position lights) remain on
door. for about 5 minutes. However, if the
With this feature, the position lights will driver’s door is opened and closed,
turn off automatically if the driver parks the headlights are turned off after 15
on the side of road at night. seconds. Also, with the vehicle off if the
driver’s door is opened and closed, the
However, the position lights stay headlights (and/or position lights) are
ON even when the driver-side door turned off after 15 seconds.
is opened if the headlight switch is
turned to the position light or AUTO (if The headlights (and/or position lights)
equipped) position after the engine is can be turned off by pressing the lock
turned off. button on the remote key or smart key
twice or turning the headlight switch to
If necessary, to keep the lights on the OFF or AUTO position.
turn the position lights OFF and ON
again using the headlight switch on You can enable the headlight delay
the steering column after the engine is function by select on the instrument
turned off. cluster. Select:
• User Settings > Lights > Headlight
delay
NOTICE
If the driver exits the vehicle through
another door besides the driver NOTICE
door, the battery saver function If the driver exits the vehicle through
does not operate and the headlight another door besides the driver
delay function does not turn OFF door, the battery saver function
automatically. does not operate and the headlight
This may cause the battery to delay function does not turn OFF
discharge. To avoid battery discharge, automatically.
turn OFF the headlights manually from This may cause the battery to
the headlight switch before exiting the discharge. To avoid battery discharge,
vehicle. turn OFF the headlights manually from
the headlight switch before exiting the
vehicle.

5-48
 05
Interior button lights Daytime running light (DRL)
The interior button lights turns on or off (if equipped)
in the following conditions: The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
• The interior button lights turn on for a make it easier for others to see the front
while when the door is unlocked and of your vehicle during the day, especially
opened after all doors were closed and after dawn and before sunset.
locked. The DRL system will turn the dedicated
• The interior button lights always turns light OFF when:
on when the vehicle is turned on. 1. The headlights or front fog lights are
• The interior button lights turn on for a in the ON position.
while when the vehicle is turned off. 2. The engine is turned off.
If the door is opened and closed or
locked, the interior button lights turn
off immediately.
You can enable the interior button
lights by selecting Lights > Always
On Interior Button Lights in the
instrument cluster.

5-49
Convenience features

Interior lights Front door lamp ( ):

The front or rear
room lamps come on when the front
NOTICE or rear doors are opened if the engine
Do not use the interior lights for is running or not. When doors are
extended periods when the engine is unlocked by the remote key or smart
turned off or the battery will discharge. key, the front and rear lamps come on
for approximately 30 seconds as long as
any door is not opened. The front and
Interior light AUTO cut rear room lamps go out gradually after
The interior lights will automatically go approximately 30 seconds if the door is
off approximately 20 minutes after the closed. However, if the ignition switch
engine is turned off and the doors are is in the ON position or all doors are
closed. If a door is opened, the light will locked, the front and rear lamps will turn
go off 40 minutes after the engine is off. If a door is opened with the ignition
turned off. If the doors are locked by the switch in the ACC position or the LOCK/
remote key or smart key and the vehicle OFF position, the front and rear lamps
enters the armed stage of the theft stay on for about 10 minutes.
alarm system, the lights will go off five
seconds later.
Front room lamp
( ) : Press the button to turn ON the
Front lamps (if equipped) room lamp for the front/rear
seats.
( ) : Press the button to turn OFF the
room lamp for the front/rear
seats.

OBI3053224

(1) Front Map Lamp

(2) Front Door Lamp
(3) Front Room Lamp ON/OFF

Front map lamp:

Press either of these lens to turn the
map lamp on or off. This light produces a
spot beam for convenient use as a map
lamp at night or as a personal lamp for
the driver and the front passenger.

5-50
 05
Rear lamps (if equipped) Type B


Type A


OBI3053081

OBI3053080 Rear Interior Lamp Switch ( ):

• (1) : In the OFF position, the light stays Press this button to turn the interior
off at all times even when a door is lamp on and off.
opened.
• (2): In the DOOR position, the light
comes on when any door is opened Luggage compartment lamp
regardless of the ignition switch
position.
When doors are unlocked by the
transmitter, the light comes on for
approximately 30 seconds as long
as any door is not opened. The light
goes out gradually after approximately
30 seconds if the door is closed.
However, if the ignition switch is ON
or all doors are locked, the light will go
out immediately. OBI3053225

If a door is opened with the ignition The luggage compartment lamp comes
switch in the ACC or LOCK/OFF on when the tailgate is opened.
position, the light stays on for about 10
minutes.
NOTICE
However, if a door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ON position, the The luggage compartment lamp comes
light stays on continuously. on as long as the tailgate lid is open. To
prevent unnecessary charging system
• (3) : In the ON position, the light stays drain, close the tailgate lid securely
on at all times. after using the tailgate.

NOTICE
Do not leave the lamp switches on for
an extended period of time when the
engine is turned off.

5-51
Convenience features

Welcome system

OBI3053226

Welcome system helps keep the driver

visible by turning on vehicle lights when
the driver approaches the vehicle.

Puddle lamp (if equipped)

When the ignition switch is in the LOCK/
OFF position and the driver’s door is
opened, the puddle lamp will come ON
for 30 seconds. If the driver’s door is
closed within the 30 seconds, the puddle
lamp will turn off after 15 seconds.
If the driver’s door is closed and
locked, the puddle lamp will turn off
immediately.

When all the doors (and tailgate) are

closed and locked, the puddle lamp will
come on for about 15 seconds if any of
the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key
• When the button of the outside door
handle is pressed
• When the vehicle is approached
with the smart key in possession (if
equipped)

Also if Convenience > Welcome Mirror/

Light is selected in the User Settings
mode on the Cluster display.

5-52
 05
WIPERS AND WASHERS
Left Hand Drive
 Left Hand Drive


OBI3053082L OBI3053083L
Right Hand Drive
 Right Hand Drive


OBI3053082 OBI3053083

A : Wiper speed control (front) D : Rear wiper control*

• MIST – Single wipe • HI – High wiper speed
• OFF – Off • LO – Low wiper speed
• INT – Intermittent wipe • OFF – Off
• LO – Low wiper speed E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)
• HI – High wiper speed
B : Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment
C : Wash with brief wipes (front)

5-53
Convenience features

Front windshield wipers Front windshield washers

Operates as follows when the ignition
switch is turned ON.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle, move
the lever upward (or downward)
and release it. The wipers will
operate continuously if the lever
is held in this position.
OFF : The wiper is not in operation
INT : The wiper operates intermittently
at the same wiping intervals. Use OBI3053084L
this mode in light rain or mist. To
vary the speed setting, turn the In the OFF position, pull the lever gently
speed control knob. toward you to spray washer fluid on the
windshield and to run the wipers 1-3
LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed. cycles. The spray and wiper operation
HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed. will continue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, you may
i Information need to add washer fluid to the washer
fluid reservoir.
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or until WARNING
the snow and/or ice is removed before
using the windshield wipers, to ensure When the outside temperature is below
proper operation. freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield
using the defroster to prevent the
If you do not remove the snow and/or ice washer fluid from freezing on the
before using the wiper and washer, it may windshield and obscuring your vision
damage the wiper and washer system. which could result in an accident and
serious injury or death.

5-54
 05
CAUTION
• To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the
washer when the fluid reservoir is
empty.
• To prevent possible damage to the
wipers or windshield, do not operate
the wipers when the windshield is
dry.
OBI3053086L
• To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do Push the lever away from you to spray
not attempt to move the wipers rear washer fluid and to run the rear
manually. wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper
operation will continue until you release
• To prevent possible damage to the
the lever (if equipped).
wipers and washer system, use anti-
freezing washer fluids in the winter
season or cold weather.

Rear window wiper and washer

switch (if equipped)

OBI3053085L

The rear window wiper and washer

switches are located at the end of the
wiper and washer switch lever.

Turn the switch to the desired position

to operate the rear wiper and washer.
HI – High wiper speed
LO – Low wiper speed
OFF – Off

5-55
Convenience features

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OBI3053100

(1) Temperature control knob

(2) Fan speed control knob
(3) Mode selection knob
(4) Air intake control button
(recirculated air position or outside (fresh) air position)
(5) Rear window defroster button (if equipped)
(6) A/C (Air conditioning) button (if equipped)

5-56
 05
Heating and air conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling :
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air or recirculated air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
6. If the air conditioning is desired, turn the system (if equipped) on.

Mode selection
Left Hand Drive


(if equipped) (if equipped)

OBI3053134L

5-57
Convenience features

Right Hand Drive



(if equipped) (if equipped)

OBI3053134

5-58
 05

Floor-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield, side
window defrosters and side vents.

OBI3053102

The mode selection knob controls the Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D)

direction of the air flow through the
ventilation system.
Air can be directed to the floor, Most of the air flow is directed to the
dashboard outlets, or windshield. Five floor and the windshield with a small
symbols are used to represent Face, amount directed to the side window
Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and defrosters and side vents.
Defrost air position.

Face-Level (B, D, E) Defrost-Level (A, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the
body and face. Additionally, each outlet windshield with a small amount of air
can be controlled to direct the air directed to the side vents.
discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed towards the face and

the floor.

5-59
Convenience features

Temperature control

OBI3053128L
Instrument panel vents OBI3053124
You can adjust the direction of air The temperature will increase by turning
delivered from these vents using the the knob to the right.
vent control lever as shown.
The temperature will decrease by
turning the knob to the left.

Air intake control

OBI3053125

This button is used to select the outside

(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.

5-60
 05
Recirculation mode WARNING
The indicator light on the
button illuminates when • Continued use of the climate control
the recirculated air system operation in the recirculated
position is selected. air position can cause drowsiness
With the recirculated air or sleepiness, that may cause loss
position selected, air from of vehicle control resulting in an
the passenger accident. Set the air intake control
compartment will be to the outside (fresh) air position as
drawn through the climate much as possible while driving.
control system and heated • Continued use of the climate
or cooled according to the control system operation in the
function selected. recirculated air position (without
the air conditioning selected) may
allow humidity to increase inside the
Fresh mode vehicle which may fog the glass and
The indicator light on the obscure visibility.
button will turn off when • Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air
the outside (fresh) air conditioning or heating system on. It
position is selected. may cause serious harm or death due
With the outside (fresh) air to a drop in the oxygen level and/or
position selected, air body temperature.
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.

i Information
Prolonged use of the air conditioning with
the recirculated air position selected will
result in excessive dry air in the passenger
compartment.

5-61
Convenience features

Fan speed control System operation

Ventilation
1. Select the Face Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
OBI3053126

Turn the knob to the right to increase Heating

the fan speed and airflow. Turn the knob 1. Select the Floor Level mode.
to the left to decrease fan speed and 2. Set the air intake control to fresh
airflow. mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
Air conditioning (A/C) desired position.
(if equipped) 4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON
with the temperature control knob set
to heat in order to dehumidify the air
before it enters into the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost mode or press the
Front Defrost mode.

OBI3053127 Operation Tips

Press the A/C button to turn the air • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
conditioning system on (indicator light from entering the vehicle through the
will illuminate). Press the button again to ventilation system, temporarily set the
turn the air conditioning system off. air intake control to the recirculation
mode. Be sure to return the control
to fresh mode position when the
irritation has passed to keep fresh air
in the vehicle. This will help keep the
driver alert and comfortable.
• To prevent interior fog on the
windshield, set the air intake control
to fresh mode and fan speed to
the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.

5-62
 05
Air conditioning Air conditioning system operation tips
HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are • If the vehicle has been parked in direct
filled with R-134a refrigerant. sunlight during hot weather, open the
1. Start the engine. windows for a short time to let the hot
air inside the vehicle escape.
2. Push the air conditioning button.
• After sufficient cooling has been
3. Select the Face Level mode. achieved, switch back from
4. Set the air intake control to the recirculation mode to fresh mode.
Recirculation mode temporarily to • To help reduce moisture inside of
allow the cabin to cool quickly. When the windows on rainy or humid
the desired temperature in the cabin days, decrease the humidity inside
is reached, change the air intake the vehicle by operating the air
control back to Fresh mode. conditioning system with the windows
5. Adjust the fan speed control and and sunroof closed.
temperature control to maintain • During the air conditioning system
maximum comfort. operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine speed
NOTICE as the air conditioning compressor
cycles. This is a normal system
• The refrigerant system should only operation characteristic.
be serviced by trained and certified
• Use the air conditioning system
technicians to insure proper and safe
every month only for a few minutes
operation.
to ensure maximum system
• The refrigerant system should be performance.
serviced in a well-ventilated place.
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear water
i Information dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side of
• When using the air conditioning system, the vehicle. This is a normal system
monitor the temperature gauge closely operation characteristic.
while driving up hills or in heavy traffic • If you operate the air conditioner
when outside temperatures are high. excessively, the difference between
Air conditioning system operation may the temperature of the outside air and
cause engine overheating. Continue that of the windshield could cause the
to use the blower fan but turn the outer surface of the windshield to fog
air conditioning system off if the up, causing loss of visibility. In this
temperature gauge indicates engine case, set the mode selection button to
overheating. the position and set the fan speed
• When opening the windows in humid control knob to the lowest speed
weather, air conditioning may create setting.
water droplets inside the vehicle. Since
excessive water droplets may cause
damage to electrical equipment, air
conditioning should only be used with
the windows closed.

5-63
Convenience features

System maintenance Checking the amount of air

conditioner refrigerant and
Climate control air filter compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning
is reduced. Overfilling also has a bad
influence on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, we recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

NOTICE
OIK047401L
It is important that the correct type and
[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air amount of oil and refrigerant is used.
[C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower
[E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
Otherwise, damage to the compressor
and abnormal system operation may
This filter is installed behind the glove occur. To prevent damage, the air
box. It filters the dust or other pollutants conditioning system in your vehicle
that enter the vehicle through the should only be serviced by trained and
heating and air conditioning system. certified technicians.
We recommend that the climate control
air filter be replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer according to the WARNING
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is Vehicles equipped with R-134a
being driven in severe conditions such
as dusty or rough roads, more frequent Since the refrigerant is
climate control filter inspections and operated at very high
changes are required. pressure, the air
conditioning system should
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases,
only be serviced by trained
we recommend the system be checked
and certified technicians.
at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed
with proper equipment.
i Information Venting refrigerants directly to the
• Replace the filter according to the atmosphere is harmful to individuals
Maintenance Schedule. and environment. Failure to heed these
warnings can lead to serious injuries.
• If the car is being driven in severe
conditions such as dusty, rough roads,
more frequent climate control air filter
inspections and changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

5-64
 05
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Left Hand Drive


Right Hand Drive



OBI3053120L/OBI3053120R

1. Temperature control switch 6. Mode selection button

2. Fan speed control switch 7. Front window defroster button
3. AUTO (automatic control) button 8. Rear window defroster button
4. OFF button 9. A/C (Air conditioning) button
5. Air intake control button 10. Climate control information screen

5-65
Convenience features

Automatic heating and air To turn the automatic operation off,

conditioning select any button of the following:
- Mode selection button
The Automatic Climate Control System
is controlled by setting the desired - Front windshield defrost button (Press
temperature. the button one more time to deselect
the front windshield defroster function.
- Fan speed control button
The selected function will be controlled
manually while other functions operate
automatically.
For your convenience and to improve
the effectiveness of the climate control,
use the AUTO button and set the
temperature to 23°C (73°F).

OBI3053116L
i Information
1. Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake and
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by the temperature setting
you select.

OBI3053227

Never place anything near the sensor

located to ensure better control of the
heating and cooling system.

OBI3053114L

2. Push the temperature control switch

to set the desired temperature. If
the temperature is set to the lowest
setting (Lo), the air conditioning
system will operate continuously.

5-66
 05
Manual heating and air conditioning
The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons other
than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the
order of buttons selected.
When pressing any button (or turning any knob) except the AUTO button while using
automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Press the fresh button.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
7. Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system.

Mode selection
Left Hand Drive


OBI3053123L

5-67
Convenience features

Right Hand Drive



OBI3053123

5-68
 05

Floor/Defrost-Level
(A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters and side vents.
OBI3053113

The mode selection button controls the

direction of the air flow through the
ventilation system.

Face-Level (B, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upper

body and face. Additionally, each outlet OBI3053109L
can be controlled to direct the air Defrost-Level (A, D)
discharged from the outlet.
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed towards the face and

the floor.

Floor-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor, with a small amount of the air OBI3053128L
being directed to the windshield, side
window defrosters and side vents. Instrument panel vents
You can adjust the direction of air
delivered from these vents using the
vent control lever as shown.

5-69
Convenience features

Temperature control Temperature conversion

If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Centigrade.
To change the temperature unit from °C
to °F or °F to °C :
- Automatic climate control system
Press the AUTO button for 3 seconds
while pressing the OFF button.
- Instrument cluster
OBI3053114L User Settings or Setup > Units >
The temperature will increase by Temperature Unit
pushing the switch to up. The temperature unit on both the
The temperature will decrease by instrument cluster (or infotainment
pushing the switch to down. system) and the climate control screen
The temperature will increase or will change.
decrease by 0.5°C (1°F) for each
incremental location. When set to the
lowest temperature setting, the air
conditioning will operate continuously.

5-70
 05
Air intake control Information
i
Operating the system primarily in Fresh
mode is recommended. Use Recirculation
mode temporarily only when needed.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
Recirculation mode and without the A/C
ON can cause fogging of the windshield.
In addition, prolonged use of the A/C
ON in Recirculation mode may result in
excessively dry, dehumidified air in the
OBI3053108L cabin and may promote formation of
The air intake control button is used to musty vent odor due to stagnant air.
select either Fresh mode (outside air) or
Recirculation mode (cabin air). WARNING
• Continued use of the climate control
Recirculated air position system operation in the recirculated
The indicator light on the air position can cause drowsiness
button illuminates when or sleepiness, that may cause loss
the recirculated air of vehicle control resulting in an
position is selected. accident. Set the air intake control to
With the recirculated air the outside (fresh) mode as much as
position selected, air from possible while driving.
the passenger • Continued use of the climate
compartment will be control system operation in the
drawn through the climate recirculated air position (without
control system and heated the air conditioning selected) may
or cooled according to the allow humidity to increase inside the
function selected. vehicle which may fog the glass and
obscure visibility.
Outside (fresh) air position • Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air
The indicator light on the conditioning or heating system on. It
button will turn off when may cause serious harm or death due
the outside (fresh) air to a drop in the oxygen level and/or
position is selected. body temperature.
With the outside (fresh) air
position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.

5-71
Convenience features

Fan speed control Air conditioning

OBI3053107L OBI3053106L

Push the switch to up to increase the fan Push the A/C button to manually turn
speed and airflow. Push the switch to the system on (indicator light will
down to decrease fan speed and airflow. illuminate) and off.

NOTICE OFF mode

Operating the fan speed when the
ignition switch is in the ON position
could cause the battery to discharge.
Operate the fan speed when the engine
is running.

OBI3053117L

Push the OFF button to turn off the

climate control system. You can still
operate the mode and air intake buttons
with the ignition switch in the ON
position.

5-72
 05
System operation Air conditioning
Ventilation HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are
filled with R-134a refrigerant.
1. Select the Face Level mode.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
2. Push the air conditioning button.
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the 3. Select the Face Level mode.
desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the
4. Set the fan speed control to the Recirculation mode temporarily to
desired speed. allow the cabin to cool quickly. When
the desired temperature in the cabin
is reached, change the air intake
Heating control back to Fresh mode.
1. Select the Floor Level mode. 5. Adjust the fan speed control and
2. Set the air intake control to fresh temperature control to maintain
mode. maximum comfort.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position. NOTICE
4. Set the fan speed control to the • The refrigerant system should only
desired speed. be serviced by trained and certified
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON technicians to insure proper and safe
with the temperature control knob set operation.
to heat in order to dehumidify the air • The refrigerant system should be
before it enters into the cabin. serviced in a well-ventilated place.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost mode or press the Information
Front Defrost mode. i
• When using the air conditioning system,
monitor the temperature gauge closely
Operation Tips while driving up hills or in heavy traffic
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes when outside temperatures are high.
from entering the vehicle through the Air conditioning system operation may
ventilation system, temporarily set the cause engine overheating. Continue
air intake control to the recirculation to use the blower fan but turn the
mode. Be sure to return the control air conditioning system off if the
to fresh mode position when the temperature gauge indicates engine
irritation has passed to keep fresh air overheating.
in the vehicle. This will help keep the • When opening the windows in humid
driver alert and comfortable. weather, air conditioning may create
• To prevent interior fog on the water droplets inside the vehicle. Since
windshield, set the air intake control excessive water droplets may cause
to fresh mode and fan speed to damage to electrical equipment, air
the desired position, turn on the conditioning should only be used with
air conditioning system, and adjust the windows closed.
the temperature control to desired
temperature.

5-73
Convenience features

Air conditioning system operation tips System maintenance

• If the vehicle has been parked in direct Climate control air filter
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows for a short time to let the hot
air inside the vehicle escape.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from the
recirculation mode to the fresh mode.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system with the windows
and sunroof closed.
OIK047401L
• During the air conditioning system [A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air
operation, you may occasionally [C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower
notice a slight change in engine speed [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
as the air conditioning compressor
This filter is installed behind the glove
cycles. This is a normal system
box. It filters the dust or other pollutants
operation characteristic.
that enter the vehicle through the
• Use the air conditioning system heating and air conditioning system.
every month only for a few minutes
We recommend that the climate control
to ensure maximum system
air filter be replaced by an authorized
performance.
HYUNDAI dealer according to the
• When using the air conditioning maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is
system, you may notice clear water being driven in severe conditions such
dripping (or even puddling) on the as dusty or rough roads, more frequent
ground under the passenger side of climate control filter inspections and
the vehicle. This is a normal system changes are required.
operation characteristic.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases,
• If you operate the air conditioner we recommend the system be checked
excessively, the difference between at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
the temperature of the outside air and
that of the windshield could cause the
outer surface of the windshield to fog i Information
up, causing loss of visibility. In this
case, set the mode selection button to • Replace the filter according to the
the position and set the fan speed Maintenance Schedule.
control knob to the lowest speed • If the car is being driven in severe
setting. conditions such as dusty, rough roads,
more frequent climate control air filter
inspections and changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

5-74
 05
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning
is reduced. Overfilling also has a bad
influence on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, we recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, damage to the compressor
and abnormal system operation may
occur. To prevent damage, the air
conditioning system in your vehicle
should only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.

WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-134a
Since the refrigerant is
operated at very high
pressure, the air
conditioning system should
only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed
with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the
atmosphere is harmful to individuals
and environment. Failure to heed these
warnings can lead to serious injuries.

5-75
Convenience features

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNING Manual climate control system
Do not use the or position To defog inside windshield
during cooling operation in extremely
humid weather. The difference
between the temperature of the
outside air and that of the windshield
could cause the outer surface of the
windshield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility. Set the mode selection to the
position and fan speed control to a
lower speed.

OBI3053111
• For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control to the extreme 1. Select desired fan speed.
right/hot position and the fan speed 2. Select desired temperature.
control to the highest speed.
3. Select the or position.
• If warm air to the floor is desired while
defrosting or defogging, set the mode 4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected
to the floor-defrost position. automatically. Additionally, the
air conditioning will automatically
• Before driving, clear all snow and ice operate if the mode is selected to the
from the windshield, rear window, or position.
outside rear view mirrors, and all side
windows. If the air conditioning and outside (fresh)
mode are not selected automatically,
• Clear all snow and ice from the hood press the corresponding button
and air inlet at the buttom of the manually.
windshield.

i Information
If the engine temperature is still cold after
starting, then a brief engine warm up
period may be required for the vented air
flow to become warm or hot.

5-76
 05
To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control
system
To defog inside windshield

OBI3053112

1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.
OBI3053105L
2. Set the temperature to the extreme
hot position. 1. Select desired blower speed.
3. Select the position. 2. Select desired temperature.
4. The outside (fresh) mode and 3. Press the defroster button ( ).
air conditioning will be selected 4. The air-conditioning will turn on
automatically. according to the detected ambient
temperature, fresh mode and higher
blower speed will be selected
automatically.
If the air-conditioning, the fresh
mode and higher blower speed are
not selected automatically, adjust the
corresponding button or knob manually.
If the position is selected, lower
blower speed is controlled to higher
blower speed.

5-77
Convenience features

To defrost outside windshield Defroster

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the conductors
bonded to the inside surface of the rear
window, never use sharp instruments
or window cleaners containing
abrasives to clean the window.

OBI3053131L i Information
1. Set blower speed to the highest If you want to defrost and defog the
position. front windshield, refer to “Windshield
2. Set temperature to the extreme hot Defrosting and Defogging” in this chapter.
(HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The air-conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature and fresh mode will be
selected automatically.
If the position is selected, lower
blower speed is controlled to higher
blower speed.

5-78
 05
Rear window defroster Auto dehumidify
Manual climate control system
 To increase cabin air quality and reduce
windshield misting, recirculation mode
switches off automatically after about 5
to 30 minutes, depending on the outside
temperature, and the air intake will
change to fresh mode.

Turning Auto Dehumidify On or off

Climate control system
OBI3053132
To turn the Auto Dehumidify feature on
Automatic climate control system
 or off, select Face level ( ) mode and
press the air intake control ( )
button at least five times within three
seconds.
While pressing the A/C button. When
Auto Dehumidify is turned on, the air
intake control button indicator will blink
6 times. When turned off, the indicator
will blink 3 times.
OBI3053110L

The defroster heats the window to

remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
interior and exterior of the rear window,
while engine is running.
• To activate the rear window defroster,
press the rear window defroster
button located in the center facia
switch panel. The indicator on the rear
window defroster button illuminates
when the defroster is ON.
• To turn off the defroster, press the rear
window defroster button again.

i Information
• If there is heavy accumulation of snow
on the rear window, brush it off before
operating the rear defroster.
• The rear window defroster
automatically turns off after
approximately 20 minutes or when the
ignition switch is in the LOCK/OFF
position.

5-79
Convenience features

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
WARNING Center console storage
(if equipped)
Flammable materials
Do not store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other flammable/
explosive materials in the vehicle.
These items may catch fire and/or
explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot
temperatures for extended periods.

WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage OBI3053213
compartment covers closed securely To open the center console storage, pull
while driving. Items inside your vehicle up the armrest gently.
are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you
have to stop or turn quickly, or if there
is a crash, the items may fly out of the Sliding armrest (if equipped)
compartment and may cause an injury
if they strike the driver or a passenger.

NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave
valuables in the storage compartment.

OBI3053062

To move the armrest forward:

Grab the front portion of the armrest (1)
then pull it forward.

To move the armrest rearward:

Grab the front portion of the armrest (1)
then push the armrest rearward.

WARNING
Do not grab the front portion of the
armrest (1) when moving the armrest
rearward. You may hurt your fingers.

5-80
 05
Glove box Cool box (if equipped)

OBI3053061L OBI3053060L

To open the glove box, pull the lever (1) You can keep beverage cans or other
and the glove box will automatically items cool in the glove box.
open. Close the glove box after use. 1. Turn on the air conditioning.
2. Turn the open/close switch of the vent
installed in the glove box to the open
WARNING position.
ALWAYS close the glove box door after 3. When the cool box is not used, turn
use. the switch to the closed position.
An open glove box door can cause
serious injury to the passenger in an WARNING
accident, even if the passenger is
wearing a seat belt. Do not put perishable food in the cool
box because it may not maintain the
necessary consistent temperature to
keep the food fresh.

i Information
• If the vent is blocked by items in the
coolbox, cooling will be reduced.
• If the climate control system’s
temperature control is in the warm
or hot position, Cold air only will flow
into the glove box.

5-81
Convenience features

Sunglass holder (if equipped)

OBI3053236

To open:
Push and release the cover and the
holder will slowly open. Place your
sunglasses in the compartment door
with the lenses facing out.
To close:
Push back into position.
Make sure the sunglass holder is closed
whilst driving.

WARNING
• Do not keep objects except
sunglasses inside the sunglass
holder. Such objects can be thrown
from the holder in the event of a
sudden stop or an accident, possibly
injuring the passengers in the vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass holder
whilst the vehicle is moving. The
rearview mirror of the vehicle can be
blocked by an open sunglass holder.
• Do not put the glasses forcibly into
a sunglass holder. It may cause
personal injury if you try to open it
forcibly when the glasses are jammed
in holder.

5-82
 05
INTERIOR FEATURES
Cup holder WARNING
Front Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun
light and do not put them in a hot
vehicle. It may explode.

NOTICE
• Keep your drinks sealed while driving
to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid
spills, it may get into the vehicle’s
electrical/electronic system and
damage electrical/electronic parts.
OBI3053212L • When cleaning spilled liquids,
Cups or small beverage cans may be do not dry the cup holder at high
placed in the cup holders. temperature. This may damage the
cup holder.
WARNING
• Avoid abrupt starting and braking
when the cup holder is in use to
prevent spilling your drink. If hot
liquid spills, you could be burned.
Such a burn to the driver could cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
• Do not place uncovered or unsecured
cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup
holder containing hot liquid while
the vehicle is in motion. Injuries may
result in the event of sudden stop or
collision.
• Only use soft cups in the cup holders.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.

5-83
Convenience features

Sunvisor Power outlet (if equipped)

Driver‘s side
 Front


OBI3053228L OBI3053210L
Passenger’s side
 The power outlet is designed to provide
power for mobile telephones or other
devices designed to operate with vehicle
electrical systems. The devices should
draw less than 180W (Watt) with the
engine running.

WARNING
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place
OBI3053211L
your fingers or foreign objects (pin,
Use the sunvisor to shield direct light etc.) into a power outlet or touch the
through the front or side windows. power outlet with a wet hand.
To use a sunvisor for a side window, pull
it downward, unsnap it from the bracket
(1) and swing it to the side (2).
A mirror (4, if equipped) and ticket
holder (3, if equipped) are provided on
the sunvisor.

WARNING
For your safety, do not block your view
when using the sunvisor.

NOTICE
Do not put several tickets in the ticket
holder at one time. This could cause
damage to the ticket holder.

5-84
 05
NOTICE USB charger (if equipped)
To prevent damage to the Power outlet: Front

• Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for prolonged periods
of time with the engine off could
cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12 V electric accessories
which are less than 180W (Watt) in
electric capacity.
OBI3053209L
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater
Rear

to the lowest operating level when
using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can cause
electronic interference when plugged
into a vehicle’s power outlet. These
devices may cause excessive audio
static and malfunctions in other
electronic systems or devices used in
your vehicle. OBI3053208
• Push the plug in as far as it will go. The USB charger is designed to recharge
If good contact is not made, the batteries of small size electrical devices
plug may overheat or the internal using a USB cable.
temperature fuse may open.
The electrical devices can be recharged
• Plug in battery equipped electrical/ when the ignition switch is in the ACC,
electronic devices with the reverse ON or START position.
current protection. The current
from the battery may flow into the The battery charging state may be
vehicle’s electrical/electronic system monitored on the electrical device.
and cause system malfunction. Disconnect the USB cable from the USB
port after use.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC may
get warmer during the re-charging
process. It does not indicate any
malfunction with the charging system.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC, which
adopts a different re-charging
method, may not be properly
re-charged. In this case, use an
exclusive charger of your device.
• The charging terminal is only to
recharge a device. Do not use the
charging terminal either to turn ON
an audio or to play media on the
infotainment system.

5-85
Convenience features

i Information Wireless cellular phone charging

system (if equipped)
Charging may not be possible when using
a Type-C to A converter sold by a mobile
phone manufacturer or commercially
available.

NOTICE
• Use the USB charger when the engine
is running. Using the USB charger for
prolonged periods of time with the
engine off could cause the battery to
discharge. OBI3053207L

• To prevent damage to the USB [A]: Indicator light, [B]: Charging pad
charger: There is a wireless cellular phone
- Do not insert foreign objects or charger inside the front console.
spill liquid into the outlet. The USB The system is available when all doors
charging terminal may be damaged. are closed, and when the ignition switch
- Do not use devices with working is in the ON position.
current exceeding 3,000 mA (3.0 A).

5-86
 05
To charge a cellular phone If your cellular phone is not charging:
The wireless cellular phone charging - Slightly change the position of the
system charges only the Qi-enabled cellular phone on the charging pad.
cellular phones ( ). Read the label on - Make sure the indicator light is amber.
the cellular phone accessory cover or
visit your cellular phone manufacturer’s
website to check whether your cellular The ERROR symbol will blink/flash for
phone supports the Qi technology. 10 seconds and turn off if there is a
malfunction in the wireless charging
The wireless charging process starts
system.
when you put a Qi-enabled cellular
phone on the wireless charging unit. In this case, temporarily stop the
charging process, re-attempt to
1. Remove other items, including the
wirelessly charge your cellular phone
remote key or smart key, from the
and then check the charging status
wireless charging unit. If not, the
again.
wireless charging process may be
interrupted. Place the smartphone on The system warns you with a message
the center of the charging pad. on the Cluster display if the cellular
phone is still on the wireless charging
2. The indicator light is amber when the
unit after the engine is turned OFF and
smartphone is charging. The indicator
the front door is opened.
light will turn green when phone
charging is complete. For some manufacturers’ cellular
phones, the system may not warn you
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless
even though the cellular phone is left on
charging function from the Settings
the wireless charging unit. This is due
menu on the instrument cluster.
to the particular characteristic of the
Select:
cellular phone and not a malfunction of
User Settings > Convenience > the wireless charging.
Wireless Charging System

CAUTION
NOTICE
To prevent liquid from damaging
• Remove other items, including
the wireless cellular phone charging
the smart key form the wireless
system in your vehicle, be sure not to
charginged.
spill liquid over the pad when charging
• For flip type smartphones, when your cellular phone.
using wireless charging, place the
smartphone folded with the device’s
back placed on the center of the
wireless charging unit.

5-87
Convenience features

NOTICE • When charging some cellular phones

• The wireless cellular phone charging with a self-protection feature,
system may not support certain the wireless charging speed may
cellular phones, which are not decrease and the wireless charging
verified for the Qi specification ( ). may stop.
• When placing your cellular phone on • If the cellular phone has a thick
the charging mat, position the phone cover, the wireless charging may not
in the middle of the mat for optimal be possible.
charging performance. If your cell • If the cellular phone is not completely
phone is off to the side, the charging contacting the charging pad, wireless
rate may be less and in some cases charging may not operate properly.
the cell phone may experience higher • Some magnetic items (credit cards,
heat conduction. phone cards, passbook and tickets)
• In some cases, the wireless charging may be damaged while using the
may stop temporarily when the wireless charging process.
Remote Key or Smart Key is used, • When any cellular phone without
either when starting the vehicle or a wireless charging function or a
locking/unlocking the doors, etc. metallic object is placed on the
• When charging certain cellular charging pad, a small noise may
phones, the charging indicator may sound. This small sound is due to the
not change to green when the cell vehicle discerning compatibility of
phone is fully charged. the object placed on the charging
• The wireless charging process pad. It does not affect your vehicle or
may temporarily stop, when the the cellular phone in any way.
temperature abnormally increases • Some cellular phones may not be
inside the wireless cellular phone able to put on the charging pad due
charging system. The wireless to their size. In this case, wireless
charging process restarts, when the charging may be limited.
temperature falls to a certain level. • For some manufactures’ cellular
• The wireless charging process may phones, the system may not warn
temporarily stop when there is you even though the cellular phone is
any metallic item, such as a coin, left on the charging pad.
between the wireless cellular phone This is due to the particular
charging system and a cellular characteristic of the cellular phone
phone. In this case, immediately and not a malfunction of the wireless
remove a cellular phone from the pad charging.
and remove coin after completely
cooling down.
i Information
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK/OFF
position, the charging also stops.

5-88
 05
Clothes hanger (if equipped) Floor mat anchor(s)
(if equipped)

OBI3053206

These hangers are not designed to hold OBI3053056L

large or heavy items. ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to
attach the front floor mats to the vehicle.
The anchors on the front floor carpet
WARNING keep the floor mats from sliding forward.

WARNING
The following must be observed when
installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle’s
floor mat anchor(s) before driving the
vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot
OBI3053205
be firmly attached to the vehicle’s
Do not hang other objects such floor mat anchors.
as hangers or hard objects except • Do not stack floor mats on top of one
clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp another (for example, all-weather
or breakable objects in the clothes rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor
pockets. In an accident or when the mat). Only a single floor mat should
curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause be installed in each position.
vehicle damage or personal injury.

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was

manufactured with driver’s side floor
mat anchors that are designed to
securely hold the floor mat in place.
To avoid any interference with pedal
operation, HYUNDAI recommends that
the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for
use in your vehicle be installed.

5-89
Convenience features

Cargo area cover (if equipped) Luggage net (holder)

(if equipped)

OBI3053204

Use the cargo area cover to hide items OBI3053237L

stored in the cargo area. To keep items from shifting in the cargo
The cargo area cover can be uprighted area, you can use the four holders
or removed. located in the cargo area to attach the
luggage net.
If necessary, we recommend that you
WARNING contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
• Do not place objects on the cargo to obtain a luggage net.
area cover. Such objects may be
thrown about inside the vehicle and CAUTION
possibly injure vehicle occupants
during an accident or braking. To prevent damage to the goods or the
• Never allow anyone to ride in the vehicle, care should be taken when
luggage compartment. It is designed carrying fragile or bulky objects in the
for luggage only. luggage compartment.

NOTICE WARNING
Do not put luggage on the cover since To avoid eye injury, DO NOT overstretch
it may be damaged or malformed. the luggage net. ALWAYS keep your
face and body out of the luggage net’s
recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage
net when the strap has visible signs of
wear or damage.

5-90
 05
INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM
NOTICE NOTICE
• If you install an aftermarket HID • When connecting a Type-A USB or
headlight, your vehicle’s audio and a memory device to a vehicle, use
electronic device may malfunction. a genuine converting adapter (A to
• Prevent chemicals such as perfume, C type) specified for your vehicle.
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand A commonly used adapter is not
cleaner, and air freshener from equipped with any measures to
contacting the interior parts because reduce noise, prevent overcurrent
they may cause damage, button and maintain stability. Connecting an
struck issues or discoloration. unspecified cable may damage the
vehicle’s USB port or the connected
device. Contact an authorized
USB port (if equipped) HYUNDAI dealer for more information
on accessories for HYUNDAI vehicles.
• The use of non-genuine parts
may damage the USB port and
infotainment system. Damage cannot
be covered by your vehicle warranty.

Antenna
Pole antenna (if equipped)

OBI3053203L

You can use an USB cable to connect

audio devices to the vehicle USB port.

NOTE : Please go through USB

compatibility list in HYUNDAI India
website.

OBI3053202
i Information
The pole antenna receives both AM and
When using a portable audio device FM broadcast signals.
connected to the power outlet, noise may This antenna pole is removable.
occur during playback. If this happens,
use the power source of the portable audio Rotate the antenna in a counterclockwise
device. direction to remove it.
Rotate it in a clockwise direction to
reinstall it.
Depending on the car model above
layout may be vary.

5-91
Convenience features

NOTICE Shark fin antenna (if equipped)

• Before entering a place with a low
height clearance, be sure that the
antenna is removed.
• Be sure to remove the antenna before
washing the vehicle in an automatic
car wash or it may be damaged.
• When reinstalling your antenna, it is
important that it is fully tightened
and adjusted to the upright position
to ensure proper reception. But it
OBI3053201
could be removed when parking the
vehicle. The shark fin antenna transmits and
receives wireless signals such as AM/FM,
GPS etc.
NOTICE The signals which antenna can transmit
Installation of aftermarket antenna may and receive vary by the vehicle option.
result in water leakage, wind noise,
rattling & improper radio operation.
We recommend to use the antenna Steering wheel audio control
available with an authorized Hyundai (if equipped)
dealer.

i Information
Some models do not have audio (plastic
blanking cover) system, and will not
supply radio main cable. Thus if you want
to insert an aftermarket audio or OEM
audio to listen radio broadcasting service,
we recommend to use the feeder cable
available with an authorized HYUNDAI
OBI3053053
dealer.
The steering wheel audio control
switches are installed for your
convenience.

NOTICE
Do not operate audio remote control
buttons simultaneously.

5-92
 05
VOLUME (VOL + / VOL -) (1) MODE ( ) (3)
• Move the VOLUME toggle switch up to Press the MODE button to select RADIO/
increase volume. MEDIA/Bluetooth Audio, etc.
• Move the VOLUME toggle switch
down to decrease volume.
MUTE ( ) (4, if equipped)
• Press the button to mute the sound.
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) • Press the button again to activate the
If the SEEK/PRESET toggle switch is sound.
moved up or down and held for 0.8 • During a call, press to turn off the
seconds or more, it will function in the microphone.
following modes.

Custom (˒) (5, if equipped)

RADIO mode
Press the Custom button to set
It will function as the AUTO SEEK select frequently used features.
switch. It will SEEK until you release the
switch.

MEDIA mode
It will function as the FF/REW switch
(except in Bluetooth audio mode).
If the SEEK/PRESET toggle switch is
moved up or down, it will function in the
following modes.

RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION
UP/DOWN switch.

MEDIA mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/ DOWN
switch.

5-93
Convenience features

Voice recognition (if equipped) Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

hands-free (if equipped)

OBI3053052
OBI3053051

i Information
For more information, refer to the user’s
manual provided in the quick reference
guide.

OBI3053099

You can use the phone wirelessly

by using the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology.
(1) Call / Answer button
(2) Call end button
(3) Microphone

i Information
For more information, refer to the user’s
manual provided in the quick reference
guide.

CAUTION
To avoid driver distractions, do not
excessively operate the device while
driving the vehicle which may lead to
an accident.

5-94
 05
How vehicle audio works FM reception

FM reception

JBM002

JBM001
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broadcasts.
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast This is because AM radio waves are
from transmitter towers located around transmitted at low frequencies. These
your city. They are intercepted by the long distance, low frequency radio
radio antenna on your vehicle. This waves can follow the curvature of the
signal is then processed by the radio and earth rather than travelling straight. In
sent to your vehicle speakers. addition, they curve around obstructions
When a strong radio signal has reached resulting in better signal coverage.
your vehicle, the precise engineering
of your audio system ensures the best FM reception
possible quality reproduction. However,
in some cases the signal coming to your
vehicle may not be strong and clear.
This can be due to factors, such as
the distance from the radio station,
closeness of other strong radio stations
or the presence of buildings, bridges or
other large obstructions in the area.

JBM003

FM broadcasts are transmitted at high

frequencies and do not bend to follow
the earth’s surface. Because of this,
FM broadcasts generally begin to fade
within short distances from the station.
Also, FM signals are easily affected by
buildings, mountains, and obstructions.
This can lead to undesirable or
unpleasant listening conditions which
might lead you to believe a problem
exists with your radio.

5-95
Convenience features

The following conditions are normal and FM reception

do not indicate radio trouble:

FM reception

OJF045311L

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals

being received from several directions
JBM004 can cause distortion or fluttering.
This can be caused by a direct and
• Fading - As your vehicle moves away reflected signal from the same station,
from the radio station, the signal will or by signals from two stations with
weaken and sound will begin to fade. close frequencies. If this occurs, select
When this occurs, we suggest that you another station until the condition has
select another stronger station. passed.
• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals
or large obstructions between the
transmitter and your radio can disturb Using a cellular phone or a two-way
the signal causing static or fluttering radio
noises to occur. Reducing the treble When a cellular phone is used inside
level may lessen this effect until the the vehicle, noise may be produced
disturbance clears. from the audio system. This does not
mean that something is wrong with the
audio equipment. In such a case, use
the cellular phone at a place as far as
possible from the audio equipment.

NOTICE
When using a communication system
such as a cellular phone or a radio set
inside the vehicle, a separate external
antenna must be fitted. When a cellular
phone or a radio set is used with an
internal antenna alone, it may interfere
with the vehicle’s electrical system and
adversely affect safe operation of the
vehicle.
While listening to the radio, if devices
such as laptop charger are connected
to the socket, it may generate noise.

5-96
 05
WARNING
Do not use a cellular phone while
driving. Stop at a safe location to use a
cellular phone.

Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology

The Bluetooth® word mark and logos

are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such
marks by HYUNDAI is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names are
those of their respective owners.

A Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

enabled cell phone is required to use
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.

5-97
6. Driving your vehicle

Before driving ..................................................................................................6-4

Before entering the vehicle ...................................................................................... 6-4
Before starting ........................................................................................................... 6-4
Ignition switch................................................................................................. 6-5
Key ignition switch .................................................................................................... 6-5
Push Button Start ignition switch ............................................................................ 6-8
Manual transmission .....................................................................................6-15
Manual transmission operation............................................................................... 6-15
Good driving practices............................................................................................. 6-17
Automatic transmission ............................................................................... 6-18
Automatic transmission operation..........................................................................6-18
Good driving practices............................................................................................ 6-23
Dual clutch transmission .............................................................................. 6-24
Dual clutch transmission ........................................................................................ 6-26
Dual clutch transmission warning messages ........................................................ 6-30
Parking ..................................................................................................................... 6-32
Good driving practices............................................................................................ 6-32
Braking system ..............................................................................................6-34
Power brakes ........................................................................................................... 6-34
Disc brakes wear indicator ..................................................................................... 6-34
Rear drum brakes .................................................................................................... 6-35
Parking brake ........................................................................................................... 6-35
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................................................................................6-37
6
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) .......................................................................... 6-38
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .....................................................................6-41
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)................................................................................ 6-42
Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) ................................................................................. 6-43
Brake Assist System (BAS) ...................................................................................... 6-43
Good braking practices...........................................................................................6-44
 Drive mode integrated control system (2WD) ............................................6-45
Special driving conditions ............................................................................ 6-47
Hazardous driving conditions ................................................................................ 6-47
Rocking the vehicle ................................................................................................. 6-47
Smooth cornering ...................................................................................................6-48
Driving at night ........................................................................................................6-48
Driving in the rain ....................................................................................................6-48
Driving in flooded areas ..........................................................................................6-49
Reducing the risk of a rollover................................................................................6-49
Winter driving................................................................................................6-50
Snow or icy conditions............................................................................................6-50
Winter precautions.................................................................................................. 6-52
Trailer towing.................................................................................................6-54
If you decide to pull a trailer? ................................................................................. 6-54
Trailer towing equipment........................................................................................ 6-56
Driving with a trailer ................................................................................................ 6-57
Maintenance when towing a trailer .......................................................................6-60
Vehicle weight ............................................................................................... 6-61
Overloading ..............................................................................................................6-61

6
 06
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and
death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.

Do not inhale engine exhaust.

If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows
immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.

The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the
oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you
drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, we recommend
that the exhaust system be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.

Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous
practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle
out of the garage.

Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the
vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at “Fresh” and fan
control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

Keep the air intakes clear.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes
located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.

If you must drive with the tailgate/trunk open:

Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at “Fresh”, the air flow control at “Floor” or “Face”, and the
fan control set to high.

6-3
Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering the vehicle • Stay focused on the task of driving.
Driver distraction can cause
• Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s) accidents.
and outside lights are clean and
unobstructed. • Leave plenty of space between you
and the vehicle in front of you.
• Remove frost, snow or ice.
• Visually check the tires for uneven
wear and damage. WARNING
• Check under the vehicle for any sign NEVER drink or take drugs and drive.
of leaks. Drinking or taking drugs and driving
• Be sure there are no obstacles behind is dangerous and may result in an
you if you intend to back up. accident and SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH.
Before starting Drunk driving is the number one
contributor to the highway death
• Make sure the hood, the tailgate/trunk toll each year. Even a small amount
and the doors are securely closed and of alcohol will affect your reflexes,
locked. perceptions and judgment. Just
• Adjust the position of the seat and one drink can reduce your ability to
steering wheel. respond to changing conditions and
emergencies and your reaction time
• Adjust the inside and outside rearview gets worse with each additional drink.
mirrors.
Driving while under the influence
• Verify all of the lights work. of drugs is as dangerous as or more
• Fasten your seatbelt. Check that dangerous than driving under the
all passengers have fastened their influence of alcohol.
seatbelts. You are much more likely to have a
• Check the gauges and indicators in the serious accident if you drink or take
instrument panel and the messages drugs and drive. If you are drinking or
on the instrument display when the taking drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride
ignition switch is in the ON position. with a driver who has been drinking
• Check that any items you are carrying or taking drugs. Choose a designated
are stored properly or fastened down driver or call a taxi.
securely.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, take the following
precautions:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All
passengers must be properly belted
whenever the vehicle is moving.
For more information, refer to “Seat
Belts” in chapter 3.
• Always drive defensively. Assume
other drivers or pedestrians may be
careless and make mistakes.

6-4
 06
IGNITION SWITCH
WARNING Key ignition switch
(if equipped)
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, take the following
precautions:
• NEVER allow children or any person
who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the ignition switch or related
parts. Unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement can occur.
• NEVER reach through the steering
wheel for the ignition switch, or any
other controls, while the vehicle is in
motion. The presence of your hand OIB054010
or arm in this area may cause a loss
of vehicle control resulting in an WARNING
accident.
• NEVER turn the ignition switch to
the LOCK or ACC position while the
vehicle is in motion except in an
emergency. This will result in the
engine turning off and loss of power
assist for the steering and brake
systems.
This may lead to loss of directional
control and braking function, which
could cause an accident.
• Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever is in
the 1st gear (for manual transmission)
or N (Neutral) position (for dual
clutch transmission/automatic
transmission), apply the parking
brake, and turn the ignition switch to
the LOCK position.
Unexpected vehicle movement may
occur if these precautions are not
followed.

6-5
Driving your vehicle

Key ignition switch positions

Switch Action Notice
Position
The steering wheel locks to protect
The ignition key can be removed in
LOCK the vehicle from theft.
the LOCK position.
(if equipped)
The steering wheel unlocks.
If difficulty is experienced turning
the ignition switch to the ACC
ACC Electrical accessories are usable.
position, turn the key while turning
the steering wheel right and left to
release tension.
This is the normal key position
when the engine has started.
Do not leave the ignition switch in
All features and accessories are
the ON position when the engine is
ON usable.
not running to prevent the battery
The warning lights can be checked
from discharging.
when you turn the ignition switch
from ACC to ON.
To start the engine, turn the
ignition switch to the START
The engine will crank until you
START position. The switch returns to the
release the key.
ON position when you let go of the
key.

6-6
 06
Starting the engine Vehicle with dual clutch transmission/
automatic transmission:
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
WARNING
2. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park)
• Always wear appropriate shoes when or N (Neutral).
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable 3. Depress the brake pedal.
shoes, such as high heels, ski boots,
sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere 4. Turn the ignition switch to the START
with your ability to use the brake, position. Hold the key (maximum of
accelerator and clutch pedals. 10 seconds) until the engine starts and
then release the key.
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed. The
vehicle can move and lead to an i Information
accident.
• Do not wait for the engine to warm up
• Wait until the engine RPM is normal. while the vehicle remains stationary.
The vehicle may suddenly move if
the brake pedal is released when the Start driving at moderate engine speeds.
RPM is high. Do not rapidly accelerate and decelerate
while driving.
• Always start the vehicle with your foot
Starting the gasoline engine on the brake pedal. Do not depress the
Vehicle with manual transmission: accelerator while starting the vehicle.
1. Make sure the parking brake is Do not race the engine while warming it
applied. up.
2. Make sure the shift lever is in N
(Neutral).
3. Depress the clutch and brake pedals.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the START
position. Hold the key (maximum of
10 seconds) until the engine starts and
release it.

6-7
Driving your vehicle

NOTICE Push Button Start ignition

If the engine does not start within 10 switch (if equipped)
seconds after preheating is completed,
turn the ignition switch once more
to the LOCK position and wait for 10
seconds. Then turn the ignition switch
to the ON position in order to preheat
the engine again.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• Do not hold the ignition key in the OBI3063001
START position for more than 10
seconds. Wait 5 to 10 seconds before Whenever the front door is opened, the
trying again. Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate
and will go off 30 seconds after the door
• Do not turn the ignition switch to is closed.
the START position with the engine
running. It may damage the starter.
• If traffic and road conditions permit, WARNING
you may put the shift lever in the N
To reduce risk of serious injury or
(Neutral) position while the vehicle
death, NEVER allow children or any
is still moving and turn the ignition
person who is unfamiliar with the
switch to the START position in an
vehicle to touch the Push Button
attempt to restart the engine.
Start ignition switch or related parts.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle to Unexpected and sudden vehicle
start the engine. movement can occur.

6-8
 06
WARNING WARNING
To turn the engine off in an emergency: • NEVER press the Push Button Start
Press and hold the Push Button Start ignition switch while the vehicle is
ignition switch for more than two in motion except in an emergency.
seconds or Rapidly press and release This will result in the engine turning
the Push Button Start ignition switch off and loss of power assist for the
three times (within three seconds). steering and brake systems.
If the vehicle is still moving, you can This may lead to loss of directional
restart the engine without depressing control and braking function, which
the brake pedal by pressing the Push could cause an accident.
Button Start ignition switch with the • Before leaving the driver’s seat,
shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. always set the parking brake, press
the Push Button Start ignition switch
to the OFF position, and take the
Smart Key with you. Unexpected
vehicle movement may occur if these
precautions are not followed.
• NEVER reach through the steering
wheel for the Push Button Start
ignition switch or any other control
while the vehicle is in motion. The
presence of your hand or arm in
this area may cause a loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.

6-9
Driving your vehicle

Push Button Start ignition switch positions

- Vehicle with manual transmission
Button Position Action Notice
• To turn off the engine, stop Always stop the vehicle before
the vehicle and then press pressing the Push Button Start
the Push Button Start ignition ignition switch to the OFF
switch. position.
OFF
• The steering wheel locks to If the steering wheel is not locked
protect the vehicle from theft. properly when you open the
(if equipped) driver’s door, the warning chime
will sound.
• Press the Push Button Start • If you leave the Push Button
ignition switch when the Start ignition switch in the
button is in the OFF position ACC position for more than
without depressing the clutch one hour, the battery power
pedal. will turn off automatically
• Electrical accessories are to prevent the battery from
usable. discharging.
ACC • If the steering wheel doesn’t
• The steering wheel unlocks.
unlock properly, the Push
Button Start ignition switch
will not work. Press the Push
Button Start ignition switch
while turning the steering
wheel right and left to release
tension.
• Press the Push Button Start Do not leave the Push Button
ignition switch while it is in Start ignition switch in the ON
the ACC position without position when the engine is not
depressing the clutch pedal. running to prevent the battery
ON from discharging.
• The warning lights can be
checked before the engine is
started.

To start the engine, depress the If you press the Push Button
clutch and brake pedals and Start ignition switch without
press the Push Button Start depressing the clutch pedal, the
ignition switch with the shift lever engine does not start and the
START in neutral. Engine Start/Stop button changes
as follows:
OFF > ACC > ON > OFF

6-10
 06
Push Button Start ignition switch positions
- Vehicle with automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission
Button
Action Notes
Position
To turn off the engine, press the Push Always stop the vehicle before
Button Start ignition switch with the pressing the Push Button Start ignition
vehicle shifted to P (Park). switch to the OFF position.
If the Push Button Start ignition switch If the steering wheel is not locked
is pressed with the gear shifted to properly when you open the driver’s
OFF
N (Neutral), the Push Button Start door, the warning chime sounds.
ignition switch will change to the ACC
position.
The steering wheel locks to protect
the vehicle from theft. (if equipped)
Press the Push Button Start ignition • If you leave the Push Button Start
switch when the button is in the OFF ignition switch in the ACC position
position without depressing the brake for more than one hour, the battery
pedal. power turns off automatically
Some of the electrical accessories are to prevent the battery from
usable. discharging.
ACC The steering wheel unlocks. • If the steering wheel does not
unlock properly, the Push Button
Start ignition switch does not work.
Press the Push Button Start ignition
switch while turning the steering
wheel right and left to release.
Press the Push Button Start ignition Do not leave the Push Button Start
switch while it is in the ACC position ignition switch in the ON position
ON without depressing the brake pedal. when the engine is not running to
The warning lights can be inspected prevent the battery from discharging.
before the engine is started.
To start the engine, depress the brake If you press the Push Button Start
pedal and press the Push Button Start ignition switch without depressing the
ignition switch with the gear shifted brake pedal, the engine does not start
to the P (Park) or the N (Neutral) and the Push Button Start ignition
START
position. switch changes as follows:
For your safety, start the engine OFF > ACC > ON > OFF or ACC
with the gear shifted to the P (Park)
position.

6-11
Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine Starting the gasoline engine

Vehicle with manual transmission:
WARNING 1. Always carry the smart key with you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is
• Always wear appropriate shoes when applied.
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable
shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, 3. Make sure the shift lever is in N
sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere (Neutral).
with your ability to use the brake, 4. Depress the clutch and brake pedals.
accelerator and clutch pedals. 5. Press the Push Button Start ignition
• Do not start the vehicle with the switch.
accelerator pedal depressed. The
vehicle can move and lead to an
accident. Vehicle with automatic transmission/
dual clutch transmission:
• Wait until the engine RPM is normal.
The vehicle may suddenly move if 1. Always carry the smart key with you.
the brake pedal is released when the 2. Make sure the parking brake is
RPM is high. applied.
3. Make sure the gear is in P (Park).
i Information 4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Push Button Start ignition
• The engine will start by pressing the
switch.
Push Button Start ignition switch, only
when the smart key is in the vehicle.
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, i Information
if it is far away from the driver, the
• Do not wait for the engine to warm up
engine may not start.
while the vehicle remains stationary.
• When the Push Button Start ignition
Start driving at moderate engine speeds.
switch is in the ACC or ON position, if
Do not rapidly accelerate and decelerate
any door is open, the system checks for
while driving.
the smart key. If the smart key is not in
the vehicle, the “ ” indicator will • Always start the vehicle with your foot
blink and the warning “Key not in on the brake pedal. Do not depress the
vehicle” will come on, and if all doors accelerator while starting the vehicle.
are closed, the chime will also sound for Do not race the engine while warming it
about 5 seconds. The indicator will turn up.
off while the vehicle is moving. Keep the • When you start to drive, move
smart key in the vehicle when using the the shift lever after checking the
ACC position or if the vehicle engine is RPM(revolutions per minute) is in the
ON. proper range (under 1000 RPM) by
depressing the clutch pedal and brake
pedal.
After releasing the parking brake, take
your foot off the clutch and depress the
accelerator slowly while starting your
vehicle.

6-12
 06
Information Emergency starting
i
If the Push Button Start ignition switch
is pressed while the engine is pre-heating,
the engine may start.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• If traffic and road conditions permit,
you may put the shift lever in the N OBI3063002
(Neutral) position while the vehicle
is still moving and press the Push If the smart key battery is weak or the
Button Start ignition switch in an smart key does not work correctly, you
attempt to restart the engine. can start the engine by pressing the
Push Button Start ignition switch with
• Do not push or tow your vehicle to the smart key in the direction of the
start the engine. picture above.

NOTICE Turning off the engine

To prevent damage to the vehicle: Vehicle with manual transmission:
When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you 1. Stop the vehicle and depress the
can’t start the engine normally. Replace clutch and brake pedals at the same
the fuse with a new one. If you are not time.
able to replace the fuse, you can start
the engine by pressing and holding the 2. With the clutch and brake pedals
Push Button Start ignition switch for depressed, put the shift lever in N
10 seconds with the Push Button Start (Neutral).
ignition switch in the ACC position. 3. Press the Push Button Start ignition
Do not press the Push Button Start switch to the OFF position and apply
ignition switch for more than 10 the parking brake.
seconds except when the stop lamp
fuse is blown. Vehicle with automatic transmission/
For your safety, always depress the dual clutch transmission:
brake and/or clutch pedal before 1. Stop the vehicle and depress the brake
starting the engine. pedal fully.
2. Make sure the gear is in P (Park).
3. Press the Push Button Start ignition
switch to the OFF position and apply
the parking brake.

6-13
Driving your vehicle

Remote start (if equipped)

OBN7I063031

You can start the engine and turn on the

climate system by pressing the remote
start button ( ) outside the vehicle.
To start and stop engine remotely:
1. Press the door lock button, within 10
m (32 ft.) from the vehicle and then
warning lights blink once to alert you.
2. Press the remote start button ( )
for more than 2 seconds to start
engine within 4 seconds after pressing
the door lock button. Whilst remote
starting, the hazard warning lights
blink.

To turn off the engine:

If you want to stop the engine, press the
remote start button ( ) once again.

i Information
• The vehicle will not remotely start if the
hood or tailgate is opened.
• The vehicle must be in P (Park) for the
remote start function to start.
• The engine turns off if you get in the
vehicle without a registered smart key
or you do not get in the vehicle within
10 minutes.
• Do not idle the engine for a long period.

6-14
 06
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (IF EQUIPPED)
Manual transmission operation
The manual transmission has 5 (or 6)
forward gears. The transmission is fully
synchronized in all forward gears so
shifting to either a higher or a lower gear
is easily accomplished

WARNING
Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever is
OIB054009 in the 1st gear when the vehicle is
parked on an uphill and in R (Reverse)
on a downhill, set the parking brake,
and place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected
vehicle movement may occur if these
precautions are not followed.

To shift to R (Reverse), make sure the

vehicle has completely stopped, and
then move the shift lever to neutral
OBI3063019L before moving into R (Reverse).
The shift lever can be moved without
pressing the button (A).
When you’ve come to a complete stop
The button (A) must be pressed while and it’s hard to shift into the 1st gear or
moving the shift lever.
R (Reverse):
1. Put the shift lever in neutral and
release the clutch pedal.
2. Depress the clutch pedal, and then
shift into the 1st or R (Reverse) gear.

i Information
During cold weather, shifting may be
difficult until the transmission lubricant
OBI3063012 has warmed up.
The shift lever can be moved without
pulling the ring (A).
The ring (A) must be pulled up while
moving the shift lever.

6-15
Driving your vehicle

Using the clutch (if equipped) Downshifting

The clutch pedal should be depressed all Downshift when you must slow down in
the way to the floor before: heavy traffic or drive up a steep hill to
• Starting the engine: The engine is not prevent engine load.
start without depressing the clutch Also, downshifting reduces the chance
pedal. of stalling and can accelerate when you
• Shifting the gear: up shifting to the need to increase your speed again.
next higher gear, or down shifting to When the vehicle is going downhill,
the next lower gear. downshifting helps maintain safe speed
by providing brake power from the
engine and enables less wear on the
When releasing the clutch pedal, release brakes.
it slowly. The clutch pedal should always
be released while driving.
NOTICE
NOTICE To prevent damage to the engine,
clutch and transmission:
To prevent unnecessary wear or
damage to the clutch: • When downshifting from the 5th
gear to the 4th gear, be careful not
• Do not rest your foot on the clutch to inadvertently push the shift lever
pedal while driving. sideways engaging the 2nd gear.
• Do not hold the vehicle with the A drastic downshift may cause the
clutch on an incline, while waiting for engine speed to increase to the point
the traffic light, etc. the tachometer will enter the red-
• Always depress the clutch pedal zone.
down fully to prevent noise or • Do not downshift more than two
damage. gears at a time or downshift the gear
• Do not start with the 2nd (second) when the engine is running at high
gear engaged except when you start speed (5,000 RPM or higher). Such
on a slippery road. a downshifting may damage the
engine, clutch and the transmission.
• Do not repeatedly depress the clutch
pedal before the clutch pedal returns
back to its original place when
released.

6-16
 06
Good driving practices WARNING
• Never take the vehicle out of gear and To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
coast down a hill. This is extremely or DEATH:
dangerous.
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a
• Don’t “ride” the brakes. This can collision, an unbelted occupant
cause the brakes and related parts to is significantly more likely to be
overheat and malfunction. seriously injured or killed than a
When you are driving down a long hill, properly belted occupant.
slow down and shift to a lower gear. • Avoid high speeds when cornering or
Engine braking will help slow down turning.
the vehicle.
• Do not make quick steering wheel
• Slow down before shifting to a lower movements, such as sharp lane
gear. This will help avoid over-revving changes or fast and sharp turns.
the engine, which can cause damage.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
• Slow down when you encounter cross increased if you lose control of your
winds. This gives you much better vehicle at highway speeds.
control of your vehicle.
• Loss of control often occurs if two or
• Be sure the vehicle is completely more wheels drop off the roadway
stopped before you shift into R and the driver over steers to reenter
(Reverse) to prevent damage to the the roadway.
transmission.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
• Exercise extreme caution when driving the roadway, do not steer sharply.
on a slippery surface. Be especially Instead, slow down before pulling
careful when braking, accelerating or back into the travel lanes.
shifting gears. On a slippery surface,
an abrupt change in vehicle speed can • HYUNDAI recommends you follow all
cause the drive wheels to lose traction posted speed limits.
and may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.

WARNING
Do not use aggressive engine braking
(shifting from a higher gear to a lower
gear) on slippery roads. This could
cause the tires to slip and may result in
an accident.

6-17
Driving your vehicle

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (IF EQUIPPED)

Depress the brake pedal and press the shift button while moving the shift lever.

Press the shift button while moving the shift lever.

The shift lever can freely operate.

OBI3063003L

Automatic transmission operation

The automatic transmission has six forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
• ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially
children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver’s seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park)
position, then set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/
OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these
precautions are not followed.
• Do not use the engine brake (shifting from a high gear to lower gear) rapidly on
slippery roads. The vehicle may slip causing an accident.

6-18
 06
Automatic transmission warning
messages

OBI3063020L

Vehicle power limited

• If the transmission continues to drive
OAC3069035TU
overheating and reaches its maximum
Transmission overheated warning temperature, the warning message
• When driving under severe conditions appears. In this case, the vehicle
such as repeated sudden starts and limits transmission power by its self-
sudden acceleration, the transmission protection mode.
may overheat, and a warning sound • When such a situation occurs,
and warning message appear on the normal driving is restricted until the
instrument cluster due to the self- transmission goes down to normal
protection mode. temperature, so after moving the
• If this occurs, pull over to a safe vehicle to a safe place, shift the gear
location, stop the vehicle with the to P (Park) with the engine running
engine running, apply brakes and shift and wait several minutes until the
the gear to P (Park), and allow the warning on the instrument cluster
transmission to cool. disappears.
• If the warning message continues • If the warning message continues
to appear, we recommend that you to appear, we recommend that you
contact an authorized HYUNDAI contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. dealer.

OBI3063022L

Transmission cooled
• This message appears when your
vehicle can be driven. Drive the
vehicle smoothly as possible.

6-19
Driving your vehicle

Transmission ranges R (Reverse)

The indicator in the instrument cluster Use this position to drive the vehicle
displays the shift lever position when the backward.
ignition switch is in the ON position.
NOTICE
P (Park) Always come to a complete stop before
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you
shifting into P (Park). may damage the transmission if you
To shift from P (Park), you must depress shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle
firmly on the brake pedal and make sure is in motion.
your foot is off the accelerator pedal.
If you have done all of the above and N (Neutral)
still cannot shift the lever out of P
(Park), see “Shift-Lock Release” in this The wheels and transmission are not
chapter. engaged.
The shift lever must be in P (Park) before Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart
turning the engine off. a stalled engine, or if it is necessary to
stop with the engine ON. Shift into P
(Park) if you need to leave your vehicle
WARNING for any reason.
Always depress the brake pedal when
• Shifting into P (Park) while the you are shifting from N (Neutral) to
vehicle is in motion may cause you to another gear.
lose control of the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped, always
make sure the shift lever is in P (Park), WARNING
apply the parking brake and turn the
engine off. Do not shift into gear unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into
• When parking on an incline, place the gear when the engine is running at high
shift lever in P (Park) and apply the speed can cause the vehicle to move
parking brake to prevent the vehicle very rapidly. You could lose control of
from rolling downhill. the vehicle and hit people or objects.
• For safety, always engage the parking
brake with the shift lever in the P
(Park) position except for the case of D (Drive)
emergency parking. This is the normal driving position. The
transmission will automatically shift
through a 6-gear sequence, providing
the best fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or driving an uphill, depress the
accelerator fully. The transmission will
automatically downshift to the next
lower gear (or gears, as appropriate).

6-20
 06
i Information
• Only the six forward gears can be
selected in Manual Shift Mode. To
reverse or park the vehicle, move the
shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P
+ (UP) (Park) position as required.
• Downshifts are made automatically
when the vehicle slows down. When
- (DOWN) the vehicle stops, the 1st gear is
OBI3063004L automatically selected.
Manual shift mode • When the engine rpm approaches the
Whether the vehicle is stationary or red zone, the transmission will upshift
in motion, the manual shift mode is automatically.
selected by pushing the shift lever from • If the driver presses the lever to + (Up)
the D (Drive) position into the manual or - (Down) position, the transmission
gate. To return to D (Drive) range may not make the requested gear
operation, push the shift lever back into change if the next gear is outside of
the main gate. the allowable engine RPM range.
In the manual shift mode, moving the The driver must execute upshifts in
shift lever backwards and forwards will accordance with road conditions, taking
allow you to select the desired range of care to keep the engine RPMs below the
gears for the current driving conditions. red zone.
+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once to • When driving on a slippery road, push
shift up one gear. the shift lever forward into the + (Up)
position. This causes the transmission
- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards once to shift into the 2nd gear which is better
to shift down one gear. for smooth driving on a slippery road.
Push the shift lever to the - (Down) side
to shift back to the 1st gear.

6-21
Driving your vehicle

Shift-lock system Ignition key interlock system

For your safety, the automatic (if equipped)
transmission has a shift-lock system The ignition key cannot be removed
which prevents shifting the transmission unless the shift lever is in the P (Park)
from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the position.
brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P (Park) Parking
into R (Reverse):
Always come to a complete stop and
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. continue to depress the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or place the ignition Move the shift lever into the P (Park)
switch in the ON position. position, apply the parking brake, and
3. Move the shift lever. place the ignition switch in the LOCK/
OFF position. Take the Key with you
when exiting the vehicle.
Shift-lock release
If the shift lever cannot be moved from
the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) WARNING
position with the brake pedal depressed, When you stay in the vehicle with
continue depressing the brake, and then the engine running, be careful not to
do the following: depress the accelerator pedal for a long
period of time. The engine or exhaust
system may overheat and start a fire.
The exhaust gas and the exhaust
system are very hot. Keep away from
the exhaust system components.
Do not stop or park over flammable
materials, such as dry grass, paper or
leaves. They may ignite and cause a
fire.
OBI3063005L

1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/

OFF position.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Press the shift-lock release button.
4. Press and hold the lock release button
on the shift lever.
5. Move the shift lever.
If you need to use the shift-lock release,
we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer immediately.

6-22
 06
Good driving practices • Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
• Never move the shift lever from P depressing and releasing the
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other accelerator.
position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the shift lever into P WARNING
(Park) when the vehicle is in motion. To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
• Be sure the vehicle is completely or DEATH:
stopped before you attempt to shift • ALWAYS wear your seat belt. In a
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). collision, an unbelted occupant
• Do not move the shift lever to N is significantly more likely to be
(Neutral) when driving. Doing so may seriously injured or killed than a
result in an accident because of a loss properly belted occupant.
of engine braking and the transmission • Avoid high speeds when cornering or
could be damaged. turning.
• Driving an uphill or a downhill, • Do not make quick steering wheel
always shift to D (Drive) when movements, such as sharp lane
driving forward or to R (Reverse) changes or fast, sharp turns.
when driving backwards, and check
the gear position indicated on the • The risk of rollover is greatly
cluster before driving. If you drive increased if you lose control of your
in the opposite direction of the vehicle at highway speeds.
selected gear, the engine will turn • Loss of control often occurs if two or
off and a serious accident might be more wheels drop off the roadway
occurred due to the degraded brake and the driver over steers to reenter
performance. the roadway.
• Do not drive with your foot resting • In the event your vehicle leaves
on the brake pedal. Even light, but the roadway, do not steer sharply.
consistent pedal pressure can result Instead, slow down before pulling
in the brakes overheating, brake wear back into the travel lanes.
and possibly even brake failure. • HYUNDAI recommends you follow all
• When driving in manual shift mode, posted speed limits.
slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may
not be engaged if the engine rpms are i Information - Kickdown
outside of the allowable range. Mechanism (if equipped)
• Always apply the parking brake when Use the kickdown mechanism for
leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on maximum acceleration. Depress the
placing the transmission in P (Park) to accelerator pedal beyond the pressure
keep the vehicle from moving. point. The automatic transmission will
• Exercise extreme caution when driving shift to a lower gear depending on the
on a slippery surface. Be especially engine speed.
careful when braking, accelerating or
shifting gears. On a slippery surface,
an abrupt change in vehicle speed can
cause the drive wheels to lose traction
and may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.

6-23
Driving your vehicle

DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION (IF EQUIPPED)

The dual clutch transmission has seven • The dry-type clutch transfers torque
forward speeds and one reverse speed. more directly and provides a direct
The individual speeds are selected drive feeling which may feel different
automatically when the shift lever is in from a conventional automatic
the D (Drive) position. transmission. This may be more
• The dual clutch transmission can be noticeable when launching the vehicle
thought of as an automatically shifting from a stop or when traveling at low,
manual transmission. It gives the stop-and-go vehicle speeds.
driving feel of a manual transmission, • When rapidly accelerating from a
yet provides the ease of a fully lower vehicle speed, the engine
automatic transmission. RPM may increase dramatically as a
• When D (Drive) is selected, the result of clutch slip as the dual clutch
transmission automatically shifts transmission selects the correct gear.
through the gears similar to a This is a normal condition.
conventional automatic transmission. • When accelerating from a stop on an
Unlike a traditional automatic incline, press the accelerator smoothly
transmission, the gear shifting can and gradually to avoid any shudder
sometimes be felt and heard as the feeling or jerkiness.
actuators engage the clutches and the • When traveling at a lower vehicle
gears are selected. speed, if you release the accelerator
• The dual clutch transmission pedal quickly, you may feel engine
incorporates a dry-type dual clutch braking before the transmission
mechanism, which allows for better changes gears. This engine braking
acceleration performance and feeling is similar to operating a manual
increased fuel efficiency while driving. transmission at low speed.
But it differs from a conventional • When driving downhill, you may
automatic transmission because wish to move the gear shift lever to
it does not incorporate a torque Manual shift mode and downshift to
converter. Instead, the transition from a lower gear in order to control your
one gear to the next is managed by speed without using the brake pedal
clutch slip, especially at lower speeds. excessively.
As a result, shifts are sometimes more • When you turn the engine on and off,
noticeable, and a light vibration can be you may hear clicking sounds as the
felt as the transmission shaft speed is system goes through a self-test. This
matched with the engine shaft speed. is a normal sound for the dual clutch
This is a normal condition of the dual transmission.
clutch transmission.
• During the first 1,500 km (1,000 mi.),
you may feel that the vehicle may not
be smooth when accelerating at low
speed. During this break-in period, the
shift quality and performance of your
new vehicle is continuously optimized.

6-24
 06
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death:
• Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people,
especially children, before shifting a
vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position, then set
the parking brake, and place the
ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
position. Unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement can occur if these
precautions are not followed.
• Do not use aggressive engine braking
(shifting from a higher gear to a lower
gear) on slippery roads. The vehicle
may lose traction with the roadway,
resulting in a collision.

6-25
Driving your vehicle

Dual clutch transmission

Type A


Depress the brake pedal and press the shift button while moving the shift lever.

Press the shift button while moving the shift lever.

The shift lever can freely operate.

OBI3063003L

6-26
 06
Type B


Depress the brake pedal and press the shift button while moving the shift lever.

Press the shift button while moving the shift lever.

The shift lever can freely operate.

OBI3NL063003L

Dual clutch transmission operation

The indicator on the cluster displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is
in the ON position.

P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park).
The shift lever must be in P (Park) before turning the engine off.

6-27
Driving your vehicle

WARNING D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position.
• Shifting into P (Park) while the The transmission automatically shifts
vehicle is in motion may cause you to through a 7 gear sequence, providing
lose control of the vehicle. the best fuel economy and power.
• When parking on an incline, place the For extra power when passing another
shift lever in P (Park) and apply the vehicle or driving uphill, depress the
parking brake to prevent the vehicle accelerator fully. The transmission
from rolling downhill. automatically downshifts to the next
• Do not use the P (Park) position in lower gear (or gears, as appropriate).
place of the parking brake. The DRIVE MODE switch, located on the
dashboard, allows the driver to switch
R (Reverse) from ECO mode, NORMAL mode to
SPORT mode.
Use this position to drive the vehicle
rearward.
Manual shift mode
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into or out of R (Reverse) to
prevent damaging the transmission.

N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not (A)
engaged.
(B)
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart OBI3063004L
a stalled engine, or if it is necessary to
stop with the engine running. Shift into
P (Park) if you need to leave your vehicle
for any reason.
Always depress the brake pedal when
you are shifting from N (Neutral) to
another gear.
(A)

(B)
OBI3NL063004L

[A] Push the lever forwards once to shift up one

gear.
[B] Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one
gear.
Whether the vehicle is stationary or in
motion, manual shift mode is selected
by pulling the shift lever from the D
(Drive) position into the manual gate. To
return to D (Drive) range operation, push
the shift lever back into the main gate.

6-28
 06
In Manual shift mode, moving the shift Shift-lock release
lever backwards and forwards allow you If the shift lever cannot be moved from
to select the desired range of gears for the P (Park) position into R (Reverse)
the current driving conditions. position with the brake pedal depressed,
continue depressing the brake, and then
Information do the following:
i
• Only the seven forward gears can be
selected in Manual shift mode. To
reverse or park the vehicle, move the
shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P
(Park) position as required.
• Downshifts are made automatically
when the vehicle slows down. When the
vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically
selected.
• When the engine RPM approaches
the red zone the transmission upshifts OBI3063005L
automatically.
• If the driver presses the lever to + (Up)
or - (Down) position, the transmission
may not make the requested gear
change if the next gear is outside of
the allowable engine RPM range.
The driver must execute upshifts in
accordance with road conditions, taking
care to keep the engine RPMs below the
red zone.
OBI3NL063005L

Shift-lock system 1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/

OFF position.
For your safety, the dual clutch
transmission has a shift-lock system 2. Apply the parking brake.
which prevents shifting the transmission 3. Push the shift-lock release button.
from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the 4. Move the shift lever while pushing the
brake pedal is depressed. shift-lock release button.
To shift the transmission from P (Park) 5. Stop pushing the shift-lock release
into R (Reverse): button.
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. 6. Depress the brake pedal, and then
2. Start the engine or place the ignition restart the engine.
switch in the ON position. If you need to use the shift-lock release,
3. Depress the brake pedal and put the we recommend that the system be
gear in R. inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer immediately.

6-29
Driving your vehicle

Paddle shifter (manual shift mode) Dual clutch transmission

warning messages
Transmission overheated warning
If the warning messages on the cluster
continues to blink, we recommend that
you contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

Steep grade! Press brake pedal

OBI3063013

The paddle shifter is available when the

gear is in the D (Drive) position.
Pull the + or - paddle shifter once to shift
up or down one gear and the system
changes from automatic shift mode to
manual shift mode.
To change back to automatic shift mode
from manual shift mode, do one of the
followings:
OAC3069033TU
• Pull and hold the + paddle shifter.
• Shift the gear to D (Drive). This message appears when the vehicle
is driving up hills or on steep grades.
The manual shift mode also changes
back to automatic shift mode in one of If the vehicle is held or creeping forward
following situations: on an incline by applying the accelerator
pedal, the clutch and transmission may
• When the accelerator pedal is gently result in damage.
depressed for more than 6 seconds
while driving. Press the brake pedal, if the messages
appears on the cluster display.
• When the vehicle speed decreases
below 7 km/h (4 mph).

i Information
If the + and - paddle shifters are pulled at
the same time, gear shift may not occur.

6-30
 06
Transmission temperature is high! Transmission hot! Park with engine
Stop safely On

OBI3063021L OAC3069035TU

Repeated stop-and-go launches on If you continue to drive with an

steep grades, sudden take off or overheated transmission, the above
acceleration, or other harsh driving warning message appears, and the self-
conditions may increase the clutch and protection mode disables the clutch.
transmission temperature. • Move the vehicle to a safe location
If the clutch and the transmission and shift the gear to P (Park) with
temperature is high, the self-protection the engine running. Wait until the
mode warns you with a warning chime transmission is sufficiently cooled
and message while the shift indicator on down.
the cluster display blinks. • If the above warning message
• Move the vehicle to a safe location is displayed continuously, we
and shift the gear to P (Park) with recommend that you contact an
the engine running. Wait until the authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
transmission is sufficiently cooled
down.
Cooling... Remain parked for 00 min.
• If you ignore this warning, you may
experience abrupt shifts, frequent
shifts, or jerkiness.

OAC3069063TU

If you move the vehicle to a safe location

and shift the gear to P (Park) with the
engine running, the above warning
message appears.
• Wait until the clutch is sufficiently
cooled down.

6-31
Driving your vehicle

Transmission cooled down. Resume Good driving practices

driving
• Never shift the gear from P (Park) or N
(Neutral) to any other position with the
accelerator pedal depressed.
• Never shift the gear into P (Park) when
the vehicle is in motion. Be sure the
vehicle is completely stopped before
you attempt to shift into R (Reverse)
or D (Drive).
• Do not shift the gear to N (Neutral)
when driving. Doing so may result in
OBI3063022L a collision because of a loss of engine
braking and the transmission could be
This message appears when your vehicle damaged.
can be driven.
• Driving uphill or downhill, always shift
Drive the vehicle smoothly as possible. to D (Drive) when driving forward or to
R (Reverse) when driving backwards,
and check the gear position indicated
Parking on the cluster before driving. If you
Always come to a complete stop and drive in the opposite direction of
continue to depress the brake pedal. the selected gear, the engine turns
Shift the gear into the P (Park) position, off and a serious accident might be
apply the parking brake, and place occurred due to the degraded brake
the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF performance.
position. Take the key with you when • Do not drive with your foot resting
exiting the vehicle. on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can result
in the brakes overheating, brake wear
and possibly even brake failure.
• Depressing both accelerator and brake
pedals at the same time can trigger
logic for engine power reduction to
assure vehicle deceleration. Vehicle
acceleration resumes after the brake
pedal is released.
• When driving in Manual shift mode,
slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may
not be engaged if the engine RPMs are
outside of the allowable range.
• When driving with paddle shifters,
slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may
not be engaged if the engine RPMs are
outside of the allowable range.

6-32
 06
• Always apply the parking brake when Information
leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on i
placing the transmission in P (Park) to Use the kickdown mechanism for
keep the vehicle from moving. maximum acceleration. Depress the
• Exercise extreme caution when driving accelerator pedal beyond the pressure
on a slippery surface. Be especially point. The dual clutch transmission shifts
careful when braking, accelerating or to a lower gear depending on the engine
shifting gears. On a slippery surface, speed.
an abrupt change in vehicle speed can
cause the drive wheels to lose traction
and may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in a collision.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death:
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a
collision, an unbelted occupant
is significantly more likely to be
seriously injured or killed than a
properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
• Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over steers to reenter
the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
• HYUNDAI recommends you follow all
posted speed limits.

6-33
Driving your vehicle

BRAKING SYSTEM
Power brakes • When descending a long or steep
hill, shift to a lower gear and avoid
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes continuous application of the brakes.
that adjust automatically through normal Applying the brakes continuously
usage. will cause the brakes to overheat and
If the engine is not running or is turned could result in a temporary loss of
off while driving, the power assist for braking performance.
the brakes will not work. You can still • Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s
stop your vehicle by applying greater ability to safely slow down; the
force to the brake pedal than typical. vehicle may also pull to one side
The stopping distance, however, will be when the brakes are applied.
longer than with power brakes. Applying the brakes lightly will
Pump the brake pedal only when indicate whether they have been
necessary to maintain steering control affected in this way. Always test your
on slippery surfaces. brakes in this fashion after driving
through deep water. To dry the
brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to
i Information heat up the brakes while maintaining
• When the brake pedal is depressed a safe forward speed until brake
under certain driving conditions performance returns to normal.
or weather conditions, you may Avoid driving at high speeds until the
temporarily hear a noise. This is normal brakes function correctly.
and does not indicate a problem with
your brakes. Disc brakes wear indicator
• While driving on a road with deicing
chemicals, brake noise or abnormal When your brake pads are worn and new
tire wear may occur due to deicing pads are required, you will hear a high
chemicals. In a safe traffic condition, pitched warning sound from your front
additionally apply the brakes to remove or rear brakes. You may hear this sound
deicing chemicals on the brake discs come and go or it may occur whenever
and pads. you depress the brake pedal.

WARNING NOTICE
To avoid costly brake repairs, do not
Take the following precautions: continue to drive with worn brake pads.
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. This will create
abnormal high brake temperatures, i Information
excessive brake lining and pad wear, Always replace brake pads as complete
and increased stopping distances. front or rear axle sets.

6-34
 06
Rear drum brakes
Your rear drum brakes do not have
wear indicators.Therefore, have the rear
brake linings inspected if you hear a rear
brake rubbing noise. Also have your rear
brakes inspected each time you change
or rotate your tires and when you have
the front brakes replaced.

Parking brake OBI3063015L

To release:
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Slightly pull up the parking brake lever.
While pressing the release button (1),
lower the parking brake (2).

If the parking brake does not release

or does not release all the way, we
recommend that the system be checked
OBI3063014L
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Always set the parking brake before
leaving the vehicle, to apply: WARNING
Firmly depress the brake pedal. • Whenever leaving the vehicle or
Pull up the parking brake lever as far as parking, always come to a complete
possible. stop and continue to depress the
brake pedal. Move the shift lever into
the 1st gear (for manual transmission)
WARNING or N (Neutral) position (for dual
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY clutch transmission/automatic
or DEATH, do not operate the parking transmission), then apply the parking
brake while the vehicle is moving brake, and place the ignition switch
except in an emergency situation. It in the LOCK/OFF position.
could damage the brake system and Vehicles with the parking brake not
lead to an accident. fully engaged are at risk for moving
inadvertently and causing injury to
yourself or others.

6-35
Driving your vehicle

• NEVER allow anyone who is Parking brake warning light

unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch Check the Parking Brake
the parking brake. If the parking Warning Light by placing the
brake is released unintentionally, ignition switch to the ON
serious injury may occur. position (do not start the
• Only release the parking brake when engine).
you are seated inside the vehicle with This light will be illuminated when the
your foot firmly on the brake pedal. parking brake is applied with the ignition
switch in the START or ON position.
NOTICE Before driving, be sure the parking brake
• Do not apply the accelerator pedal is released and the Brake Warning Light
while the parking brake is engaged. is OFF.
If you depress the accelerator pedal If the Parking Brake Warning Light
with the parking brake engaged, it remains on after the parking brake is
will make warning sounds. Damage released while the engine is running,
to the parking brake may occur. there may be a malfunction in the
• Driving with the parking brake on brake system. Immediate attention is
can overheat the braking system and necessary.
cause premature wear or damage to If at all possible, cease driving the
brake parts. Make sure the parking vehicle immediately. If that is not
brake is released and the Brake possible, use extreme caution while
Warning Light is off before driving. operating the vehicle and only continue
to drive the vehicle until you can reach a
safe location.

6-36
 06
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from
your ABS in an emergency situation,
WARNING do not attempt to modulate your brake
pressure and do not try to pump your
An Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or brakes. Depress your brake pedal as
an Electronic Stability Control (ESC) hard as possible.
system will not prevent accidents
due to improper or dangerous driving When you apply your brakes under
maneuvers. Even though vehicle conditions which may lock the wheels,
control is improved during emergency you may hear sounds from the brakes,
braking, always maintain a safe or feel a corresponding sensation in the
distance between you and objects brake pedal. This is normal and it means
ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should your ABS is active.
always be reduced during extreme ABS does not reduce the time or
road conditions. The braking distance distance it takes to stop the vehicle.
for vehicles equipped with ABS or ESC Always maintain a safe distance from the
may be longer than for those without vehicle in front of you.
these systems in the following road
conditions. ABS will not prevent a skid that results
from sudden changes in direction, such
Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds as trying to take a corner too fast or
during the following conditions: making a sudden lane change. Always
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered drive at a safe speed for the road and
roads. weather conditions.
• On roads where the road surface is ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability.
pitted or has different surface height. Always steer moderately when braking
• Tire chains are installed on your hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel
vehicle. movement can still cause your vehicle
to veer into oncoming traffic or off the
The safety features of an ABS or ESC road.
equipped vehicle should not be tested
by high speed driving or cornering. This On loose or uneven road surfaces,
could endanger the safety of yourself operation of the anti-lock brake system
or others. may result in a longer stopping distance
than for vehicles equipped with a
conventional brake system.
ABS is an electronic braking system that The ABS warning light ( ) will stay
helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows on for several seconds after the ignition
the driver to steer and brake at the same switch is in the ON position. During
time. that time, the ABS will go through self-
diagnosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the light stays
on, you may have a problem with your
ABS. We recommend that you contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.

6-37
Driving your vehicle

WARNING Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) (if equipped)
If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and
stays on, you may have a problem with
the ABS. Your power brakes will work
normally. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, we recommend that
you contact your HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.

NOTICE
When you drive on a road having poor
traction, such as an icy road, and apply OBI3063010L
your brakes continuously, the ABS will The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
be active continuously and the ABS system helps to stabilize the vehicle
warning light ( ) may illuminate. Pull during cornering maneuvers.
your vehicle over to a safe place and
turn the engine off. ESC checks where you are steering and
where the vehicle is actually going.
Restart the engine. If the ABS warning
light is off, then your ABS system is ESC applies braking pressure to any one
normal. of the vehicle’s brakes and intervenes in
the engine management system to assist
Otherwise, you may have a problem the driver with keeping the vehicle on
with your ABS system. We recommend the intended path. It is not a substitute
that you contact an authorized for safe driving practices. Always adjust
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. your speed and driving to the road
conditions.
i Information
When you jump start your vehicle WARNING
because of a drained battery, the ABS Never drive too fast for the road
warning light ( ) may turn on at the conditions or too quickly when
same time. This happens because of the cornering. The ESC system will not
low battery voltage. It does not mean your prevent accidents.
ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery
recharged before driving the vehicle. Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet
surfaces can result in severe accidents.

6-38
 06
ESC operation ESC OFF condition
ESC ON condition To cancel ESC operation :
When the ignition switch is in the
ON position, the ESC and the ESC
OFF indicator lights illuminate for
approximately three seconds and goes
off, then the ESC is turned on. • State 1

When operating
When the ESC is in
operation, the ESC indicator
light blinks:

• When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may lock the wheels,
you may hear sounds from the brakes,
or feel a corresponding sensation in
the brake pedal. This is normal and it OAC3069064TU
means your ESC is active.
Press the ESC OFF button briefly.
• When the ESC activates, the engine The ESC OFF indicator light and/or
may not respond to the accelerator as message “Traction control disabled”
it does under routine conditions. will illuminate and a warning chime will
• If the Cruise Control was in use when sound. In this state, the traction control
the ESC activates, it automatically function of ESC (engine management) is
disengages. The Cruise Control can be disabled, but the brake control function
reengaged when the road conditions of ESC (braking management) still
allow. See “Cruise Control System” operates.
later in this chapter 7 (if equipped).
• When moving out of the mud or
driving on a slippery road, the engine
RPM (revolutions per minute) may
not increase even if you press the
accelerator pedal deeply. This is to
maintain the stability and traction of
the vehicle and does not indicate a
problem.

6-39
Driving your vehicle

• State 2 Indicator lights

ESC indicator light (blinks)

OTD059012
ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)

OAC3069065TU OTD059013

Press and hold the ESC OFF button When the ignition switch is in the
continuously for more than 3 seconds. ON position, the ESC indicator light
The ESC OFF indicator light and/or illuminates, then goes off if the ESC
message “Traction control and ESC system is operating normally.
disabled” illuminates and a warning The ESC indicator light blinks whenever
chime sounds. In this state, both the the ESC is operating.
traction control function of ESC (engine If the ESC indicator light stays on, your
management) and the brake control vehicle may have a malfunction with
function of ESC (braking management) the ESC system. When this warning light
are disabled. illuminates, we recommend that the
If the ignition switch is placed in the vehicle be checked by an authorized
LOCK/OFF position when the ESC is off, HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
the ESC remains off. Upon restarting the The ESC OFF indicator light comes on
vehicle, the ESC will automatically turn when the ESC is turned off with the
on again. button.

WARNING
When the ESC is blinking, this indicates
the ESC is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to
accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off
while the ESC indicator light is blinking
or you may lose control of the vehicle
resulting in an accident.

NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with
different sizes may cause the ESC
system to malfunction. Before
replacing tires, make sure all four tires
and wheels are the same size. Never
drive the vehicle with different sized
wheels and tires installed.

6-40
 06
ESC OFF usage Vehicle Stability Management
When Driving (VSM) (if equipped)
The ESC OFF mode should only be used The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in is a function of the Electronic Stability
snow or mud, by temporarily stopping Control (ESC) system. It helps ensure the
operation of the ESC, to maintain wheel vehicle stays stable when accelerating
torque. or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and
To turn the ESC off while driving, press rough roads where traction over the four
the ESC OFF button while driving on a tires can suddenly become uneven.
flat road surface.
WARNING
NOTICE
Take the following precautions when
To prevent damage to the transmission: using the Vehicle Stability Management
• Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to (VSM):
spin excessively while the ESC, ABS, • ALWAYS check the speed and the
and parking brake warning lights distance to the vehicle ahead. The
are displayed. The repairs would not VSM is not a substitute for safe
be covered by the vehicle warranty. driving practices.
Reduce engine power and do not spin
• Never drive too fast for the road
the wheel(s) excessively while these
conditions. The VSM system will not
lights are displayed.
prevent accidents. Excessive speed
• When operating the vehicle on in bad weather, slippery and uneven
a dynamometer, make sure the roads can result in severe accidents.
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated).

i Information
Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS
or standard brake system operation.

6-41
Driving your vehicle

VSM operation Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)

When operating (if equipped)
When you apply your brakes under Hill-Start Assist Control helps prevent
conditions which may activate the ESC, the vehicle from rolling backwards when
you may hear sounds from the brakes, starting from a stop on a hill. The system
or feel a corresponding sensation in the operates the brakes automatically for
brake pedal. This is normal and it means about 2 seconds (maximum of 5 seconds
your VSM is active. when the accelerator pedal is slightly
depressed during HAC operation) and
Information releases the brake after 2 seconds or
i when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on a banked road such as WARNING
gradient or incline
• Driving in reverse. Always be ready to depress the
accelerator pedal when starting off
• The ESC OFF indicator light is on. an incline. Hill-Start Assist Control
• The MDPS (Motor Driven Power activates only for about 2 seconds
Steering) warning light ( ) is on or (maximum of 5 seconds when the
blinks. accelerator pedal is slightly depressed
during HAC operation).
WARNING
i Information
If the ESC indicator light ( ) or the
MDPS warning light ( ) stays on • The HAC does not operate when the
or blinks, your vehicle may have a shift lever is in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
malfunction with the VSM system. • The HAC activates even when the ESC
When the warning light illuminates (Electronic Stability Control) is off.
we recommend that the vehicle be However, it does not activate, when the
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI ESC does not operate normally.
dealer as soon as possible.

NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with
different sizes may cause the ESC
system to malfunction. Before
replacing tires, make sure all four tires
and wheels are the same size. Never
drive the vehicle with different sized
tires and wheels installed.

6-42
 06
Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) Brake Assist System (BAS)
The Emergency Stop Signal system (if equipped)
alerts the driver behind by blinking the The Brake Assistant System provides
stop light when the vehicle is braked additional pressure when the brake
rapidly and severely. pedal is momentarily and strongly
The system is activated when: depressed in a situation sudden braking
• The vehicle suddenly stops (vehicle is required while driving. The Brake
speed is over 55 km/h (34 mph) and Assistant System reduces the time for
the vehicle deceleration at greater ABS (Anti-Lock Brake System) control
than 7 m/s2) to enter and consequently reduces
the braking distance, by providing
• The ABS is activating additional pressure up to the point of
When the vehicle speed is under 40 ABS intervention.
km/h and the ABS deactivates or the
sudden stop situation is over, the stop
light blinking will stop. Instead, the WARNING
hazard warning flasher will turn on The system may not operate depending
automatically. on driver’s driving habit, driving speed,
The hazard warning flasher will turn off the degree to which the brake pedal
when the vehicle speed is over 10 km/h is depressed and the road surface
after the vehicle has stopped. Also, it will condition.
turn off when the vehicle is driven at low
speed for some time. You can turn it off
manually by pushing the hazard warning
flasher switch.

CAUTION
The Emergency Stop Signal (ESS)
system will not work if the hazard
warning flasher is already on.

6-43
Driving your vehicle

Good braking practices If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
vehicle pointed straight ahead while you
WARNING slow down. When you are moving slowly
enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off
Whenever leaving the vehicle or the road and stop in a safe location.
parking, always come to a complete Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal
stop and continue to depress the brake when the vehicle is stopped to prevent
pedal. Move the shift lever into the the vehicle from rolling forward.
1st gear (for manual transmission) or
N (Neutral) position (for dual clutch
transmission/automatic transmission),
then apply the parking brake, and place
the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
position.
Vehicles with the parking brake not
fully engaged are at risk for moving
inadvertently and causing injury to
yourself or others.

Wet brakes can be dangerous! The

brakes may get wet if the vehicle is
driven through standing water or if it is
washed. Your vehicle will not stop as
quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes
may cause the vehicle to pull to one
side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns to
normal, taking care to keep the vehicle
under control at all times. If the braking
action does not return to normal, stop
as soon as it is safe to do so and we
recommend that you call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. Even light, but constant
pedal pressure can result in the brakes
overheating, brake wear, and possibly
even brake failure.

6-44
 06
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (2WD)
(IF EQUIPPED)
The mode changes, as below, whenever
the DRIVE MODE button is pressed.

NORMAL

SPORT

ECO
OBI3063008L

The drive mode may be selected

according to the driver’s preference or
When NORMAL mode is selected, it is
road condition.
not displayed on the instrument cluster.
The drive mode resets to NORMAL mode
when the engine is restarted.
ECO mode : ECO mode helps improve
fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driving.
i Information NORMAL mode : NORMAL mode
If there is a problem with the instrument provides smooth driving and
cluster, the drive mode will be in comfortable riding.
NORMAL mode and may not change to SPORT mode : SPORT mode provides
SPORT mode. sporty but firm riding.

6-45
Driving your vehicle

ECO mode Limitation of ECO mode operation:

When the Drive Mode is set If the following conditions occur while
to ECO mode, the engine and ECO mode is operating, the system
transmission control logic are operation is limited even though there is
changed to maximize fuel no change in ECO indicator.
efficiency. • When the coolant temperature is
• When the ECO mode is selected by low:The system will be limited until
using the DRIVE MODE button, the engine performance becomes normal.
ECO indicator illuminates. • When driving up a hill:The system
will be limited to gain power when
Information driving uphill because engine torque is
i restricted. The system will be limited
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver’s due to the shift location.
driving habit and road condition. • When the accelerator pedal is deeply
depressed for a few seconds:The
system will be limited, judging that the
When ECO mode is activated: driver wants to speed up.
• The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced as the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately. SPORT mode
• The air conditioner performance may SPORT mode manages
be limited. the driving dynamics by
• The engine noise may get louder. automatically adjusting the
steering effort, the engine and
transmission control logic for
The above situations are normal enhanced driving performance.
conditions when ECO mode is activated, • When SPORT mode is selected by
to improve fuel efficiency. using the DRIVE MODE button, the
SPORT indicator illuminates.
• When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine RPM will tend to remain
raised over a certain length of time
even after releasing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when
accelerating

i Information
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may
decrease.

6-46
 06
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous driving conditions To prevent transmission wear, wait until
the wheels stop spinning before shifting
When hazardous driving conditions are gears. Release the accelerator pedal
encountered such as water, snow, ice, while shifting, and press lightly on the
mud or sand: accelerator pedal while the transmission
Drive cautiously and allow extra distance is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in
for braking. forward and reverse directions causes
Avoid sudden movements in braking or a rocking motion that may free the
steering. vehicle.
If stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use
second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid NOTICE
spinning the drive wheels.
If the tires spin at high speed, the tires
can explode and you or others may be
WARNING injured. Do not attempt this procedure
if people or objects are anywhere near
Downshifting with a dual clutch the vehicle.
transmission/automatic transmission The vehicle can overheat causing an
while driving on slippery surfaces can engine compartment fire or other
cause an accident. The sudden change damage. Spin the wheels as little as
in tire speed could cause the tires to possible and avoid spinning the wheels
skid. Be careful when downshifting on at speeds over 56 km/h (35 mph) as
slippery surfaces. indicated on the speedometer.

Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slip

material under the drive wheels to
NOTICE
provide traction when stalled in ice, If you are still stuck after rocking the
snow, or mud. vehicle a few times, have the vehicle
pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid
engine overheating, possible damage
Rocking the vehicle to the transmission, and tire damage.
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to See “Towing” in chapter 8.
free it from snow, sand, or mud, first
turn the steering wheel to the right
and left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and forth
between 1st and R (Reverse, for manual
transmissionor any forward gear and R
(Reverse, for dual clutch transmission/
automatic transmission). Try to avoid
spinning the wheels, and do not race the
engine.

6-47
Driving your vehicle

Smooth cornering Driving in the rain

Avoid braking or gear changing in Rain and wet roads can make driving
corners, especially when roads are wet. dangerous. Here are a few things to
Ideally, corners should always be taken consider when driving in the rain or on
under gentle acceleration. slick pavement:
• Slow down and allow extra following
Driving at night distance. A heavy rainfall makes
it harder to see and increases the
Night driving presents more hazards distance needed to stop your vehicle.
than driving in the daylight. Here are • Replace your windshield wiper blades
some important tips to remember: when they show signs of streaking or
• Slow down and keep more distance missing areas on the windshield.
between you and other vehicles, as it • Be sure your tires have enough tread.
may be more difficult to see at night, If your tires do not have enough tread,
especially in areas where there may making a quick stop on wet pavement
not be any street lights. can cause a skid and possibly lead to
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare an accident. See “Tire replacement” in
from other driver’s headlights. chapter 9.
• Keep your headlights clean and • Turn on your headlights to make it
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly easier for others to see you.
aimed headlights will make it much • Driving too fast through large puddles
more difficult to see at night. can affect your brakes. If you must go
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights through puddles, try to drive through
of oncoming vehicles. You could be them slowly.
temporarily blinded, and it will take • If you believe your brakes may be wet,
several seconds for your eyes to apply them lightly while driving until
readjust to the darkness. normal braking operation returns.

Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may
have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the water.
The best advice is SLOW DOWN when
the road is wet. The risk of hydroplaning
increases as the depth of tire tread
decreases, refer to “Tire replacement” in
chapter 9.

6-48
 06
Driving in flooded areas WARNING
Avoid driving through flooded areas Utility vehicles have a significantly
unless you are sure the water is no higher rollover rate than other types of
higher than the bottom of the wheel vehicles.
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance To prevent rollovers or loss of control:
because brake performance may be • Take corners at slower speeds than
reduced. you would with a passenger vehicle.
After driving through water, dry the • Avoid sharp turns and abrupt
brakes by gently applying them several maneuvers.
times while the vehicle is moving slowly. • Do not modify your vehicle in any
way that you would raise the center
Reducing the risk of a rollover of gravity.
• Keep tires properly inflated.
Your multi-purpose passenger vehicle is
defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV). • Do not carry heavy cargo on the roof
SUV’s have higher ground clearance and
a narrower track to make them capable WARNING
of performing in a wide variety of off-
road applications. The specific design In a rollover crash, an unbelted person
characteristics give them a higher is significantly more likely to die than a
center of gravity than ordinary vehicles person wearing a seat belt. Make sure
making them more likely to roll over if all passengers are wearing their seat
you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles belts.
have a significantly higher rollover rate
than other types of vehicles. Due to this
risk, driver and passengers are strongly
recommended to buckle their seat belts.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person
is significantly more likely to die than
a person wearing a seat belt. There are
steps that a driver can make to reduce
the risk of a rollover. If at all possible,
avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers,
do not load your vehicle with heavy
cargo on the roof, and never modify your
vehicle in any way.

6-49
Driving your vehicle

WINTER DRIVING
Snow or icy conditions i Information
You need to keep sufficient distance Do not install studded tires without first
between your vehicle and the vehicle in checking local and municipal regulations
front of you. for possible restrictions against their use.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid
acceleration, sudden brake applications,
and sharp turns are potentially Tire chains
very hazardous practices. During
deceleration, use engine braking to the
fullest extent. Sudden brake applications
on snowy or icy roads may cause skids
to occur.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires or to
install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment.
Some of the items you may want to
OBI3063007
carry include tire chains, tow straps or
chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window thinner than other types of tires, they
scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, may be damaged by mounting some
a blanket, etc. types of tire chains on them. Therefore,
the use of snow tires is recommended
instead of tire chains. Do not mount
Snow tires tire chains on vehicles equipped with
aluminum wheels; if possible use a wire
WARNING type chain. If tire chains must be used,
Use wire-type chains with a thickness of
Snow tires should be equivalent in size less than 15 mm (0.59 in.) and install the
and type to the vehicle’s standard tires. tire chain after reviewing the instructions
Otherwise, the safety and handling of provided with the tire chains. Damage
your vehicle may be adversely affected. to your vehicle caused by improper tire
chain use is not covered by your vehicle
manufacturer’s warranty.
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,
make sure to use radial tires of the same
size and load range as the original tires.
Mount snow tires on all four wheels
to balance your vehicle’s handling in
all weather conditions. The traction
provided by snow tires on dry roads
may not be as high as your vehicle’s
original equipment tires. Check with
the tire dealer for maximum speed
recommendations.
We recommend you use snow tires
when road temperature is below 7°C
(45°F).

6-50
 06
WARNING Chain Installation
When installing tire chains, follow the
The use of tire chains may adversely manufacturer’s instructions and mount
affect vehicle handling: them as tightly possible. Drive slowly
• Drive less than 30 km/h (20 mph) (less than 30 km/h (20 mph)) with
or the chain manufacturer’s chains installed. If you hear the chains
recommended speed limit, contacting the body or chassis, stop and
whichever is lower. tighten them. If they still make contact,
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps, slow down until the noise stops. Remove
holes, sharp turns, and other road the tire chains as soon as you begin
hazards, which may cause the vehicle driving on cleared roads.
to bounce. When mounting snow chains, park
• Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel the vehicle on level ground away from
braking. traffic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard
Warning Flasher and place a triangular
emergency warning device behind the
i Information vehicle (if available). Always place the
vehicle in N (Neutral), apply the parking
• Install tire chains on the front tires. brake and turn off the engine before
It should be noted that installing installing snow chains.
tire chains on the tires will provide
a greater driving force, but will not
prevent side skids. NOTICE
• Do not install tire chains without When using tire chains:
first checking local and municipal • Wrong size chains or improperly
regulations for possible restrictions installed chains can damage your
against their use. vehicle’s brake lines, suspension,
body and wheels.
• Use SAE “S” class or wire chains.
• If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
chain to prevent contact with the
vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage, retighten
the chains after driving 0.5~1.0 km
(0.3~0.6 miles).
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels. If
unavoidable, use a wire type chain.
• Use wire chains less than 15 mm (0.59
in) wide to prevent damage to the
chain’s connection.

6-51
Driving your vehicle

Winter precautions Check spark plugs and ignition

system
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant Inspect your spark plugs as described
in chapter 9 and replace them if
Your vehicle is delivered with high necessary. Also check all ignition wiring
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the and components to be sure they are not
cooling system. It is the only type of cracked, worn or damaged in any way.
coolant that should be used because it
helps prevent corrosion in the cooling
system, lubricates the water pump and To keep locks from freezing
prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or To keep the locks from freezing, squirt
replenish your coolant in accordance an approved de-icer fluid or glycerine
with the maintenance schedule in into the key opening. If a lock is covered
chapter 9. Before winter, have your with ice, squirt it with an approved
coolant tested to assure that its freezing de-icing fluid to remove the ice. If the
point is sufficient for the temperatures lock is frozen internally, you may be able
anticipated during the winter. to thaw it out by using a heated key.
Handle the heated key with care to avoid
Check battery and cables injury.
Winter puts additional burdens on the
battery system. Visually inspect the Use approved window washer anti-
battery and cables as described in freeze in system
chapter 9. The level of charge in your To keep the water in the window washer
battery can be checked by an authorized system from freezing, add an approved
HYUNDAI dealer or a service station. window washer anti-freeze solution in
accordance with instructions on the
Change to “winter weight” oil if container. Window washer anti-freeze is
necessary available from an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer and most auto parts outlets. Do
In some climates, it is recommended not use engine coolant or other types
that a lower viscosity “winter weight” of anti-freeze as these may damage the
oil be used during cold weather. See paint finish.
chapter 2 for recommendations. If you
aren’t sure what weight oil you should
use, we recommend that you consult
with an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

6-52
 06
Don’t let your parking brake freeze Don’t place foreign objects
Under some conditions, your parking or materials in the engine
brake can freeze in the engaged compartment
position. This is most likely to happen Placement of foreign objects or
when there is an accumulation of snow materials which prevent cooling of the
or ice around or near the rear brakes or engine, in the engine compartment,
if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk may cause a failure or combustion. The
the parking brake may freeze, apply it manufacturer is not responsible for the
only temporarily while you put the shift damage caused by such placement.
lever in N (for dual clutch transmission/
automatic transmission) or in the first or
reverse gear (for manual transmission) Drive your vehicle when water
and block the rear wheels so the vehicle vapor condenses and accumulates
cannot roll. Then release the parking inside the exhaust pipes
brake. When the vehicle is stopped for a
long time in winter while the engine is
running, water vapor may condense and
Don’t let ice and snow accumulate accumulate inside the exhaust pipes.
underneath Water in the exhaust pipes may cause
Under some conditions, snow and ice noise, etc., but it is drained driving at
can build up under the fenders and medium to high speed.
interfere with the steering. When driving
in severe winter conditions where this
may happen, you should periodically
check underneath the car to be sure the
movement of the front wheels and the
steering components is not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipment

Depending on the severity of the
weather, you should carry appropriate
emergency equipment. Some of the
items you may want to carry include tire
chains, tow straps or chains, flashlight,
emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper
cables, window scraper, gloves, ground
cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.

6-53
Driving your vehicle

TRAILER TOWING (IF EQUIPPED)

If you are considering to tow with your Information
vehicle, you should first check with your i
country’s Department of Motor Vehicles • Do not install any equipment on the
to determine legal requirements. Since vehicle that blocks the license plate
laws vary the requirements for towing and cannot be easily removed or
trailers, cars, or other types of vehicles repositioned.
or apparatus may differ. We recommend • When a trailer is not used, detach it
that you ask an authorized HYUNDAI from the vehicle so that the license plate
dealer for further details before towing. is visible.
Remember that trailering is different
than just driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in handling, If you decide to pull a trailer?
durability, and fuel economy. Successful Here are some important points if you
and safe trailering requires correct decide to pull a trailer:
equipment, and it has to be used
properly. Damage to your vehicle caused • Consider using a sway control. You
by improper trailer towing is not covered can ask a trailer hitch dealer about
by your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty. sway control.
This section contains many time-tested, • Do not do any towing with your
important trailering tips and safety vehicle during its first 2,000 km (1,200
rules. Many of these are important for miles) in order to allow the engine to
your safety and that of your passengers. properly break in. Failure to heed this
Please read this section carefully before caution may result in serious engine or
you pull a trailer. transmission damages.
• When towing a trailer, we
recommend that you consult an
WARNING authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
Take the following precautions: further information on additional
requirements such as a towing kit, etc.
• If you don’t use the correct
equipment and/or drive improperly, • Always drive your vehicle at a
you can lose control of the vehicle moderate speed (less than 100 km/h
when you are pulling a trailer. For (60 mph)) or posted towing speed
example, if the trailer is too heavy, limit.
the braking performance may be • On a long uphill grade, do not exceed
reduced. You and your passengers 70 km/h (45 mph) or the posted
could be seriously or fatally injured. towing speed limit, whichever is lower.
Pull a trailer only if you have followed • Carefully observe the weight and load
all the steps in this section. limits provided in the following pages.
• Before towing, make sure the
total trailer weight, GCW (Gross
Combination Weight), GVW (Gross
Vehicle Weight), GAW (Gross Axle
Weight ) and trailer tongue load are
all within the limits.

6-54
 06
Trailer weight Tongue load

Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight

OLMB053047 OLMB053048
What is the maximum safe weight of a The tongue load is an important weight
trailer? It should never weigh more than to measure because it affects the
the maximum trailer weight with trailer total Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) of
brakes. But even that can be too heavy. your vehicle. The trailer tongue should
It depends on how you plan to use your weigh a maximum of 10% of the total
trailer. For example, speed, altitude, loaded trailer weight, within the limits
road grades, outside temperature and of the maximum trailer tongue load
how often your vehicle is used to pull permissible.
a trailer are all important. The ideal After you’ve loaded your trailer,
trailer weight can also depend on any weigh the trailer and then the tongue,
special equipment that you have on your separately, to see if the weights are
vehicle. proper. If they aren’t, you may be able
to correct them simply by moving some
items around in the trailer.

6-55
Driving your vehicle

WARNING Trailer towing equipment

Take the following precautions: Hitches
• Never load a trailer with more weight
in the rear than in the front. The front
should be loaded with approximately
60% of the total trailer load; the rear
should be loaded with approximately
40% of the total trailer load.
• Never exceed the maximum weight
limits of the trailer or trailer towing
equipment. Improper loading can
result in damage to your vehicle and/
OBI3063018L
or personal injury. Check weights
and loading at a commercial scale or
highway patrol office equipped with i Information
scales.
The mounting hole for hitches are located
on both sides of the underbody behind the
Towing a trailer – Maximum towing rear tires.
limits
For more information on the reference It’s important to have the correct hitch
weight and distance when towing a equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks
trailer, refer to the “Reference weight going by, and rough roads are a few
and distance when towing a trailer reasons why you’ll need the right hitch.
Reference weight and distance when Here are some rules to follow:
towing a trailer” section in chapter 2.
• Do you have to make any holes in the
body of your vehicle when you install a
trailer hitch? If you do, then be sure to
seal the holes later when you remove
the hitch. If you don’t seal them,
carbon monoxide (CO) from your
exhaust can get into your vehicle, as
well as dirt and water.
• The bumpers on your vehicle are not
intended for hitches. Do not attach
rental hitches or other bumper-type
hitches to them. Use only a frame-
mounted hitch that does not attach to
the bumper.
• A HYUNDAI trailer hitch accessory is
available at an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

6-56
 06
Safety chains Driving with a trailer
You should always attach chains Towing a trailer requires a certain
between your vehicle and your trailer. amount of experience. Before setting
Cross the safety chains under the out for the open road, you must get to
tongue of the trailer so that the tongue know your trailer. Acquaint yourself with
will not drop to the road if it becomes the feel of handling and braking with the
separated from the hitch. Instructions added weight of the trailer. And always
about safety chains may be provided keep in mind that the vehicle you are
by the hitch manufacturer or trailer driving is now longer and not nearly as
manufacturer. Follow the manufacturer’s responsive as your vehicle is by itself.
recommendation for attaching safety
chains. Always leave just enough slack Before you start, check the trailer hitch
so you can turn with your trailer. And, and platform, safety chains, electrical
never allow safety chains to drag on the connector(s), lights, tires and brakes.
ground. During your trip, occasionally check
to be sure that the load is secure, and
that the lights and trailer brakes are still
Trailer brakes working.
If your trailer is equipped with a
braking system, make sure it conforms
your country’s regulations and that Distance
it is properly installed and operating Stay at least twice as far behind the
correctly. vehicle ahead as you would when driving
If your trailer weighs more than the your vehicle without a trailer. This can
maximum trailer weight without trailer help you avoid situations that require
brakes loaded, then it needs its own heavy braking and sudden turns.
brakes and they must be adequate. Be
sure to read and follow the instructions Passing
for the trailer brakes so you’ll be able
to install, adjust and maintain them You will need more passing distance up
properly. Be sure not to tap into your ahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,
vehicle’s brake system. because of the increased vehicle length,
you’ll need to go much farther beyond
the passed vehicle before you can return
WARNING to your lane.
Do not use a trailer with its own brakes
unless you are absolutely certain that Backing up
you have properly set up the brake Hold the bottom of the steering wheel
system. This is not a task for amateurs. with one hand. Then, to move the trailer
Use an experienced, competent trailer to the left, move your hand to the left.
shop for this work. To move the trailer to the right, move
your hand to the right. Always back up
slowly and, if possible, have someone
guide you.

6-57
Driving your vehicle

Making turns Driving on hills

When you’re turning with a trailer, make Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
wider turns than normal. Do this so your before you start down a long or steep
trailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs, downgrade. If you don’t shift down, you
road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid might have to use your brakes so much
jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well that they would get overheated and may
in advance. not operate efficiently.
On a long uphill grade, shift down and
Turn signals reduce your speed to around 70 km/h
(45 mph) to reduce the possibility of
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has engine and transmission overheating.
to have a different turn signal flasher and
extra wiring. The green arrows on your If your trailer weighs more than the
instrument panel will flash whenever you maximum trailer weight without trailer
signal a turn or lane change. Properly brakes and you have an automatic
connected, the trailer lights will also transmission/dual clutch transmission,
flash to alert other drivers you’re about you should drive in D (Drive) when
to turn, change lanes, or stop. towing a trailer. Operating your vehicle
in D (Drive) when towing a trailer will
When towing a trailer, the green arrows minimize heat build-up and extend the
on your instrument panel will flash for life of your transmission.
turns even if the bulbs on the trailer
are burned out. Thus, you may think
drivers behind you are seeing your NOTICE
signals when, in fact, they are not. It’s
To prevent engine and/or transmission
important to check occasionally to be
overheating:
sure the trailer bulbs are still working.
You must also check the lights every • When towing a trailer on steep
time you disconnect and then reconnect grades (in excess of 6%) pay close
the wires. attention to the engine coolant
temperature gauge to ensure the
engine does not overheat. If the
WARNING needle of the coolant temperature
gauge moves towards “H” (HOT),
Do not connect a trailer lighting system pull over and stop as soon as it is
directly to your vehicle’s lighting safe to do so, and allow the engine
system. Use an approved trailer wiring to idle until it cools down. You may
harness. proceed once the engine has cooled
Failure to do so could result in damage sufficiently.
to the vehicle electrical system and/or • You must decide your vehicle speed
personal injury. according to the trailer weight and
We recommend that you have the uphill grade.
system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

6-58
 06
Parking on hills Ready to leave after parking on a
Generally, if you have a trailer attached hill
to your vehicle, you should not park your 1. With the shift lever to P (Park, for
vehicle on a hill. automatic transmission/dual clutch
transmission vehicle) or neutral (for
manual transmission vehicle), apply
However, if you ever have to park your your brakes and hold the brake pedal
trailer on a hill, here’s how to do it: down while you:
1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space. • Start your engine;
Turn the steering wheel in the • Shift into gear; and
direction of the curb (right if headed
down hill, left if headed up hill). • Release the parking brake.
2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park, for 2. Slowly remove your foot from the
automatic transmission/dual clutch brake pedal.
transmission vehicle) or neutral (for 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of
manual transmission vehicle). the chocks.
3. Set the parking brake and shut off the 4. Stop and have someone pick up and
vehicle. store the chocks.
4. Place wheel chocks under the trailer
wheels on the down hill side of the
wheels.
5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shift
to neutral, release the parking brake
and slowly release the brakes until the
trailer chocks absorb the load.
6. Reapply the brakes and parking
brakes.
7. Move the shift lever to P (Park, for
automatic transmission/dual clutch
transmission vehicle) or the 1st gear
when the vehicle is parked on a uphill
grade and in R (Reverse) on a downhill
(for manual transmission vehicle).
8. Shut off the vehicle and release the
vehicle brakes but leave the parking
brake set.

WARNING
To prevent serious or fatal injury:
Do not get out of the vehicle without
the parking brake firmly set. If you have
left the engine running, the vehicle can
move suddenly. You and others could
be seriously or fatally injured.

6-59
Driving your vehicle

Maintenance when towing a

trailer
Your vehicle will need service more
often when you regularly pull a trailer.
Important items to pay particular
attention to include engine oil,
automatic transmission/dual clutch
transmission fluid, axle lubricant and
cooling system fluid. Brake condition
is another important item to frequently
check. If you’re trailering, it’s a good
idea to review these items before
you start your trip. Don’t forget to
also maintain your trailer and hitch.
Follow the maintenance schedule that
accompanied your trailer and check it
periodically. Preferably, conduct the
check at the start of each day’s driving.
Most importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts
should be tight.

NOTICE
To prevent vehicle damage:
• Due to higher load during trailer
usage, overheating might occur on
hot days or during uphill driving. If
the coolant gauge indicates over-
heating, switch off the air conditioner
and stop the vehicle in a safe area to
cool down the engine.
• When towing check automatic
transmission/dual clutch
transmission fluid more frequently.
• If your vehicle is not equipped with
an air conditioner, you should install
a condenser fan to improve engine
performance when towing a trailer.

6-60
 06
VEHICLE WEIGHT
Two labels on your driver’s door sill show GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
how much weight your vehicle was This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual
designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Cargo Weight plus passengers.
Information Label and the Certification
Label.
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
yourself with the following terms for This is the maximum allowable weight
determining your vehicle’s weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including
ratings, from the vehicle’s specifications all options, equipment, passengers
and the Certification Label: and cargo). The GVWR is shown on
the Certification Label located on the
driver’s door sill.
Base Curb Weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all Overloading
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or optional
equipment. WARNING
The Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)
Vehicle Curb Weight and the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
This is the weight of your new vehicle (GVWR) for your vehicle are on the
when you picked it up from your dealer Certification Label attached to the
plus any aftermarket equipment. driver’s (or front passenger’s) door.
Exceeding these ratings can cause an
accident or vehicle damage. You can
Cargo Weight calculate the weight of your load by
This figure includes all weight added to weighing the items (and people) before
the Base Curb Weight, including cargo putting them in the vehicle. Be careful
and optional equipment. not to overload your vehicle.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight)

This is the total weight placed on each
axle (front and rear) - including vehicle
curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)

This is the maximum allowable weight
that can be carried by a single axle (front
or rear). These numbers are shown on
the Certification Label. The total load on
each axle must never exceed its GAWR.

6-61
7. Driver assistance system
Due to the infotainment software version, the description of each function of the driver assistance
system may differ from the owner's manual.

Cruise Control (CC) ..........................................................................................7-2

Cruise Control operation ........................................................................................... 7-2
Rear View Monitor (RVM) ............................................................................... 7-6
Rear View Monitor settings .......................................................................................7-6
Rear View Monitor operation .................................................................................... 7-7
Rear View Monitor malfunction and limitations ..................................................... 7-8
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) .................................................... 7-9
Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation ..........................................................7-9
Reverse Parking Distance Warning malfunction and precautions ....................... 7-10

7
 Driver assistance system

CRUISE CONTROL (CC) (IF EQUIPPED)

Cruise Control operation
Setting speed
1. Accelerate to the desired speed, which
must be more than 30 km/h (20 mph).

OTM070111

(1) Cruise indicator

(2) Set speed
Cruise Control will allow you to drive at
speeds above 30 km/h (20 mph) without OBI3073028
depressing the accelerator pedal. 2. Press the Driving Assist button at
the desired speed. The set speed
and Cruise ( ) indicator will
illuminate on the cluster.
3. Release the accelerator pedal.
The vehicle speed will maintain the
set speed even when the accelerator
pedal is not depressed.

Information
• The vehicle may slightly slow down
or speed up while driving uphill or
downhill.
• The Driving Assist button symbol may
vary depending on your vehicle option.

7-2
 07
Increasing set speed Decreasing set speed

OBI3073029 OBI3073030

• Push the + switch up and release • Push the - switch down and release
it immediately. The set speed will it immediately. The set speed will
increase by 1 km/h (1 mph) each time decrease by 1 km/h (1 mph) each time
the switch is operated in this manner. the switch is operated in this manner.
• Push the + switch up and hold it while • Push the - switch down and hold it
monitoring the set speed on the while monitoring the set speed on the
cluster. The set speed will increase to cluster. The set speed will decrease to
the nearest multiple of ten (multiple of the nearest multiple of ten (multiple of
five in mph) at first, and then increase five in mph) at first, and then decrease
by 10 km/h (5 mph) each time the by 10 km/h (5 mph) each time the
switch is operated in this manner. switch is operated in this manner.
Release the switch when the desired Release the switch at the speed you
speed is shown and the vehicle will want to maintain.
accelerate to that speed.
Accelerating temporarily
If you want to speed up temporarily
when Cruise Control is on, depress the
accelerator pedal.
To return to the set speed, take your foot
off the accelerator pedal.
If you push the + switch up or - switch
down at increased speed, the set speed
will be set to the current increased
speed.

7-3
Driver assistance system

Temporarily pausing Cruise Control Resuming Cruise Control

OBI3073031 OBI3073032

Cruise Control will be paused when: Operate the +, - switch or button.

• Depressing the brake pedal. If you push the + switch up or - switch
• Pushing the button. down, the vehicle speed will be set to
the current speed on the cluster.
• Shifting the gear to N (Neutral).
If you press the button, the vehicle
• Decreasing the vehicle speed to less speed will resume to the preset speed.
than approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).
The vehicle speed must be above
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is 30 km/h (20 mph) for the function to
operating. resume.

The set speed will turn off but the Cruise

( ) indicator will stay on. WARNING
Check the driving condition before
using the ( )button. Driving speed
may sharply increase or decrease when
you press the ( )button.

7-4
 07
Setting Cruise Control WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Cruise Control:
• Always set the vehicle speed to the
speed limit in your country.
• Keep Cruise Control off when the
function is not in use, to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed. Check
that the Cruise ( ) indicator is
off.
OBI3073028
• Cruise Control does not substitute
Press the Driving Assist button to turn for proper and safe driving. It is the
Cruise Control off. The Cruise ( ) responsibility of the driver to always
indicator will go off. drive safely and should always be
Always press the Driving Assist button to aware of unexpected and sudden
turn Cruise Control off when not in use. situations from occurring.
• Always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
• Do not use Cruise Control when it
may be unsafe to keep the vehicle at
a constant speed:
- When driving in heavy traffic, or
when traffic conditions make it
difficult to drive at a constant speed
- When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-
covered roads
- When driving on hilly or windy roads
- When driving in windy areas
- When driving with limited view
(possibly due to bad weather, such
as fog, snow, rain and sandstorm)
• Do not use Cruise Control when
towing a trailer.

7-5
Driver assistance system

REAR VIEW MONITOR (RVM) (IF EQUIPPED)

Rear View Monitor displays the area Rear View Monitor settings
behind your vehicle to help with safe
parking or driving. Warning Methods (if equipped)

Detecting sensor

OBI3073025L

With the engine on, select All Menus

> Setup > Sound > Driver Assistance
OBI3073027
Warning in the display audio to select
[A] : Wide-rear view camera following:
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
Parking safety priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
Information Rear View Monitor is operating.

For more information, scan the QR code

in the separately supplied simple manual. Information
The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the vehicle
features and specifications.

7-6
 07
Camera settings (if equipped) Rear View Monitor operation
Rear view

OBI3073096L

You can change Rear View Monitor OBI3073021L

Display contents by touching the setup
icon ( ) on the screen while Rear View Operating conditions
Monitor is operating, or selecting All • Shift the gear to R (Reverse), the
Menus > Setup > Advanced or Display image will appear on the screen.
from the Settings menu while the engine
is on.
Off conditions
• The rear view cannot be turned off
Extended Rear View Monitor when the gear is in R (Reverse).
With the engine on, select All Menus • Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to P
> Setup > Advanced or Display > (Park), the rear view will turn off.
Extended rear camera use from the
Settings menu to turn on Extended Rear
View Monitor function and deselect to Information
turn off the function.
When the gear is in R (Reverse), the rear
view does not turn off.
Information
The horizontal guideline of the Rear View
Parking Guidance shows the distance of
0.5 m (1.6 ft.), 1 m (3.3 ft.) and 2.3 m (7.6
ft.) from the vehicle.

7-7
Driver assistance system

Extended rear view Monitor Rear View Monitor malfunction

Extended Rear View Monitor function and limitations
maintains showing the rear view when
the gear is shifted from R (Reverse) to N Rear View Monitor malfunction
(Neutral) or D (Drive). When Rear View Monitor is not working
properly, or the screen flickers, or
the camera image does not display
Operating conditions normally, we recommend that the
The gear is shifted from R (Reverse) to N vehicle be inspected by an authorized
(Neutral) or D (Drive), and vehicle speed HYUNDAIdealer.
is 10 km/h (6 mph) or less.
Limitations of the Rear View
Off conditions Monitor
• When the vehicle speed is above 10 When the vehicle is stopped for a long
km/h (6 mph), the rear view will turn time in winter or when the vehicle is
off. parked in an indoor parking lot, the
• Shift the gear to P (Park), the rear view exhaust fumes may temporarily blur the
will turn off. image.

Rear view while driving (if WARNING

equipped) • The wide-rear view camera does not
Operating conditions cover the complete area behind the
With the engine on, select All Menus > vehicle. The driver should always
DRVM in the display audio while gear is check the rear area directly through
in D (Drive) or N (Neutral), the driving the inside and outside rearview
rear view will appear on the screen. mirror before parking or backing up.
• The image shown on the screen may
differ from the actual distance of the
Off conditions object. Make sure to directly check
• Touch the back icon ( ), the driving the vehicle's surroundings for safety.
rear view will turn off. • Always keep the wide-rear view
• Shift the gear to P (Park), the driving camera lens clean. If the lens is
rear view will turn off. covered with foreign material, it may
adversely affect camera performance
and Rear View Monitor may not
operate properly. However, do not
use chemical solvents such as strong
detergents containing high alkaline
or volatile organic solvents (gasoline,
acetone etc.). This may damage the
camera lens.

7-8
 07
REVERSE PARKING DISTANCE WARNING (PDW)
Reverse Parking Distance Warning will Reverse Parking Distance
help warn the driver if an obstacle is Warning operation
detected within a certain distance when
the vehicle is moving in reverse at low Reverse Parking Distance Warning
speeds. • Reverse Parking Distance Warning
will operate when the gear is in R
Detecting sensor (Reverse).
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning
detects a person, animal or object in
the rear when the vehicle’s rearward
speed is below 10 km/h (6 mph).

Distance Warning Warning

from object indicator sound

60 ~ 100 cm Buzzer beeps

(24 ~ 39 in.) intermittently
OBI3073024
[A] : Rear ultrasonic sensors 30 ~ 60 cm Beeps more
Refer to the picture above for the (12 ~ 24 in.) frequently
detailed location of the detecting
sensors. within 30 cm Beeps
(12 in.) continuously

• The corresponding indicator will

illuminate whenever each ultrasonic
senor detects a person, animal or
object in its sensing range. Also an
audible warning will sound.
• When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.

7-9
 Driver assistance system

Reverse Parking Distance WARNING

Warning malfunction and
precautions • Reverse Parking Distance Warning
is a supplemental function. The
Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation of the function can be
malfunction affected by several factors (including
After starting the engine, a beep will environmental conditions). It is the
sound when the gear is shifted to R responsibility of the driver to always
(Reverse) to indicate the function is check the rear view before and while
operating properly. parking.
However, if one or more of the following • Your new vehicle warranty does not
occurs, first check whether the cover any accidents or damage to
ultrasonic sensor is damaged or blocked the vehicle due to the malfunction of
with foreign materials. If it still does not Reverse Parking Distance Warning.
work properly, we recommend that the • Pay close attention when driving near
function be inspected by an authorized objects, pedestrians, and especially
HYUNDAI dealer. children. Some objects may not be
• The audible warning does not sound. detected by the ultrasonic sensors,
due to the objects distance, size or
• The buzzer sounds intermittently. material, all of which can limit the
The ‘Senseor error or blockage. System effectiveness of the sensor.
limited’ warning message appears on
the cluster.
Limitations of Reverse Parking
Distance Warning
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning
may not operate properly when:
- Moisture is frozen to the sensor
- Sensor is covered with foreign
materials, such as snow or water
(Reverse Parking Distance Warning
will operate normally when such
foreign materials are removed.)
OBI3070014 - The weather is extremely hot or cold
- The sensor or sensor assembly is
disassembled
- The surface of the sensor is pressed
hard or an impact is applied with a
hard object
- The surface of the sensor is
scratched with a sharp object
- The sensors or its surrounding
areas are directly sprayed with high
pressure washer

7-10
 07
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning
may malfunction when:
- Heavy rain or water spray is present
- Water flows on the surface of the
sensor
- Affected by another vehicle’s sensors
- The sensor is covered with snow
- Driving on uneven roads, gravel
roads or bushes
- Objects that generate ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
- Installing the license plate differently
from the original location
- The vehicle bumper height or
ultrasonic sensor installation has
been modified
- Attaching equipments or accessories
around the ultrasonic sensors
• The following objects may not be
detected:
- Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,
chains or small poles.
- Objects, which tend to absorb sensor
frequency, such as clothes, spongy
material or snow.
- Objects smaller than 100 cm (40 in.)
in length and narrower than 14 cm (6
in.) in diameter.
- Pedestrians, animals or objects
that are very close to the ultrasonic
sensors
• Parking Distance Warning Indicators
may be displayed differently from
the actual detected location when
the obstacle is located between the
sensors.
• Parking Distance Warning indicator
may not occur sequentially depending
on vehicle speed or obstacle shape.
• If Reverse Parking Distance Warning
needs repair, we recommend that
the vehicle be inspected by an
authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

7-11
8. Emergency situations

Hazard warning flasher................................................................................... 8-2

In case of an emergency while driving.......................................................... 8-2
If the engine stalls while driving .............................................................................. 8-2
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ......................................................... 8-2
If you have a flat tire while driving ........................................................................... 8-3
If the engine will not start .............................................................................. 8-3
If the engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly ............................................... 8-3
If the engine turns over normally but doesn’t start ................................................ 8-3
Jump starting ..................................................................................................8-4
If the engine overheats................................................................................... 8-7
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ......................................................8-9
Check tire pressure ................................................................................................... 8-9
Tire pressure monitoring system.............................................................................8-10
Low tire pressure telltale ..........................................................................................8-11
Low tire pressure position telltale and tire pressure telltale ..................................8-11
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator .......................... 8-12
Changing a tire with TPMS ...................................................................................... 8-12
If you have a flat tire ......................................................................................8-14
Jack and tools...........................................................................................................8-14
Removing and storing the spare tire.......................................................................8-14
Changing tires .......................................................................................................... 8-15
Jack label ..................................................................................................................8-19
EC Declaration of conformity for Jack................................................................... 8-20
Towing ............................................................................................................8-21
Towing service .......................................................................................................... 8-21
Removable towing hook ......................................................................................... 8-22
Emergency towing .................................................................................................. 8-23

8
Emergency situations

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY

WHILE DRIVING
If the engine stalls while driving
• Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
• Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, we recommend
OBI3083016 that you contact an authorized
The hazard warning flasher serves as HYUNDAI dealer.
a warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme caution when approaching, If the engine stalls at a
overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
crossroad or crossing
It should be used whenever emergency
repairs are being made or when the If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
vehicle is stopped near the edge of a crossing, if safe to do so, move the shift
roadway. lever to the N (Neutral) position and then
To turn the hazard warning flasher on push the vehicle to a safe location.
or off, press the hazard warning flasher • If your vehicle has a manual
button with the ignition switch in any transmission not equipped with a
position. The button is located in the ignition lock switch, the vehicle can
crash pad garnish panel. move forward by shifting to the 2
All turn signal lights will flash (second) or 3 (third) gear and then
simultaneously. turning the starter without depressing
the clutch pedal.
• The hazard warning flasher operates
whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.

8-2
 08
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT
If you have a flat tire while START
driving
If the engine doesn’t turn over
If a tire goes flat while you are driving: or turns over slowly
• Take your foot off the accelerator
• Be sure the gear is in N (Neutral) or P
pedal and let the vehicle slow down
(Park). The engine starts only when the
while driving straight ahead. Do not
shift lever is in N (Neutral) or P (Park).
apply the brakes immediately or
attempt to pull off the road as this • Check the battery connections to be
may cause loss of vehicle control sure they are clean and tight.
resulting in an accident. When the • Turn on the interior light. If the light
vehicle has slowed to such a speed dims or goes out when you operate
that it is safe to do so, brake carefully the starter, the battery is drained.
and pull off the road. Drive off the Do not push or pull the vehicle to start
road as far as possible and park on it. This could cause damage to your
firm, level ground. If you are on a vehicle.
divided highway, do not park in the
median area between the two traffic See instructions for “Jump Starting”
lanes. provided in this chapter.
• When the vehicle is stopped, press
the hazard warning flasher button, WARNING
move the shift lever into P (Park, for
dual clutch transmission/automatic Push or pull starting the vehicle may
transmission) or neutral (for manual cause the catalytic converter to
transmission), apply the parking brake, overload which can lead to damage to
and place the ignition switch in the the emission control system.
LOCK/OFF position.
• Have all passengers get out of the If the engine turns over normally
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the but doesn’t start
side of the vehicle that is away from
traffic. • Check the fuel level and add fuel if
• When changing a flat tire, follow the necessary.
instructions provided later in this If the engine still does not start, we
chapter. recommend that you call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

8-3
Emergency situations

JUMP STARTING
Jump starting can be dangerous if done If acid gets into your eyes, flush your
incorrectly. Follow the jump starting eyes with clean water for at least 15
procedure in this section to avoid serious minutes and get immediate medical
injury or damage to your vehicle. If in attention. If acid gets on your skin,
doubt about how to properly jump start thoroughly wash the area. If you
your vehicle, we strongly recommend feel pain or a burning sensation, get
that you have a service technician or medical attention immediately.
towing service do it for you. • When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
WARNING cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH opposite corners.
to you or bystanders, always follow • Do not attempt to jump start your
these precautions when working near vehicle if your battery is frozen.
or handling the battery: • NEVER attempt to recharge the
Always read and follow battery when the vehicle’s battery
instructions carefully when cables are connected to the battery.
handling a battery. • The electrical ignition system works
Wear eye protection designed with high voltage. NEVER touch these
to protect the eyes from acid components with the engine running
splashes. or when the ignition switch is in the
Keep all flames, sparks, or ON position.
smoking materials away from • Do not allow the (+) and (-) jumper
the battery. cables to touch. It may cause sparks.
Hydrogen is always present in • The battery may rupture or explode
battery cells, is highly when you jump start with a low or
combustible, and may explode frozen battery.
if ignited. • Never attempt jump start if you
Keep batteries out of reach of observe cracks, leaks or other
children. damage on Battery.

Batteries contain sulfuric acid

which is highly corrosive. Do
not allow acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.

8-4
 08
CAUTION Jump starting procedure
1. Position the vehicles close enough
• Improper jump starting procedure that the jumper cables will reach, but
can result in battery explosion and do not allow the vehicles to touch.
acid burn hazard.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the
• Loosely connected battery cables engine compartment at all times, even
could damage the electronic control when the vehicles are turned off.
units.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such as
• To disconnect battery terminals radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put
wait for at least 2 minutes to allow the vehicles in P (Park, for dual clutch
discharge of high voltage or it could transmission/automatic transmission)
lead to personal injury. or neutral (for manual transmission),
• While disconnecting, always and set the parking brakes. Turn both
disconnect the -VE terminal first and vehicles OFF.
while connecting, always connect the
-VE terminal last.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle:
• Only use a 12 V power supply (battery
or jumper system) to jump start your
vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle by push-starting. OBI3083015

4. Connect the jumper cables in

Information the exact sequence shown in the
i illustration. First connect one jumper
An inappropriately disposed cable to the red, positive (+) jumper
battery can be harmful to the terminal of your vehicle (1).
environment and human health. 5. Connect the other end of the jumper
Pb Dispose the battery according to cable to the red, positive (+) battery/
your local law(s) or regulation. jumper terminal of the assisting
vehicle (2).
6. Connect the second jumper cable to
the black, negative (-) battery/jumper
terminal of the assisting vehicle (3).

8-5
Emergency situations

7. Connect the other end of the second Disconnect the jumper cables in the
jumper cable to the chassis ground of exact reverse order you connected
your vehicle (4). them:
Do not allow the jumper cables to 1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the
contact anything except the correct chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
battery or jumper terminals or the 2. Disconnect the other end of the
correct ground. Do not lean over the jumper cable from the black, negative
battery when making connections. (-) battery/jumper terminal of the
8. Start the engine of the assisting assisting vehicle (3).
vehicle and let it run at approximately 3. Disconnect the second jumper cable
2,000 RPM for a few minutes. Then from the red, positive (+) battery/
start your vehicle. jumper terminal of the assisting
vehicle (2).
If your vehicle will not start after a 4. Disconnect the other end of the
few attempts, it probably requires jumper cable from the red, positive (+)
service. In this event, please seek jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
qualified assistance. If the cause of your
battery discharging is not apparent,
we recommend that your vehicle be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

WARNING
Never connect Jumper Cable directly to
the negative (-) terminal of discharged
Battery (Your Vehicle Battery), or an
Explosion may occur.

8-6
 08
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gauge indicates 4. Check for coolant leaking from the
overheating, you experience a loss of radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If
power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the air conditioning had been in use, it
the engine may be overheating. If this is normal for cold water to be draining
happens, you should: from it when you stop.)
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it 5. If the engine coolant is leaking
is safe to do so. out, stop the engine immediately
2. Place the shift lever in P (Park, for and we recommend that you call
dual clutch transmission/automatic an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
transmission) or neutral (for manual assistance.
transmission) and set the parking
brake. If the air conditioning is ON, WARNING
turn it OFF.
3. If the engine coolant is running out NEVER remove the radiator
under the vehicle or steam is coming cap or the drain plug while
out from the hood, stop the engine. the engine and radiator are
Do not open the hood until the coolant hot. Hot coolant and steam
has stopped running or the steaming may blow out under
has stopped. If there is no visible pressure, causing serious injury.
loss of engine coolant and no steam, Turn the engine off and wait until the
leave the engine running and check engine cools down. Use extreme care
to be sure the engine cooling fan is when removing the radiator cap. Wrap
operating. If the fan is not running, a thick towel around it, and turn it
turn the engine off. counterclockwise slowly to the first
stop. Step back while the pressure
is released from the cooling system.
WARNING When you are sure all the pressure
While the engine is running, has been released, press down on the
keep hands, clothing and cap, using a thick towel, and continue
tools away from the moving turning counterclockwise to remove it.
parts such as the cooling
fan and drive belt to
prevent serious injury.

8-7
Emergency situations

6. If you cannot find the cause of the

overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal.
Then, if coolant has been lost,
carefully add coolant to the reservoir
to bring the fluid level in the reservoir
up to the halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert
for further signs of overheating.
If overheating happens again,
we recommend that you call an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
assistance.

NOTICE
• Serious loss of coolant indicates a
leak in the cooling system and we
recommend the system be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• When the engine overheats from
low engine coolant, suddenly adding
engine coolant may cause cracks
in the engine. To prevent damage,
add engine coolant slowly in small
quantities.

8-8
 08
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED)
Check tire pressure

OBI3083025L

OSU2I049054

• You can check the tire pressure in the

Assist mode on the cluster.
Refer to the “Cluster display modes”
in chapter 4.
• Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 minutes
later after driving.
• If tire pressure is not displayed when
OSU2I049052 the vehicle is stopped, “Drive to
(1) Low tire pressure telltale / display” message will appear. After
TPMS malfunction indicator driving, check the tire pressure.
(2) Low tire pressure position telltale and • The displayed tire pressure values may
tire pressure telltale (Shown on the differ from those measured with a tire
cluster display) pressure gauge.
• You can change the tire pressure
unit in the User Settings mode on the
instrument cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the “User
settings mode” in chapter 4).

8-9
Emergency situations

Tire pressure monitoring system Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator
to indicate when the system is
WARNING not operating properly. The TPMS
malfunction indicator is combined with
Over-inflation or under-inflation can the low tire pressure telltale. When
reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle the system detects a malfunction,
handling, and lead to sudden tire the telltale will flash for about one
failure that may cause loss of vehicle minute and then remain continuously
control resulting in an accident. illuminated. This sequence will continue
upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists. When
Each tire, including the spare (if
the malfunction indicator is illuminated,
provided), should be checked monthly
the system may not be able to detect
when cold and inflated to the inflation
or signal low tire pressure as intended.
pressure recommended by the vehicle
TPMS malfunctions may occur for
manufacturer on the vehicle placard
a variety of reasons, including the
or tire inflation pressure label. (If your
installation of replacement or alternate
vehicle has tires of a different size
tires or wheels on the vehicle that
than the size indicated on the vehicle
prevent the TPMS from functioning
placard or tire inflation pressure label,
properly. Always check the TPMS
you should determine the proper tire
malfunction telltale after replacing
inflation pressure for those tires.)
one or more tires or wheels on your
As an added safety feature, your vehicle to ensure that the replacement
vehicle has been equipped with a tire or alternate tires and wheels allow the
pressure monitoring system (TPMS) TPMS to continue to function properly.
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. i Information
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure If the TPMS indicator does not illuminate
telltale illuminates, you should stop and for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is
check your tires as soon as possible, turned to the ON position or the engine is
and inflate them to the proper pressure. running, or if it comes on after blinking
Driving on a significantly under-inflated for about one minute, we recommend that
tire causes the tire to overheat and can you contact an authorized HYUNDAI
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also dealer.
reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,
and may affect the vehicle’s handling
and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance,
and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if
under-inflation has not reached the level
to trigger illumination of the TPMS low
tire pressure telltale.

8-10
 08
Low tire pressure If you drive the vehicle for about 10
minutes at speeds above 25 km/h (15
telltale mph) after replacing the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the following will
happen:
• The TPMS malfunction indicator may
Low tire pressure position blink for approximately 1 minute and
telltale and tire pressure telltale then remain continuously illuminated
because the TPMS sensor is not
mounted on the spare wheel.

NOTICE
In winter or cold weather, the low tire
pressure telltale may be illuminated if
the tire pressure was adjusted to the
recommended tire inflation pressure
in warm weather. It does not mean
your TPMS is malfunctioning because
OSU2I049054 the decreased temperature leads to a
proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When the tire pressure monitoring When you drive your vehicle from a
system warning indicators are warm area to a cold area or from a cold
illuminated and a warning message area to a warm area, or the outside
displayed on the cluster display, one temperature is greatly higher or lower,
or more of your tires is significantly you should check the tire inflation
under-inflated. The low tire pressure pressure and adjust the tires to the
position telltale light will indicate which recommended tire inflation pressure.
tire is significantly under-inflated by
illuminating the corresponding position
light. WARNING
If either telltale illuminates, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering Low pressure damage
and anticipate increased stopping Significantly low tire pressure makes
distances. You should stop and check the vehicle unstable and can contribute
your tires as soon as possible. Inflate to loss of vehicle control and increased
the tires to the proper pressure as braking distances.
indicated on the vehicle’s placard or tire Continued driving on low pressure tires
inflation pressure label located on the can cause the tires to overheat and fail.
driver’s side center pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station or
if the tire cannot hold the newly added
air, replace the low pressure tire with a
spare tire.

8-11
Emergency situations

TPMS (Tire Pressure Changing a tire with TPMS

Monitoring System) If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
malfunction indicator Pressure will come on. We recommend
that the flat tire be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The TPMS malfunction indicator will
illuminate after it blinks for about one
minute when there is a problem with NOTICE
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System. If We recommend that you use a
the system is able to correctly detect an puncture-repairing agent approved by
under inflation warning at the same time HYUNDAI.
as system failure then it will illuminate
the TPMS malfunction indicator. The sealant on the tire pressure sensor
and wheel shall be eleminated when
We recommend that the system be you replace the tire with a new one.
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside
NOTICE the tire behind the valve stem. You
If there is a malfunction with the TPMS, must use TPMS specific wheels. It is
the low tire pressure position telltale recommended that you have your tires
will not be displayed even though the serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
vehicle has an under-inflated tire. dealer.
Even if you replace the low pressure tire
with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure
CAUTION Telltale will blink or remain on until the
• The TPMS malfunction indicator low pressure tire is repaired and placed
may be illuminated if the vehicle is on the vehicle.
moving around electric power supply After you replace the low pressure tire
cables or radios transmitter such as with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure
at police stations, government and Telltale may blink or illuminate after a
public offices, broadcasting stations, few minutes because the TPMS sensor
military installations, airports, or mounted on the spare wheel is not
transmitting towers, etc. This can initiated.
interfere with normal operation of Once the low pressure tire is re-inflated
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System to the recommended pressure and
(TPMS). installed on the vehicle or the new TPMS
• The TPMS malfunction indicator may sensor mounted on the wheel, the TPMS
illuminate if snow chains or some malfunction indicator and the low tire
separately purchased devices such pressure and position telltales will turn
as notebook computers, mobile off within a few minutes of driving.
charger, remote starter, navigation If the indicator does not turn off after a
etc., are used in the vehicle. This can few minutes of driving, we recommend
interfere with normal operation of that the system be checked by an
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(TPMS).

8-12
 08
NOTICE WARNING
If original mounted tire is replaced
with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor TPMS
on the replaced spare wheel should be • The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
initiated and we recommend that the and sudden tire damage caused by
TPMS sensor on the original mounted external factors such as nails or road
wheel be deactivated by a HYUNDAI debris.
dealer. If the TPMS sensor on the
• If you feel any vehicle instability,
original mounted wheel located in the
immediately take your foot off
spare tire carrier still activates, the
the accelerator, apply the brakes
tire pressure monitoring system may
gradually and with light force, and
not operate properly. We recommend
slowly move to a safe position off the
that the system be serviced by an
road.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

You may not be able to identify a low WARNING

tire by simply looking at it. Always use Protecting TPMS
a good quality tire pressure gauge to
measure the tire’s inflation pressure. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling
Please note that a tire that is hot (from the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
being driven) will have a higher pressure (TPMS) components may interfere
measurement than a tire that is cold. with the system’s ability to warn the
A cold tire means the vehicle is in parked driver of low tire pressure conditions
position for at least 3 hours or driven and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering
less than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that period. with, modifying, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Allow the tire to cool before measuring components may void the warranty for
the inflation pressure. Always be sure that portion of the vehicle.
the tire is cold before inflating to the
recommended pressure.

NOTICE
We recommend that you use the tire
sealant approved by HYUNDAI if your
vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System. The liquid sealant
can damage the tire pressure sensors.

8-13
Emergency situations

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

WARNING Removing and storing the spare
tire
Changing a tire can be dangerous.
Follow the instructions in this section
when changing a tire to reduce the risk
of serious injury or death.

Jack and tools

OBI3083009

Turn the winged hold down bolt

counterclockwise to remove the spare
tire.
Store the spare tire in the same
compartment by turning the winged
OBI3083003 hold down bolt clockwise.
① Jack To prevent the spare tire and tools from
② Jack handle “rattling” store them in their proper
location.
③ Wheel lug nut wrench
④ Towing hook

The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug nut

wrench, towing hook are stored in the
luggage compartment.
The jack is provided for emergency tire
changing only.

OBI3083010

If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-down

wing bolt by hand, you can loosen it
easily using the wheel lug nut wrench.
1. Put the wrench (1) inside of the tire
hold-down wing bolt.
2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise with the wrench.

8-14
 08
Changing tires Follow these steps to change your
vehicle’s tire:
1. Park on a level and firm surface.
WARNING 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park, for
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack dual clutch transmission/automatic
causing serious injury or death to you transmission) or neutral (for manual
or those nearby. Take the following transmission), apply the parking brake,
safety precautions: and place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position.
• Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack. 3. Press the hazard warning flasher
button.
• NEVER attempt to change a tire in
the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the 4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
vehicle completely off the road on jack, jack handle, and spare tire from
level, firm ground away from traffic the vehicle.
before trying to change a tire. If you 5. Block both the front and rear of the
cannot find a level, firm place off tire diagonally opposite of the tire you
the road, call a towing service for are changing.
assistance.
• Be sure to use the jack provided with
the vehicle.
• ALWAYS place the jack on the
designated jacking positions on the
vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers
or any other part of the vehicle for
jacking support.
• Do not start or run the engine while
the vehicle is on the jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain in the
OBI3083008
vehicle while it is on the jack.
• Keep children away from the road 6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts
and the vehicle. counterclockwise one turn each in
the order shown above, but do not
remove any lug nuts until the tire has
been raised off of the ground.

8-15
Emergency situations

10. Install the spare tire onto the studs of

the hub.
11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fingers
onto the studs with the smaller end of
the lug nuts closest to the wheel.
12. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the jack handle
counterclockwise.

OBI3083017

7. Place the jack at the designated

jacking position under the frame
closest to the tire you are changing.
The jacking positions are plates
welded to the frame with two tabs
and a raised dot. Never jack any other
position or part of the vehicle.

OBI3083007

13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to

tighten the lug nuts in the order
shown. Double-check each lug nut
until they are tight. After changing
tires, we recommend that an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten
the lug nuts to their proper torque as
soon as possible. The wheel lug nut
should be tightened to 11~13 kgf.m
OBI3083006
(79~94 lbf.ft).
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack and
turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle
until the tire clears the ground. Before
removing the wheel lug nuts, make
sure the vehicle is stable on the jack.
9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel
lug nut wrench and remove them with
your fingers. Remove the wheel from
the studs and lay it flat on the ground
out of the way. Before removing the
wheel lug nuts, make sure the vehicle
is stable on the jack.

8-16
 08
If you have a tire gauge, check the tire Use of compact spare tires
pressure (see “Tires and Wheels” in (if equipped)
chapter 2 for tire pressure instructions.). Compact spare tires are designed for
If the pressure is lower or higher than emergency use only. Drive carefully on
recommended, drive slowly to the the compact spare tire and always follow
nearest service station and adjust it to the safety precautions.
the recommended pressure. Always
reinstall the valve cap after checking
or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap is WARNING
not replaced, air may leak from the tire.
If you lose a valve cap, buy another To prevent compact spare tire failure
and install it as soon as possible. After and loss of control possibly resulting in
changing tires, secure the flat tire and an accident:
return the jack and tools to their proper • Use the compact spare tire only in an
storage locations. emergency.
• NEVER operate your vehicle over 80
i Information km/h (50 mph).
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s
Check the tire pressure as soon as possible maximum load rating or the load
after installing a spare tire. Adjust it to carrying capacity shown on the
the recommended pressure. sidewall of the compact spare tire.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
NOTICE continuously. Repair or replace the
Your vehicle has metric threads on original tire as soon as possible to
the studs and lug nuts. Make certain avoid failure of the compact spare
during tire changing that the same tire.
nuts that were removed are reinstalled.
If you have to replace your lug nuts
make sure they have metric threads to
avoid damaging the studs and ensure
the wheel is properly secured to the
hub. We recommend that you consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
assistance.

If any of the equipment such as the jack,

lug nuts, studs, or other equipment is
damaged or in poor condition, do not
attempt to change the tire and call for
assistance.

8-17
Emergency situations

When driving with the compact spare NOTICE

tire mounted to your vehicle:
To prevent damaging the compact
• Check the tire pressure after installing spare tire and your vehicle:
the compact spare tire. The compact
• Drive slowly enough for the road
spare tire should be inflated to 420
conditions to avoid all hazards, such
kPa (60 psi).
as a potholes or debris.
• Do not take this vehicle through an
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
automatic car wash while the compact
compact spare tire diameter is
spare tire is installed.
smaller than the diameter of a
• Do not use the compact spare tire on conventional tire and reduces the
any other vehicle because this tire ground clearance approximately 25
has been designed especially for your mm (1 inch).
vehicle.
• Do not use tire chains on the compact
• The compact spare tire’s tread life spare tire. Because of the smaller
is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect size, a tire chain will not fit properly.
your compact spare tire regularly and
• Do not use the compact spare tire
replace worn compact spare tires with
on any other wheels, nor should
the same size and design, mounted on
standard tires, snow tires, wheel
the same wheel.
covers or trim rings be used with the
• Do not use more than one compact compact spare wheel.
spare tire at a time.
• Do not tow a trailer while the compact
spare tire is installed.

i Information
When the original tire and wheel are
repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle,
the lug nut torque must be set correctly
to prevent wheel vibration. The correct
lug nut tightening torque is 11~13 kgf.m
(79~94 lbf.ft).

8-18
 08
Jack label
Example


1C_JACKLABEL.JPG

❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

1. Model Name 8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles

2. Maximum allowable load with manual transmission or move the
shift lever to the P (Park) position on
3. When using the jack, set your parking vehicles with dual clutch transmission/
brake. automatic transmission
4. When using the jack, stop the engine. 9. The jack should be used on firm level
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is ground.
supported by a jack. 10. Jack manufacture
6. The designated locations under the 11. Production date
frame
12. Representative company and address
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base
plate of jack must be vertical under
the lifting point.

8-19
Emergency situations

EC Declaration of conformity for Jack

NX4I082001

8-20
 08
TOWING
Towing service NOTICE
• Do not tow the vehicle with 4 wheels
on the ground (such as dinghy towing
behind a motorhome or other motor
vehicle) as this can seriously damage
the transmission.

OBI3083018

OBI3083026L

• Do not tow the vehicle with the front

wheels on the ground as this may
cause damage to the vehicle and the
transmissions.
OBI3083019
[1] : Dollies
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service. Proper
lifting and towing procedures are
necessary to prevent damage to the
vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.
OBI3083020
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with
the rear wheels on the ground (without • Do not tow with sling-type
dollies) and the front wheels off the equipment. Use a wheel lift or flatbed
ground. If any of the loaded wheels or equipment.
suspension components are damaged or
the vehicle is being towed with the front
wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly
under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow
truck and wheel dollies are not used, the
front of the vehicle should always be
lifted, not the rear.

OBI3083021

8-21
Emergency situations

When towing your vehicle in an Removable towing hook

emergency without wheel dollies:
5 Door

1. Place the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.

NOTICE
Failure to place the shift lever in N
(Neutral) when being towed with the
front wheels on the ground can cause OBI3083022
internal damage to the transmission. 5 Door

•N line

OBI3NL083022

1. Open the tailgate, and remove the

towing hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing the
lower part of the cover on the front
bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is fully
secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install
the cover after use.

8-22
 08
Emergency towing Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a short
Front
 distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in good
condition.

CAUTION
The driver must be in the vehicle for
steering and braking operations when
OBI3083023 the vehicle is being towed. Passengers
Front

other than the driver must not be in the
•N line
vehicle.

Always follow these emergency towing

precautions:
• Place the ignition switch in the ACC
position so the steering wheel is not
locked.
• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
OBI3NL083023 • Release the parking brake.
Rear
 • Depress the brake pedal with more
force than normal since you will have
reduced braking performance.
• More steering effort will be required
because the power steering system
will be disabled.
• Use a vehicle heavier than your own to
tow your vehicle.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
OBI3083024 communicate with each other
frequently.
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you have it done by an authorized • Before emergency towing, check that
HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow the hook is not broken or damaged.
truck service. • Fasten the towing cable or chain
If towing service is not available in securely to the hook.
an emergency, your vehicle may be • Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and
temporarily towed using a cable or chain even force.
secured to the emergency towing hook
at the front (or rear) of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver
must be in the vehicle to steer it and
operate the brakes.

8-23
Emergency situations

NOTICE
To avoid damage to your vehicle and
vehicle components when towing:
• Always pull straight ahead when
using the towing hooks. Do not pull
from the side or at a vertical angle.
• Do not use the towing hooks to pull
a vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
OBI3081014L power.
• Use a towing cable or chain less than 5 • The vehicle should be towed at a
m (16 feet) long. Attach a white or red speed of 25 km/h (15 mph) or less
cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) within the distance of 20 km (12
in the middle of the cable or chain for miles). (for manual transmission)
easy visibility. • The vehicle should be towed at a
• Drive carefully so the towing cable or speed of 15 km/h (10 mph) or less
chain remains tight during towing. within the distance of 1.5 km (1
mile). (for dual clutch transmission/
• Before towing, check the dual clutch automatic transmission)
transmission/automatic transmission
for fluid leaks under your vehicle.
If the dual clutch transmission/
automatic transmission fluid is leaking,
flatbed equipment or a towing dolly
must be used.

NOTICE
Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle
in a slow and gradual manner while
maintaining tension on the tow rope
or chain to start or drive the vehicle,
otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle
may be damaged.

8-24
9. Maintenance

Engine compartment......................................................................................9-4
Maintenance services ..................................................................................... 9-7
Owner’s responsibility ...............................................................................................9-7
Owner maintenance precautions..............................................................................9-7
Owner maintenance .......................................................................................9-9
Owner maintenance schedule ................................................................................. 9-9
Scheduled maintenance service .................................................................. 9-11
Normal maintenance schedule - gasoline engine ................................................. 9-12
Maintenance under severe usage conditions - gasoline engine ..........................9-16
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ........................................... 9-18
Engine oil ........................................................................................................9-21
Checking the engine oil level .................................................................................. 9-21
Changing the engine oil and filter.......................................................................... 9-23
Engine coolant .............................................................................................. 9-24
Checking the coolant level ..................................................................................... 9-24
Recommended engine coolant .............................................................................. 9-26
Changing the coolant ............................................................................................. 9-26
Brake/clutch fluid ......................................................................................... 9-27
Checking the brake/clutch fluid level .....................................................................9-27
Washer fluid .................................................................................................. 9-29
Checking the washer fluid level ............................................................................. 9-29
Parking brake ................................................................................................9-30
Checking the parking brake ................................................................................... 9-30
Air cleaner .....................................................................................................9-30
Filter replacement ................................................................................................... 9-30
Climate control air filter................................................................................ 9-32
Filter inspection....................................................................................................... 9-32
Filter replacement ................................................................................................... 9-32

9
 Wiper blades ................................................................................................. 9-33
Blade inspection...................................................................................................... 9-33
Blade replacement .................................................................................................. 9-34
Battery ...........................................................................................................9-36
For best battery service .......................................................................................... 9-36
Battery capacity label ............................................................................................. 9-38
Battery recharging .................................................................................................. 9-38
Reset items .............................................................................................................. 9-39
Battery replacement ............................................................................................... 9-39
Tires and wheels ...........................................................................................9-39
Tire care ................................................................................................................... 9-39
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ......................................................... 9-39
Checking tire inflation pressure ..............................................................................9-41
Tire rotation ............................................................................................................. 9-42
Wheel alignment and tire balance ......................................................................... 9-43
Tire replacement ..................................................................................................... 9-43
Wheel replacement ................................................................................................. 9-45
Tire traction ............................................................................................................. 9-45
Tire maintenance .................................................................................................... 9-45
Tire sidewall labeling............................................................................................... 9-45
Low aspect ratio tire................................................................................................9-49
Fuses ..............................................................................................................9-50
Instrument panel fuse replacement .......................................................................9-51
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement ..................................................... 9-52
Fuse/relay panel description .................................................................................. 9-53

9
9. Maintenance

Light bulbs .....................................................................................................9-64

Headlight, Position light, Turn signal light bulb replacement .............................. 9-65
Side repeater light replacement ............................................................................ 9-70
Rear combination light bulb replacement ............................................................ 9-70
High mounted stop light replacement ...................................................................9-74
License plate light bulb replacement .....................................................................9-74
Interior light bulb replacement ...............................................................................9-75
Appearance care ........................................................................................... 9-76
Exterior care ............................................................................................................ 9-76
Interior care ............................................................................................................. 9-82
Emission control system...............................................................................9-85
Crankcase emission control system ...................................................................... 9-85
Evaporative emission control system .................................................................... 9-85
Exhaust emission control system ...........................................................................9-86

9
Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Gasoline Engine (Kappa 1.0 T-GDI)

- Left Hand Drive

- Right Hand Drive

The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBI3093030L/OBI3093047L

1. Engine coolant reservoir 6. Battery

2. Engine oil filler cap 7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
3. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir 8. Radiator cap
4. Air cleaner 9. Engine oil dipstick
5. Fuse box

9-4
 09
Gasoline engine (Smartstream G1.2)

- Left Hand Drive

- Right Hand Drive

The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBC3090003/OBC3090003R

1. Engine coolant reservoir 6. Battery

2. Engine oil filler cap 7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
3. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir 8. Radiator cap
4. Air cleaner 9. Engine oil dipstick
5. Fuse box

*: if equipped

9-5
Maintenance

Gasoline engine (1.4 MPI)


- Left Hand Drive

- Right Hand Drive

The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBI3090032L/OBI3090032

1. Engine coolant reservoir 6. Battery

2. Engine oil filler cap 7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
3. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir 8. Radiator cap
4. Air cleaner 9. Engine oil dipstick
5. Fuse box

*: if equipped

9-6
 09
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care Owner maintenance
to prevent damage to your vehicle and precautions
injury to yourself whenever performing
any maintenance or inspection Improper or incomplete service may
procedures. Inadequate, incomplete result in problems. This chapter gives
or insufficient servicing may result in instructions only for the maintenance
operational problems with your vehicle items that are easy to perform.
that could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury.
i Information
Improper owner maintenance during the
Owner’s responsibility warranty period may affect warranty
coverage. For details, read the separate
Information Service Passport provided with the
i vehicle. If you’re unsure about any
Maintenance Service and Record servicing or maintenance procedure, we
Retention are the owner’s responsibility. recommend that the system be serviced by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
We recommend in general that you have
your vehicle serviced by an authorized WARNING
HYUNDAI dealer.
Maintenance work
You should retain documents that show
proper maintenance has been performed • Performing maintenance work on a
on your vehicle in accordance with vehicle can be dangerous. You can
the scheduled maintenance service be seriously injured while performing
charts shown on the following pages. some maintenance procedures.
You need this information to establish If you lack sufficient knowledge
your compliance with the servicing and experience or the proper tools
and maintenance requirements of your and equipment to do the work, we
vehicle warranties. recommend that the system be
Detailed warranty information is serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
provided in your Service Passport. dealer.
Repairs and adjustments required as • Working under the hood with the
a result of improper maintenance or a engine running is dangerous. It
lack of required maintenance are not becomes even more dangerous when
covered when your vehicle is covered by you wear jewelry or loose clothing.
warranty. These can become entangled in
moving parts and result in injury.
Therefore, if you must run the engine
while working under the hood, make
certain that you remove all jewelry
(especially rings, bracelets, watches,
and necklaces) and all neckties,
scarves, and similar loose clothing
before getting near the engine or
cooling fans.

9-7
Maintenance

WARNING
Do not leave gloves, rags or any other
combustible material in the engine
compartment. Doing so may cause a
heat-induced fire.

NOTICE
• Do not put heavy objects or apply
excessive force on top of the engine
cover (if equipped) or fuel related
parts.
• When you inspect the fuel system
(fuel lines and fuel injection devices),
we recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not drive long time with the
engine cover (if equipped) removed.
• When checking the engine room, do
not go near fire. Fuel, washer fluid,
etc., are flammable oils that may
cause fire.
• Before touching the battery, ignition
cables and electrical wiring, you
should disconnect the battery “-”
terminal. Otherwise, you may get
an electric shock from the electric
current.
• When you remove the interior trim
cover with a flat head (-) driver, be
careful not to damage the cover.
• Be careful when you replace and
clean bulbs to avoid burns or
electrical shock.

9-8
 09
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks Owner maintenance schedule
and inspections that should be
performed at the frequencies indicated When you stop for fuel:
to help ensure safe, dependable • Check the coolant level in coolant
operation of your vehicle. reservoir.
Any adverse conditions should be • Check the windshield washer fluid
brought to the attention of your dealer level.
as soon as possible. • Look for low or under-inflated tires.
These Owner Maintenance Checks are • Check the radiator and condenser.
generally not covered by warranties and
you may be charged for labor, parts and Check if the front of the radiator and
lubricants used. condenser are clean and not blocked
with leaves, dirt or insects etc.
If any of the above parts are extremely
dirty or you are not sure of their
condition, we recommend that you
contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

WARNING
Be careful when checking your engine
coolant level if the engine is hot.
Scalding hot coolant and steam may
blow out under pressure. This could
cause burns or other serious injury.

9-9
Maintenance

While operating your vehicle: At least twice a year

• Note any changes in the sound of the (for example, every Spring and Fall):
exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes • Check the radiator, heater and air
in the vehicle. conditioning hoses for leaks or
• Check for vibrations in the steering damage.
wheel. Notice any increased steering • Check the windshield washer spray
effort or looseness in the steering and wiper operation. Clean wiper
wheel, or change in its straight-ahead blades with clean cloth dampened
position. with washer fluid.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly turns • Check the headlight alignment.
slightly or “pulls” to one side when • Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
traveling on smooth, level road. shields and clamps.
• When stopping, listen and check for • Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear
unusual sounds, pulling to one side, and function.
increased brake pedal travel or “hard-
to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the At least once a year:
operation of your transmission occurs, • Clean the body and door drain holes.
check the transmission fluid level. • Lubricate the door hinges and checks,
• Check the parking brake. and hood hinges.
• Check for fluid leaks under your • Lubricate the door and hood locks and
vehicle (water dripping from the air latches.
conditioning system during or after • Lubricate the door rubber
use is normal). weatherstrips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
At least monthly: • Inspect and lubricate dual clutch
• Check the coolant level in the engine transmission/automatic transmission
coolant reservoir. linkage and controls.
• Check the operation of all exterior • Clean the battery and terminals.
lights, including the stoplights, turn • Check the brake/clutch fluid level.
signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires that
are worn, show uneven wear, or are
damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

9-10
 09
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of
the following conditions apply.
If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions.
• Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal
temperature of less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature.
• Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances.
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads.
• Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather.
• Driving in heavy dust conditions.
• Driving in heavy traffic area.
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road.
• Using for a towing or camping and driving with loads on the roof.
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing.
• Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/deceleration.
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions.
• Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semi-synthetic, Lower
grade spec, etc.)

For additional information or assistance see your authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

i Information
• As it is normal for engine oil to be consumed during driving, the engine oil level should
be checked on regular basis.
• The engine oil change interval for normal operating conditions is based on the use of
the recommended engine specification. If the recommended engine oil specification
is not used, then replace the engine oil according to the maintenance schedule under
severe operating conditions.

9-11
9-12
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINE
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Maintenance

Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Drive belts *1 I I I I
6 7
1.0 T-GDi * * Replace every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 12 months
2 3 Except Middle East Replace every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months
Engine oil and engine oil filter * * 1.4 MPI,
Smartstream
G1.2 Middle East Replace every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 12 months
4
Fuel additives * Smartstream G1.2 Add every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 12 months
Air cleaner filter R R R R R R R R
1.4 MPI Replace every 150,000km (100,000 miles)
Spark plugs *5 1.0 T-GDi Replace every 70,000 km (42,000 miles)
Smartstream G1.2 Replace every 150,000 km (100,000 miles) or 120 months
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*1 : Adjust alternator and water pump drive belt and air conditioner drive belt (if equipped). Inspect and if necessary correct or replace.
*2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip.
*3 : Never add any additives to the engine oil. Engine oil additives can change the properties of engine oil and may cause serious engine
failure.
*4 : If good quality gasoline that meet Europe Fuel standards (EN228) or equivalents including fuel additives is not available, one bottle of
additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them.
Do not mix other additives.
*5 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it’s interval when you do maintenance of other items.
*6 : The replacement cycle of engine oil is set by the period during which the performance of our recommended engine oil is maintained.
So, if recommended engine oil is not used, a replacement is required as indicated severe usage condition.
*7 : As it is normal for engine oil to be consumed during driving, the amount of engine oil should be checked regularly.
 NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Valve clearance *8 Inspect 90,000km (60,000miles) or 72 months
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap I I
Vacuum hose I I I I
Fuel filter *9 I R I R
Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I
Inspect “Coolant level and leak” every day
Cooling system
Inspect “Water pump” when replacing the drive belt or timing belt
At first replace at 200,000 km or 120 months,
Engine coolant *10
after that replace for every 40,000 km or 24 months *11
Battery condition I I I I I I I I

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.
*8 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer should perform the
operation.
*9 : The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends
on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc,
replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
*10 : When adding coolant, use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the
factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.

9-13
09
9-14
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Maintenance

Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
All electrical systems I I I I
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I
Brake pedal, clutch pedal I I I I I I I I
Parking brake I I I I
Brake/clutch fluid I I R I I R I I
Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I
Drum brakes and linings I I I I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I
Driveshaft and boots I I I I
11
Tire (pressure & tread wear) * I I I I I I I I
Front suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.
*11 : The tire is recommended to be rotated every 10,000km (6,200miles)
 NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Bolt and nuts on chassis and body I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner refrigerant (if equipped) I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor (if equipped) I I I I I I I I
Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R
Manual transmission fluid (if equipped) *12 No Check, No Service required
Automatic transmission fluid (if equipped) No check, No service required
Dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped) No check, No service required

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.
*12 : Manual transmission fluid should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.

9-15
09
9-16
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - GASOLINE ENGINE
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.
Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace R:Replace or change

Maintenance Driving
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals
operation condition
1.0 T-GDi R Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months
For Middle
R Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months
East
1.4 MPI
Engine oil and Except Middle A, B, C, D, E, F,
R Every 7,500 km (4,500 miles) or 6 months
engine oil filter East G, H, I, J ,K, L
For Middle
R Every 5,000km (3,000miles) or 6 months
Smartstream East
G1.2 Except Middle
R Every 7,500km (5,000miles) or 6 months
East
Air cleaner filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C, E

Spark plugs R Replace more frequently depending on the condition A, B, F, G, H, I, K

Manual transmission fluid (if equipped) R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) C, D, F, G, H, I, J

Dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped) R Every 120,000 km (80,000miles) C, D, F, G, H, I, J

A, C, F, G, H, I,
Automatic transmission fluid (if equipped) R Every 100,000 km (62,000 miles)
J, K
 Maintenance Driving
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals
operation condition
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G

Front suspension ball joints I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G

Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, G, H

Drum brakes and linings I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, G, H

Parking brake I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, G, H

C, D, E, F, G,
Driveshaft and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition
H, I, J
Climate control air filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C, E

Severe driving conditions

A : Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 8 km (5 miles) G : Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road.
in normal temperature of less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing H : Using for a towing or camping and driving with loads on the roof.
temperature.
I : Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
B : Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances. towing.
C : Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread J : Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/
roads. deceleration.
D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very K : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions.
cold weather.
L : Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semi-
E : Driving in heavy dust conditions. synthetic, Lower grade spec, etc.)
F : Driving in heavy traffic area.

9-17
09
Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Engine oil and filter Fuel lines, fuel hoses and
The engine oil and filter should be connections
changed at the intervals specified in Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
the maintenance schedule. If the car connections for leakage and damage.
is being driven in severe conditions, We recommend that the fuel lines, fuel
more frequent oil and filter changes are hoses and connections be replaced by
required. an authoized HYUNDAI dealer.

Drive belts Vapor hose and fuel filler cap

Inspect all drive belts for evidence The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should
of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil be inspected at those intervals specified
saturation and replace if necessary. in the maintenance schedule. Make sure
Drive belts should be checked that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is
periodically for proper tension and correctly replaced.
adjusted as necessary.

NOTICE
When you are inspecting the belt, place
the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF or
ACC position.

Fuel filter
A clogged filter can limit the speed
at which the vehicle may be driven,
damage the emission system and cause
multiple issues such as hard starting.
If an excessive amount of foreign
matter accumulates in the fuel tank, the
filter may require replacement more
frequently.
After installing a new filter, run the
engine for several minutes, and check
for leaks at the connections.
We recommend that the fuel filter be
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

9-18
 09
Vacuum crankcase ventilation Valve clearance (For 1.0 T-GDi)
hoses (if equipped) Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or
Inspect the surface of hoses for engine vibration and adjust if necessary.
evidence of heat and/or mechanical We recommend that the system be
damage. Hard and brittle rubber, serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and dealer.
excessive swelling indicate deterioration.
Particular attention should be paid to
examine those hose surfaces nearest to Cooling system
high heat sources, such as the exhaust Check cooling system components, such
manifold. as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and
Inspect the hose routing to assure that connections for leakage and damage.
the hoses do not come in contact with Replace any damaged parts.
any heat source, sharp edges or moving
component which might cause heat
damage or mechanical wear. Inspect Coolant
all hose connections, such as clamps The coolant should be changed at the
and couplings, to make sure they are intervals specified in the maintenance
secure, and that no leaks are present. schedule.
Hoses should be replaced immediately if
there is any evidence of deterioration or
damage. Manual transmission fluid
(if equipped)
Air cleaner filter Inspect the manual transmission fluid
according to the maintenance schedule.
We recommend that the air cleaner filter
be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. Automatic transmission fluid
(if equipped)
Spark plugs Automatic transmission fluid should
Make sure to install new spark plugs of not be checked under normal usage
the correct heat range. conditions.
When assembling parts, be sure to We recommend that the automatic
wipe out foreign substances inside transmission fluid is changed by an
and outside of the boot bottom of the authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to
ignition coil and the insulator of the the maintenance schedule.
spark plug with a soft cloth to prevent
contamination of the spark plug Dual clutch transmission fluid
insulator. (if equipped)
Inspect the dual clutch transmission
WARNING fluid according to the maintenance
Do not disconnect and inspect spark schedule.
plugs when the engine is hot. You may
burn yourself.

9-19
Maintenance

Brake hoses and lines Steering gear box, linkage &

Visually check for proper installation, boots/lower arm ball joint
chafing, cracks, deterioration and any With the vehicle stopped and engine
leakage. Replace any deteriorated or off, check for excessive free-play in the
damaged parts immediately. steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage.
Brake/clutch fluid (if equipped) Check the dust boots and ball joints
for deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Check brake/clutch fluid level in the Replace any damaged parts.
brake fluid reservoir. The level should
be between “MIN” (Minimum) and
“MAX” (Maximum) marks on the side of Drive shafts and boots
the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake/ Check the drive shafts, boots and
clutch fluid conforming to DOT 4. clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged parts
Parking brake and, if necessary, repack the grease.
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake lever and Air conditioning refrigerant
cables. (if equipped)
Check the air conditioning lines and
Rear brake drums and linings connections for leakage and damage.
(if equipped)
Check the rear brake drums and linings
for scoring, burning, leaking fluid,
broken parts, and excessive wear.

Brake pads, calipers and discs

Check the pads for excessive wear, discs
for run out and wear, and calipers for
fluid leakage.

Suspension mounting bolts

Check the suspension connections for
looseness or damage. Retighten to the
specified torque.

9-20
 09
ENGINE OIL
Engine oil is used for lubricating, Gasoline 1.0 T-GDI

cooling, and operating various hydraulic
components in the engine. Engine oil
consumption while driving is normal,
and it is necessary to check and refill the
engine oil regularly. Also, check and refill
the oil level within the recommended
maintenance schedule to prevent
deterioration of oil performance.
Check the engine oil following the below
procedure.
OBI3090003

Smartstream G1.2

Checking the engine oil level
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer’s
precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the lovel
ground in P (Park) with the parking
brake set. if possible, block the
wheels.
3. Turn the engine on and warm
the engine up until the coolant
temperature reaches a constant OBC3090009
normal temperature. Gasoline Engine (1.4 MPI)

4. Turn the engine off, remove the oil
filler cap and pull the dipstick out.
Wait for 15 minutes for the oil to return
to the oil pan.
5. Wipe the dipstick clean and re-insert it
fully.

OBI3090034

6. Pull the dipstick out again and check

the level. The level should be between
F (Full) and L (Low).

9-21
Maintenance

Gasoline 1.0 T-GDI

 NOTICE
To prevent damage to you engine:
• Do not spill engine oil when adding or
changing engine oil. Wipe off spilled
oil immediately.
• The engine oil consumption may
increase while you break in a new
vehicle and it will be stabilized after
driving 6,000 km (4,000 miles).
• The engine oil consumption can be
OBI3090004 affected by driving habits, climate
Smartstream G1.2
 conditions, traffic conditions,
oil quality, etc. Therefore, it is
recommended that you inspect the
engine oil level regularly and refill it if
necessary.

OBC3090013
Gasoline Engine (1.4 MPI)


OBI3090035

7. If the oil level is below L, add enough

oil to bring the level to F (Full). Do not
overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil from

being spilled on engine components.
Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer
to “Recommended lubricants and
capacities” in chapter 2.)

9-22
 09
Changing the engine oil and i Information
filter
(For Smartstream G1.2)
When the oil pressure is low due to
insufficient engine oil, the Engine
Oil Pressure ( ) warning light will
illuminate. In addition, the enhanced
engine protection system, which limits
the engine’s power is activated and the
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ( ) will
illuminate when the vehicle is driven in
this state continuously. When the engine
oil pressure is restored, the warning
light and the enhanced engine protection
system will turn off after the engine is
• We recommend that the engine oil restarted.
and filter be replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the maintenance schedule to CAUTION
replace engine oil is exceeded,
the engine oil performance may The engine oil is very hot immediately
deteriorate, and the engine condition after the vehicle has been driven and
may be affected. Therefore, replace can cause burns during replacement.
the engine oil according to the Replace the engine oil after the engine
maintenance schedule. oil has cooled down.
• To keep the engine in optimal
condition, use the recommended WARNING
engine oil and filter. If the
recommended engine oil and filter are Used engine oil may cause skin
not used replace it according to the irritation or cancer if left in contact
maintenance schedule under severe with the skin for prolonged periods
usage conditions. of time. Used engine oil contains
chemicals that have caused cancer in
• The purpose of the maintenance laboratory animals. Always protect your
schedule for engine oil replacement skin by washing your hands thoroughly
is to prevent oil deterioration and it is with soap and warm water as soon as
irrelevant to oil consumption. Check possible after handling used oil.
and refill engine oil regularly.
NOTICE
Never add any additives to the engine
oil. Engine oil additives can change the
properties of engine oil and may cause
serious engine failure.

9-23
Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system Checking the coolant level
has a reservoir filled with year-round Gasoline 1.0 T-GDI

antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled
at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at the
beginning of the winter season, and
before traveling to a colder climate.

NOTICE
• Do not drive with no engine coolant.
It may cause water pump failure and OBI3090008
engine seizure, etc. Check the condition and connections
• When the engine overheats from of all cooling system hoses and
low engine coolant, suddenly adding heater hoses. Replace any swollen or
engine coolant may cause cracks deteriorated hoses.
in the engine. To prevent damage, The coolant level should be filled
add engine coolant slowly in small between F (Full) and L (Low) marked on
quantities. the side of the coolant reservoir when
the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water.
Bring the level to F (Full), but do
not overfill. If frequent additions are
required, we recommend that the
system be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

9-24
 09
Gasoline 1.0 T-GDI

WARNING
Removing radiator cap

• Never attempt to remove the radiator

cap while the engine is operating or
hot. Doing so might lead to cooling
OBI3090009
system and engine damage and could
result in serious personal injury from
Smartstream G1.2
 escaping hot coolant or steam.
• Turn the engine off and wait until it
cools down. Use extreme care when
removing the radiator cap. Wrap
a thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the first
stop. Step back while the pressure
is released from the cooling system.
When you are sure all the pressure
has been released, press down on the
OBI3093048
cap, using a thick towel, and continue
Gasoline Engine (1.4 MPI)
 turning counterclockwise to remove
it.
• Even if the engine is not operating,
do not remove the radiator cap
or the drain plug while the engine
and radiator are hot. Hot coolant
and steam may still blow out under
pressure, causing serious injury.

WARNING
OBI3090036
The electric motor (cooling
fan) is controlled by engine
coolant temperature,
refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed. It may
sometimes operate even when the
engine is not running. Use extreme
caution when working near the blades
of the cooling fan so that you are not
injured by a rotating fan blades. As the
engine coolant temperature decreases,
the electric motor will automatically
shut off. This is a normal condition.

9-25
Maintenance

Recommended engine coolant WARNING

• Use only soft (distilled) water in the Radiator cap
coolant mixture.
• The engine in your vehicle has Do not remove the radiator
aluminum engine parts and must be cap when the engine and
protected by an ethylene-glycol-based radiator are hot. Scalding
coolant to prevent corrosion and hot coolant and steam
freezing. may blow out under pressure causing
serious injury.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified
coolant. Changing the coolant
• Do not use a solution that contains We recommend that the coolant be
more than 60% antifreeze or less than replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
35% antifreeze, which would reduce dealer.
the effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the

NOTICE
following table. Put a thick cloth or fabric around the
radiator cap before refilling the coolant
Mixture Percentage
Ambient in order to prevent the coolant from
(volume)
Temperature overflowing into engine parts such as
Antifreeze Water the alternator.
-15°C (5°F) 35 65
-25°C (-13°F) 40 60 WARNING
-35°C (-31°F) 50 50 Coolant
-45°C (-49°F) 60 40 • Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed on
the windshield and may cause loss
of vehicle control or damage to paint
and body trim.

9-26
 09
BRAKE/CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID
Checking the brake/clutch fluid WARNING
level
Loss of brake fluid
Left Hand Drive

In the event the brake system
requires frequent additions of fluid,
we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

i Information
Before removing the brake/clutch filter
cap, read the warning on the cap.
OBI3090037L
Right Hand Drive

WARNING
Clean the filler cap before removing.
Use only DOT 4 brake/clutch fluid from
a sealed container.

OBC3090016R

Check the fluid level in the reservoir

periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX (Maximum) and MIN
(Minimum) marks on the side of the
reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap and
adding the brake/clutch fluid, clean
the area around the reservoir cap
thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch fluid
contamination. If the level is low, add
the fluid to the MAX (Maximum) level.
The level will fall with accumulated
mileage. This is a normal condition
associated with the wear of the brake
linings and/or clutch disc (if equipped).
If the fluid level is excessively low, we
recommend that the system be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid.

(Refer to “Recommended lubricants or
capacities” in chapter 2.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
9-27
Maintenance

WARNING
Brake/clutch fluid
When changing and adding the brake/
clutch fluid, handle it carefully. Do not
let it come in contact with your eyes. If
the brake/clutch fluid come in contact
with your eyes, immediately flush them
with a large quantity of fresh tap water.
Have your eyes examined by a doctor
as soon as possible.

NOTICE
• Do not allow the brake/clutch fluid to
contact the vehicle’s body paint, as it
will result in paint damage.
• NEVER use brake/clutch fluid which
have been exposed to open air for an
extended time, as its quality cannot
be guaranteed. It should be properly
disposed.
• Don’t put in the wrong kind of fluid.
A few drops of mineral-based oil
in your brake/clutch system can
damage brake/clutch system parts.

9-28
 09
WASHER FLUID
Checking the washer fluid level WARNING
Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed on
the windshield and may cause loss
of vehicle control or damage to the
paint and body trim.
• Windshield washer fluid agents
OBI3090038 contain some amounts of alcohol
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid and can be flammable under certain
reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain circumstances. Do not allow sparks
water may be used if washer fluid is not or flame come in contact with the
available. washer fluid or the washer fluid
reservoir. Damage to the vehicle or
However, use washer solvent with occupants could occur.
antifreeze characteristics in cold
climates to prevent freezing. • Windshield washer fluid is poisonous
to humans and animals. Do not drink
and avoid coming in contact with
the windshield washer fluid. Serious
injury or death could occur.

9-29
Maintenance

PARKING BRAKE AIR CLEANER

Checking the parking brake Filter replacement

OBI3063014L
OBC3090018
Check the stroke of the parking brake by
counting the number of “clicks’’ heard The air cleaner filter can be cleaned for
while fully applying it from the released inspection using compressed air.
position. Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it.
Also, the parking brake alone should Otherwise, water will damage the filter.
securely hold the vehicle on a fairly If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be
steep grade. If the stroke is more or less replaced.
than specified, we recommend that the
system be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Stroke : 5~7 “clicks’’ at a force of 20 kg
(44 lbs, 196 N).

9-30
 09
i Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the element
more often than the usual recommended
intervals (refer to “Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions” in this chapter).

NOTICE
OBI3093057 • Do not drive with the air cleaner filter
removed. This will result in excessive
engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner filter,
be careful that dust or dirt does not
enter the air intake, or damage may
result.
• Use HYUNDAI genuine parts or the
equivalent specified for your vehicle.
Use of non-genuine parts could
damage the air flow sensor.
OBI3093058

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching

clips and open the cover.
2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
4. Lock the cover with the cover
attaching clips.
5. Check that the cover is firmly
installed.

9-31
Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

Filter inspection
If the vehicle is operated in the severely
air-polluted cities or on dusty rough
roads for a long period, it should be
inspected more frequently and replaced
earlier. When you, the owner, replace
the climate control air filter, replace it
performing the following procedure,
and be careful to avoid damaging other
components. OBI3093011L
Replace the filter according to the 2. Push in both sides of the glove box as
maintenance Schedule. shown. This will ensure that the glove
box stopper pins will get released
Filter replacement from its holding location allowing the
glove box to hang.

OBI3053061L

1. Open the glove box. OBI3093012L

3. Remove the climate control air filter

cover by pushing or pressing the clip
on right side.

9-32
 09
WIPER BLADES
Blade inspection

ODH073012

4. Clean the climate control air filter. 1JBA5122

5. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly. i Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by
NOTICE automatic car washes have been known to
make the windshield difficult to clean.
Install a new climate control air filter
in the correct direction with the arrow
symbol () facing downwards. Contamination of either the windshield
Otherwise, the climate control effects or the wiper blades with foreign matter
may decrease, possibly with a noise. can reduce the effectiveness of the
windshield wipers. Common sources
of contamination are insects, tree sap,
and hot wax treatments used by some
commercial car washes. If the blades
are not wiping properly, clean both the
window and the blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper blades,
do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or near
them.

9-33
Maintenance

Blade replacement Front windshield wiper blade

When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn or
cracked, and require replacement.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, do not attempt
to move the wipers manually.

NOTICE
The use of a non-specified wiper blade 2C_FONTWIPERREPLACEMENTPROCEDURE_2
could result in wiper malfunction and 1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper
failure. blade assembly to expose the plastic
locking clip.

NOTICE
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it may
chip or crack the windshield.

9-34
 09
Rear window wiper blade
(if equipped)

2C_FONTWIPERREPLACEMENTPROCEDURE_3 OBI3093055

1. Raise the wiper arm and rotate the

wiper blade assembly (1).
2. Pull out the wiper blade assembly.

OLMB073022

2. Compress the clip and slide the blade

assembly downward.
3. Lift it off the arm.
OBI3093056
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal. 3. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the slot
in the wiper arm until it clicks into
place.
4. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, we recommend
that the wiper blade be replaced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-35
Maintenance

BATTERY
For best battery service i Information - For batteries
marked with UPPER and
LOWER

OBI3090013

• Keep the battery securely mounted.

OHYK077011
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections If your vehicle is equipped with a battery
clean, tight, and coated with marked with LOWER (MIN) and UPPER
petroleum jelly or terminal grease. (MAX) on the side, you should check the
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the electrolyte level.
battery immediately with a solution of The electrolyte level should be between
water and baking soda. LOWER (MIN) and UPPER (MAX).
• If the vehicle is not going to be used Be careful not to spill distilled (or
for an extended time, disconnect the de-mineralized) water over the battery
negative terminal cable of the battery surface or other adjacent components.
to prevent discharge. Also, do not overfill the battery cells.
If not, it may corrode the battery or other
components. Finally, securely close the
cell cap. However, we recommend you to
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
for better battery service.

NOTICE
If the Electrolyte level is Low, add
distilled (or demineralized) water.
Never add sulfuric acid or other
electrolyte.

9-36
 09
WARNING If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes
Battery dangers with clean water for at least
Always read the following 15 minutes and get
instructions carefully when immediate medical
handling a battery. attention. If electrolyte gets
on your skin, thoroughly
wash the contacted area. If
you feel a pain or a burning
Keep lighted cigarettes and sensation, get medical
all other flames or sparks attention immediately.
away from the battery. Wear eye protection when
charging or working near a
battery. Always provide
ventilation when working in
Hydrogen, a highly an enclosed space.
combustible gas, is always
present in battery cells and An inappropriately
may explode if ignited. disposed battery can be
harmful to the environment
and human health. Dispose
Keep batteries out of the the battery according to
reach of children because your local law(s) or
batteries contain highly regulation.
corrosive SULFURIC ACID.
Do not allow battery acid to The battery contains lead.
contact your skin, eyes, Do not dispose of it after
clothing or paint finish. use. Please return the
battery to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer to be
recycled.
• When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
cause battery acid to leak, resulting
in personal injury. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Never attempt to recharge the
battery when the battery cables are
connected.
• The electrical ignition system works
with high voltage. Never touch these
components with the engine running
or the ignition switched on.
Failure to follow the above warnings
can result in serious bodily injury or
death.

9-37
Maintenance

NOTICE Battery recharging

If you connect unauthorized electronic Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
devices to the battery, the battery may calcium-based battery.
be discharged. Never use unauthorized
devices. • If the battery becomes discharged in a
short time (because, for example, the
headlights or interior lights were left
Battery capacity label on while the vehicle was not in use),
recharge it by slow charging (trickle)
Example for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while the
vehicle is being used, recharge it at
20-30A for two hours.

WARNING
Recharging battery
When recharging the battery, observe
OQXI079062
the following precautions:
❈ The actual battery label in the vehicle • The battery must be removed from
may differ from the illustration. the vehicle and placed in an area with
good ventilation.
1. CMF45L-DIN : The HYUNDAI model • Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or
name of battery flame near the battery.
2. 12V : The nominal voltage • Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging
3. 45Ah(20HR) : The nominal capacity (in rate if the battery cells begin
Ampere hours) gassing (boiling) violently or if the
4. RC 80min : The nominal reserve temperature of the electrolyte of any
capacity (in min.) cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).
5. CCA410 : The cold-test current in • Wear eye protection when checking
amperes by SAE the battery during charging.
6. 410A : The cold-test current in • Disconnect the battery charger in the
amperes by EN following order.
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from the
negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from the
positive battery terminal.

9-38
 09
TIRES AND WHEELS
WARNING Tire care
• Before performing maintenance or For proper maintenance, safety and
recharging the battery, turn off all maximum fuel economy, you must
accessories and stop the engine. always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
• The negative battery cable must be the load limits and weight distribution
removed first and installed last when recommended for your vehicle.
the battery is disconnected.

Recommended cold tire

Reset items inflation pressures
Items should be reset after the battery All tire pressures (including the spare)
has been discharged or the battery has should be checked when the tires are
been disconnected. cold. “Cold Tires” means the vehicle has
• Auto up/down window not been driven for at least three hours
(See chapter 5) or driven less than 1.6 km (one mile).
• Climate control system Recommended pressures must be
(See chapter 5) maintained for the best ride, top vehicle
handling, and minimum tire wear.
Battery replacement For recommended inflation pressure,
refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 2.
Replacing a Battery required
precautionary measures.
We recommend that you consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OAI3019023
All specifications (sizes and pressures)
can be found on a label attached to the
driver’s side center pillar.

9-39
Maintenance

WARNING WARNING
Tire underinflation Tire Inflation
Severe underinflation (70 kPa (10 psi) or Overinflation or underinflation can
more) can lead to severe heat build-up, reduce tire life, adversely affect
causing blowouts, tread separation and vehicle handling, and lead to sudden
other tire failures that can result in the tire failure. This could result in loss of
loss of vehicle control leading to severe vehicle control and potential injury.
injury or death. This risk is much higher
on hot days and when driving for long
periods at high speeds. NOTICE
Tire pressure
NOTICE Always observe the following:
• Underinflation also results in • Check tire pressure when the tires
excessive wear, poor handling are cold. (After vehicle has been
and reduced fuel economy. Wheel parked for at least three hours or
deformation also is possible. Keep hasn’t been driven more than 1.6 km
your tire pressures at the proper (one mile) since startup.)
levels. If a tire frequently needs • Check the pressure of your spare tire
refilling, we recommend that the each time you check the pressure of
system be checked by an authorized other tires.
HYUNDAI dealer. • Never overload your vehicle. Be
• Overinflation produces a harsh ride, careful not to overload a vehicle
excessive wear at the center of the luggage rack if your vehicle is
tire tread, and a greater possibility of equipped with one.
damage from road hazards. • Worn, old tires can cause accidents.
If your tread is badly worn, or if your
tires have been damaged, replace
NOTICE them.
• Warm tires normally exceed
recommended cold tire pressures
by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do not
release air from warm tires to adjust
the pressure or the tires will be
underinflated.
• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation
valve caps. Without the valve cap,
dirt or moisture could get into the
valve core and cause air leakage. If a
valve cap is missing, install a new one
as soon as possible.

9-40
 09
Checking tire inflation pressure WARNING
Check your tires once a month or more.
• Inspect your tires frequently for
Also, check the tire pressure of the spare proper inflation as well as wear and
tire. damage. Always use a tire pressure
gauge.
How to check • Tires with too much or too little
Use a good quality gage to check pressure wear unevenly causing poor
tire pressure. You can not tell if your handling, loss of vehicle control,
tires are properly inflated simply by and sudden tire failure leading to
looking at them. Radial tires may look accidents, injuries, and even death.
properly inflated even when they’re The recommended cold tire pressure
underinflated. for your vehicle can be found in this
manual and on the tire label located
Check the tire’s inflation pressure when on the driver’s side center pillar.
the tires are cold. - “Cold” means your
vehicle has been sitting for at least three • Worn tires can cause accidents.
hours or driven no more than 1.6 km (1 Replace tires that are worn, show
mile). uneven wear, or are damaged.
Remove the valve cap from the tire valve • Remember to check the pressure
stem. Press the tire gage firmly onto the of your spare tire. HYUNDAI
valve to get a pressure measurement. If recommends that you check the
the cold tire inflation pressure matches spare every time you check the
the recommended pressure on the tire pressure of the other tires on your
and loading information label, no further vehicle.
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure
is low, add air until you reach the
recommended amount.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gage. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on the
valve stems. They help prevent leaks by
keeping out dirt and moisture.

9-41
Maintenance

Tire rotation With a full-size spare tire (if equipped)



To equalize tread wear, it is

recommended that the tires be rotated
every 10,000 km (6,200 miles) or sooner
if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear
is usually caused by incorrect tire
CBGQ0706
pressure, improper wheel alignment,
out-of-balance wheels, severe braking Without a spare tire

or severe cornering. Look for bumps
or bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check lug
nut tightness.
Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 2.
CBGQ0707

Directional tires (if equipped)



CBGQ0707A

Disc brake pads should be inspected for

wear whenever tires are rotated.

i Information
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only from front
to rear and not from right to left.

9-42
 09
WARNING Tire replacement
• Do not use the compact spare tire for Tread wear indicator
tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances.
This may cause unusual handling
characteristics that could result
in death, severe injury or property
damage.

Wheel alignment and tire OEN076053

balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
and balanced carefully at the factory to indicator will appear as a solid band
give you the longest tire life and best across the tread. This shows there is
overall performance. less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread left
on the tire. Replace the tire when this
In most cases, you will not need to have happens.
your wheels aligned again. However,
if you notice unusual tire wear or your Do not wait for the band to appear
vehicle pulling one way or the other, the across the entire tread before replacing
alignment may need to be reset. the tire.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating when
driving on a smooth road, your wheels NOTICE
may need to be rebalanced. When replacing the tires, recheck and
tighten the wheel nuts after driving
NOTICE about 1,000 km (620 miles). If the
steering wheel shakes or the vehicle
Improper wheel weights can damage vibrates while driving, the tire might
your vehicle’s aluminum wheels. Use be out of balance so align the tire
only approved wheel weights. balance. If the problem is not solved,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-43
Maintenance

WARNING Compact spare tire replacement

(if equipped)
Replacing tires A compact spare tire has a shorter tread
To reduce the chance or serious or fatal life than a regular size tire. Replace
injuries from an accident caused by tire it when you can see the tread wear
failure or loss of vehicle control: indicator bars on the tire. The replaced
compact spare tire should be the same
• Replace tires that are worn, show size and design tire as the one provided
uneven wear, or are damaged. with your new vehicle and should be
Worn tires can cause loss of braking mounted on the same compact spare
effectiveness, steering control, and tire wheel. The compact spare tire is not
traction. designed to be mounted on a regular
• Do not drive your vehicle with too size wheel, and the compact spare tire
little or too much pressure in your wheel is not designed to mount a regular
tires. This can lead to uneven wear size tire.
and tire failure.
• When replacing tires, never mix
radial and bias-ply tires on the
same car. You must replace all tires
(including the spare) if moving from
radial to bias-ply tires.
• It is best to replace all four tires at the
same time. If that is not possible, or
necessary, then replace the two front
or two rear tires as a pair. Replacing
just one tire can seriously affect your
vehicle’s handling.
• Using tires and wheels other than
the recommended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteristics and
poor vehicle control, resulting in a
serious accident.
• Wheels that do not meet HYUNDAI’s
specifications may fit poorly and
result in damage to the vehicle or
unusual handling and poor vehicle
control.
• The works by comparing the speed of
the wheels. Tire size can affect wheel
speed. When replacing tires, all 4
tires must use the same size originally
supplied with the vehicle. Using tires
of a different size can cause the ABS
(Anti-lock Brake System) and ESC
(Electronic Stability Control) to work
irregularly. (if equipped)

9-44
 09
Wheel replacement Tire maintenance
When replacing the metal wheels for any In addition to proper inflation, correct
reason, make sure the new wheels are wheel alignment helps decrease tire
equivalent to the original factory units in wear. If you find a tire worn unevenly,
diameter, rim width and offset. have your dealer check the wheel
alignment.
WARNING When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This will
A wheel that is not the correct size may increase vehicle ride comfort and tire
adversely affect wheel and bearing life, life. Additionally, a tire should always
braking and stopping abilities, handling be rebalanced if it is removed from the
characteristics, ground clearance, wheel.
body-to-tire clearance, snow chain
clearance, speedometer and odometer
calibration, headlight aim and bumper Tire sidewall labeling
height.

Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you drive
on worn tires, tires that are improperly
inflated or on slippery road surfaces.
Tires should be replaced when tread
wear indicators appear. Slow down
whenever there is rain, snow or ice on
the road, to reduce the possibility of
losing control of the vehicle. B0464EU01

This information identifies and describes

the fundamental characteristics of
the tire and also provides the tire
identification number (TIN) for safety
standard certification. The TIN can be
used to identify the tire in case of a
recall.

9-45
Maintenance

1. Manufacturer or brand name Wheel size designation

Manufacturer or Brand name is shown. Wheels are also marked with important
information that you need if you ever
have to replace one. The following
2. Tire size designation explains what the letters and numbers in
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire the wheel size designation mean.
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replacement
tires for your car. The following explains Example wheel size designation:
what the letters and numbers in the tire 5.0JX14
size designation mean.
Example of tire size designation:
5.0 - Rim width in inches.
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designator J - Rim contour designation.
could vary depending on your vehicle.) 14 - Rim diameter in inches
185/65R15 88 H
Tire speed ratings
185 - Tire width in millimeters. The chart below lists many of the
different speed ratings currently being
65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section used for passenger car tires. The speed
height as a percentage of its width. rating is part of the tire size designation
R - Tire construction code (Radial). on the sidewall of the tire. This symbol
15 - Rim diameter in inches. corresponds to that tire’s designed
maximum safe operating speed.
88 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum load Speed Rating
the tire can carry. Maximum Speed
Symbol
H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the S 180 km/h (112 mph)
speed rating chart in this section for
T 190 km/h (118 mph)
additional information.
H 210 km/h (130 mph)
V 240 km/h (149 mph)
W 270 km/h (168 mph)
Y 300 km/h (186 mph)

9-46
 09
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire 4. Tire ply composition and material
Identification Number) The number of layers or plies of
Any tires that are over 6 years old, rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
based on the manufacturing date, manufacturers also must indicate the
(including the spare tire) should be materials in the tire, which include steel,
replaced by new ones. You can find nylon, polyester, and others. The letter
the manufacturing date on the tire “R” means radial ply construction; the
sidewall (possibly on the inside of letter “D” means diagonal or bias ply
the wheel), displaying the DOT Code. construction; and the letter “B” means
The DOT Code is a series of numbers belted-bias ply construction.
on a tire consisting of numbers and
English letters. The manufacturing date
is designated by the last four digits 5. Maximum permissible inflation
(characters) of the DOT code. pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
The front part of the DOT means a plant permissible inflation pressure. Refer to
code number, tire size and tread pattern the Tire and Loading Information label
and the last four numbers indicate week for recommended inflation pressure.
and year manufactured.
For example: 6. Maximum load rating
DOT XXXX XXXX 2223 represents that This number indicates the maximum
the tire was produced in the 22th week load in kilograms and pounds that can
of 2023. be carried by the tire. When replacing
the tires on the vehicle, always use a
WARNING tire that has the same load rating as the
factory installed tire.
Tire age
Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining tread, it is
recommended that tires generally be
replaced after six (6) years of normal
service. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process. Failure to
follow this warning could cause sudden
tire failure, which could lead to a loss
of control and an accident involving
serious injury or death.

9-47
Maintenance

7. Uniform tire quality grading Traction - AA, A, B & C

Quality grades can be found where The traction grades, from highest to
applicable on the tire sidewall between lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades
tread shoulder and maximum chapter represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet
width. pavement measured under controlled
For example: conditions on specified government
test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
TREAD wear 200 A tire marked C may have poor traction
TRACTION AA performance.
TEMPERATURE A
WARNING
Tread wear
The traction grade assigned to this tire
The tread wear grade is a comparative is based on straight-ahead braking
rating based on the wear rate of the tire traction tests, and does not include
when tested under controlled conditions acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,
on a specified government test course. or peak traction characteristics.
For example, a tire graded 150 would
wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well
on the government course as a tire Temperature -A, B & C
graded 100. The temperature grades are A (the
The relative performance of tires highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s
depends upon the actual conditions resistance to the generation of heat
of their use, however, and may depart and its ability to dissipate heat when
significantly from the norm due to tested under controlled conditions on a
variations in driving habits, service specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
practices and differences in road Sustained high temperature can cause
characteristics and climate. the material of the tire to degenerate
These grades are molded on the side- and reduce tire life, and excessive
walls of passenger vehicle tires. The temperature can lead to sudden tire
tires available as standard or optional failure. Grades B and A represent higher
equipment on your vehicle may vary levels of performance on the laboratory
with respect to grade. test wheel than the minimum required
by law.

9-48
 09
WARNING NOTICE
Because the sidewall of the low aspect
Tire temperature ratio tire is shorter than the normal, the
The temperature grade for this tire is wheel and tire of the low aspect ratio
established for a tire that is properly tire is easier to be damaged. So, follow
inflated and not overloaded. Excessive the instructions below.
speed, underinflation or excessive - When driving on a rough road or
loading, either separately or in off road, drive cautiously because
combination, can cause heat build-up tires and wheels may be damaged.
and sudden tire failure. This can cause And after driving, inspect tires and
loss of vehicle control and serious wheels.
injury or death. - When passing over a pothole, speed
bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive
Low aspect ratio tire slowly so that the tires and wheels
are not damaged.
(if equipped)
- If the tire is impacted, we
Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect recommend that you inspect the tire
ratio is lower than 50, are provided for condition or contact an authorized
sporty looks. HYUNDAI dealer.
Because the low aspect ratio tires are - To prevent damage to the tire,
optimized for handling and braking, it inspect the tire condition and
may be more uncomfortable to ride in pressure every 3,000 km (1,800
and there is more noise compare with miles).
normal tires.

NOTICE
• It is not easy to recognize the tire
damage with your own eyes. But,
if there is the slightest hint of tire
damage, even though you cannot see
the tire damage with your own eyes,
have the tire checked or replaced
because the tire damage may cause
air leakage from the tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driving
on a rough road, off road, pothole,
manhole, or curb stone, it will not be
covered by the warranty.
• You can find out the tire information
on the tire sidewall.

9-49
Maintenance

FUSES
Blade type If the electrical system does not work,
first check the driver’s side fuse panel.
Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the
engine and all switches off, and then
disconnect the negative battery cable.
Always replace a blown fuse with one of
Normal Blown the same rating.
Cartridge type If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem.
Avoid using the system involved and
we recommend that all inspect an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Normal Blown
i Information
Multi fuse
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade type
for lower amperage rating, cartridge
type, and multi fuse for higher amperage
ratings.

Normal Blown WARNING

OTA070039 NEVER replace a fuse with anything but
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected another fuse of the same rating.
from electrical overload damage by • A higher capacity fuse could cause
fuses. damage and possibly cause a fire.
This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one • Do not install a wire or aluminum
located in the driver’s side panel bolster, foil instead of the proper fuse -
the other in the engine compartment. even as a temporary repair. It may
If any of your vehicle’s lights, cause extensive wiring damage and
accessories or controls do not work, possibly a fire.
check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a
fuse has blown, the element inside the NOTICE
fuse will be melted or broken.
Do not use a screwdriver or any other
metal object to remove fuses because
it may cause a short circuit and damage
the system.

9-50
 09
Instrument panel fuse
replacement

OBI3093018

5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.

Use the removal tool (1) provided in
OBI3093014L
the engine compartment fuses panel.
1. Turn the vehicle off. 6. Check the removed fuse; replace it if
2. Turn all other switches OFF. it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in
3. Open the fuse panel cover. the instrument panel fuse panels (or in
the engine compartment fuse panel).
4. Refer to the label on the inside of
the fuse panel cover to locate the 7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
suspected fuse location. and make sure it fits tightly in the
clips.If it fits loosely, we recommend
that you consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

In an emergency, if you do not have

a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same
rating from a circuit you may not need
for operating the vehicle, such as the
cigarette lighter fuse.
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses
are undamaged, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse
is blown, it must be replaced with the
same rating.

9-51
Maintenance

Engine compartment panel fuse Multi fuse (Main fuse)

replacement

OBI3093017

OBI3093016 If the multi fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling up. 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace
it if it is blown. To remove or insert 4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture
the fuse, use the removal tool in the above.
engine compartment fuse panel. 5. Replace the fuse with a new one of
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, the same rating.
and make sure it fits tightly in the 6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
clips. If it fits loosely, we recommend removal.
that you consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
If the multi fuse is blown, we
recommend that you consult an
NOTICE authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
After checking the fuse panel in the
engine compartment, securely
install the fuse panel cover. You may
hear a clicking sound if the cover is
securely latched. If it is not securely
latched, electrical failure may occur
from water contact.

9-52
 09
Fuse/relay panel description i Information
Inner fuse panel Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle.
It is accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

OBI3093015L

Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you

can find the fuse/relay label describing
fuse/relay name and capacity.

ICU


OBI3093019

9-53
Maintenance

Inner Compartment Fuse Panel (ICU)

Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
rating
HEATED
10A RR HEATED MIRROR, ECU
MIRROR
SAFETY
25A SAFETY ECU
P/WINDOW
P/WINDOW
25A POWER WINDOW MOTOR
RH
DCT/ECLUTCH/TCU, S_MODE_SW/ATM_LEVER,
TCU2 10A
INHIBITOR SW

MODULE 8 10A MUT/VDMS/MOOD_LAMP_UNIT

MEMORY 10A CLUSTER, FATC, MTC

AMP 25A EXT. AMP

SUNROOF 15A SUNROOF MOTOR

P/WINDOW
25A POWER WINDOW MOTOR
LH

MODULE 2 10A O/S MIRR SW, AMP, IBU,AUDIO

MULTIMEDIA 20A AUDIO

AIR BAG 10A ACU

POWER
20A POWER OUTLET
OUTLET

9-54
 09
Inner Compartment Fuse Panel (ICU)
Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
rating
A/C 3 7.5A MTC,FATC,ECU

DOOR LOCK 20A DOOR ACTUATOR

AT_LEVER_IND, HLLD, ‘SEAT_EXTN_DRV, ‘AUDIO, AMP,

MODULE 5 10A
‘MTC/FATC, ECM_MIRR, ‘WIRELESS CHARGER

ABS 3 10A ABS (ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)

BRAKE
7.5A STOP SWITCH
SWITCH

START1 7.5A START RLY

CLUSTER 10A CLUSTER

MODULE 4 10A C_PAD_SW(ESC SW)

IBU 2 15A IBU (INTEGRATED BODY CONTROL UNIT)

AMP, O_S_MIRR_SW, AUDIO/AVN, IBU(BCM), VDMS,

ACC 1 10A
REAR USB, USB_CHARGER

MODULE 7 10A MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH

WASHER 15A M/F (WASHER PWR)

MODULE 6 7.5A IBU

9-55
Maintenance

Inner Compartment Fuse Panel (ICU)

Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
rating
IBU 1 10A IBU (INTEGRATED BODY CONTROL UNIT)

AIR BAG IND 10A CLUSTER

A/C 2 7.5A MTC, FATC, ECU

WIPER RR 15A REAR WIPER MOTOR

ECU 4 10A ECU

MDPS 2 10A MDPS

9-56
 09
Engine compartment fuse panel
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle.
It is accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

OBI3093016

Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you

can find the fuse/relay label describing
fuse/relay name and capacity.

OBI3093020

9-57
Maintenance

Engine Compartment Fuse Panel (1.0 T-GDi)

Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating
ALT 150A Alternator, Multi Fuse - F3, Fuse - F32/F33/F34/F35

MDPS 80A MDPS Unit

DCT1 40A TCU

DCT2 40A TCU

ECU1 30A E/R Junction Block (RLY.1)

[With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG1, ACC Relay)

IG1 30A
[W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch

FUEL PUMP 20A E/R Junction Block (RLY.6)

H/LP LH 15A Head Lamp LH(LED)

ECU3 15A ECU

ECU2 15A ECU

A/CON 1 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY.3)

DCT4 40A Smart Gear Actuator

ICU Junction Block

BATT4 40A
(Power Window Relay, Fuse - F3/F10/F11)

BATT1 50A ICU Junction Block (IPS1, IPS3, IPS5, IPS7, IPS8, IPS11)

ICU Junction Block (Fuse - F8/F21/F25/F29,

BATT3 40A
Long Term Load Latch Relay)

DCT3 15A TCU

HORN 15A E/R Junction Block (RLY.11, RLY.12)

H/LP RH 15A Head Lamp RH(LED)

9-58
 09
Engine Compartment Fuse Panel (1.0 T-GDi)
Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating
BATT2 50A ICU Junction Block (IPS2, IPS4, IPS6, IPS9, IPS10)
E/R Junction Block (RLY.9).
IG2 40A [With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG2 Relay)
[W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch
C/FAN 60A E/R Junction Block (RLY.2)

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3

ECU5 20A ECU

E/R Junction Block (RLY.2/3),
SENSOR 1 10A Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Intake/Exhaust),
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
SENSOR 2 10A Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)

RR DEFOG 40A ICU Junction Block (Rear Defogger Relay)

ABS 1 40A ABS/ESP Control Module

ABS 2 30A ABS/ESP Control Module

BLOWER 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.10)

WIPER 2 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 5), Front Wiper Motor, IBU

SENSOR8 15A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 6)

SENSOR3 10A RCV Control Solenoid Valve

ECU6 15A ECU

WIPER 1 25A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 5), Front Wiper Motor

9-59
Maintenance

Engine Compartment Fuse Panel (Smartstream G1.2)

Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating
125A/
ALT Alternator, Multi Fuse - F3, Fuse - F32/F33/F34/F35
150A

MDPS 80A MDPS Unit

ECU1 30A E/R Junction Block (RLY.1)

[With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG1, ACC Relay)

IG1 30A
[W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch

FUEL PUMP 20A E/R Junction Block (RLY.6)

H/LP LH 15A Head Lamp LH(LED)

ECU3 15A ECU/PCU

ECU2 15A ECU/PCU

A/CON 1 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY.3)

ICU Junction Block

BATT4 40A
(Power Window Relay, Fuse - F3/F10/F11)

BATT1 50A ICU Junction Block (IPS1, IPS3, IPS5, IPS7, IPS8, IPS11)

ICU Junction Block (Fuse - F8/F21/F25/F29,

BATT3 40A
Long Term Load Latch Relay)

HORN 15A E/R Junction Block (RLY.11, RLY.12)

AMS AMS 10A Battery Sensor

H/LP RH 15A Head Lamp RH(LED)

BATT2 50A ICU Junction Block (IPS2, IPS4, IPS6, IPS9, IPS10)
E/R Junction Block (RLY.9).
IG2 40A [With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG2 Relay)
[W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch
C/FAN 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.2)

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4

9-60
 09
Engine Compartment Fuse Panel (Smartstream G1.2)
Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating
ECU5 20A ECU/PCU
E/R Junction Block (RLY.2/3),
Front Wheel Sensor RH,
SENSOR 1 10A Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Intake/Exhaust),
Purge Control Solenoid Valve,
Variable Intake Solenoid Valve
SENSOR 2 10A Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)

RR DEFOG 40A ICU Junction Block (Rear Defogger Relay)

ABS 1 40A ABS/ESP Control Module

ABS 2 30A ABS/ESP Control Module

BLOWER 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.10)

WIPER 2 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 5), Front Wiper Motor, IBU

E/R Junction Block (RLY. 6),

INJECTOR1 15A
Injector #1-1/#2-1/#3-1/#4-1
E/R Junction Block (RLY. 6),
INJECTOR2 15A
Injector #1-2/#2-2/#3-2/#4-2

ECU6 15A ECU

WIPER 1 25A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 5), Front Wiper Motor

9-61
Maintenance

Engine Compartment Fuse Panel (1.4 MPI)

Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating
ALT 125A Alternator, Multi Fuse - F3, Fuse - F32/F33/F34/F35

MDPS 80A MDPS Unit

ECU1 30A E/R Junction Block (RLY.1)

[With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG1, ACC Relay)

IG1 30A
[W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch

FUEL PUMP 20A E/R Junction Block (RLY.6)

H/LP LH 15A Head Lamp LH(LED)

ECU2 15A ECM/PCM

A/CON 1 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY.3)

ICU Junction Block

BATT4 40A
(Power Window Relay, Fuse - F3/F10/F11)

BATT1 50A ICU Junction Block (IPS1, IPS3, IPS5, IPS7, IPS8, IPS11)

ICU Junction Block

BATT3 40A
(Fuse - F8/F21/F25/F29, Long Term Load Latch Relay)

HORN 15A E/R Junction Block (RLY.11, RLY.12)

TCU1 15A PCM

H/LP RH 15A Head Lamp RH(LED)

BATT2 50A ICU Junction Block (IPS2, IPS4, IPS6, IPS9, IPS10)
E/R Junction Block (RLY.9).
IG2 40A [With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG2 Relay)
[W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch
C/FAN 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.2)

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4, Condensor

9-62
 09
Engine Compartment Fuse Panel (1.4 MPI)
Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating
ECU5 20A ECM/PCM
E/R Junction Block (RLY.2/3), Oil Control Valve #1/#2
SENSOR 1 10A (Intake/Exhaust), Purge Control Solenoid Valve,
Variable Intake Solenoid Valve
SENSOR 2 10A Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)

RR DEFOG 40A ICU Junction Block (Rear Defogger Relay)

ABS 1 40A ABS Control Module

ABS 2 30A ABS Control Module

BLOWER 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.10)

WIPER 2 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 5), Front Wiper Motor, IBU

INJECTOR1 15A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 6), Injector #1/#2/#3/#4

ECU6 15A ECM/PCM

WIPER 1 25A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 5), Front Wiper Motor

9-63
Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS
We recommend that you consult an NOTICE
authorized HYUNDAI dealer to replace
Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb
most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult
with one of the same wattage rating.
to replace vehicle light bulbs because
Otherwise, it may cause damage to the
other parts of the vehicle must be
fuse or electric wiring system.
removed before you can get to the bulb.
This is especially true for removing the
headlight assembly to get to the bulb(s). i Information
Removing/installing the headlight
The headlight and tail lamp lenses could
assembly can result in damage to the
appear frosty if the vehicle is washed after
vehicle.
driving or the vehicle is driven at night
in wet weather. This condition is caused
WARNING by temperature difference between the
lamp inside and outside and, it does not
Prior to replacing a light, depress the indicate a problem with your vehicle.
foot brake, move the shift lever into the When moisture condenses in the lamp,
P (Park, for dual clutch transmission/ it will be removed after driving with the
automatic transmission) or neutral headlight on. The removable level may
(for manual transmission), apply the differ depending on lamp size, lamp
parking brake, place the ignition switch position and environmental condition.
in the LOCK/OFF position, and take the However, if moisture is not removed, we
key with you when leaving the vehicle recommend that your vehicle is inspected
to avoid sudden movement of the by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
vehicle and to prevent possible electric
shock.
Be aware the bulbs may be hot and may
burn your fingers.

9-64
 09
Headlight, Position light,
Turn signal light bulb
replacement
Type A

OBN7I093028

WARNING
• Handle halogen bulbs with care.
Halogen bulbs contain pressurized
OBI3093059
gas that will produce flying pieces
(1) Headlight (Low/High) of glass that could cause injuries if
(2) Turn signal light broken.
(3) Position light • Wear eye protection when changing
a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down
(4) Daytime running light (if equipped) before handling it.

N line

• Always handle them carefully, and
avoid scratches and abrasions. If
the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with
liquids.
• Never touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb
to overheat and burst when lit.
• A bulb should be operated only when
installed in a headlight.
OBI3NL093059 • If a bulb becomes damaged or
(1) Headlight (Low/High) cracked, replace it immediately and
carefully dispose of it.
(2) Turn signal light
(3) Position light
i Information
(4) Fog light
We recommend that the headlight aiming
* : MFR (Multi Focus Reflector) Headlight
1 be adjusted after an accident or after the
headlight assembly is reinstalled.

9-65
Maintenance

Headlight (Low/High) 4. Remove retainers available on under

1. Open the hood. cover bottom area in the respective
side of headlight for bulb A/S.
2. Disconnect the negative terminal of
the battery. 5. Remove Wheel guard clips (B),
bumper cover bolt (A) and bumper
3. Turn the front wheel inwards. upper cover blot (C) & retainer (D).

OBI3093061
OBI3093065

6. Pushing the Wheel guard aside & pull

front bumper near fender to unlock
front bumper with bumper bracket
near to headlight.
7. Remove the headlight bulb cover by
turning it counter-clockwise from bulb
assembly.
8. Remove the bulb from the headlight
assembly.
OBI3093062 9. Install a new headlight bulb and snap
the headlight bulb retaining wire into
position by aligning the wire with the
groove on the bulb.
10. Connect the headlight bulb socket
connector.
11. Install the headlight bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
12. Install the wheel guard in the reverse
order.
OBI3093064
N line


OBI3NL093064

9-66
 09
Turn signal light
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative terminal of
the battery.

OBI3093066

13. Connect the negative terminal of the

battery.

Position light OBI3093067

1. Disconnect the negative terminal of 3. Remove the turn signal light by

the battery. turning it counterclockwise.
2. Remove the dust cover of the 4. Remove the socket from the
headlight. assembly by turning the socket
3. Remove the bulb socket from reflector counterclockwise until the tabs on
by pulling it straight out. the socket align with the slots on the
assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from socket by
pulling it out. 5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
into place.
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place. 6. Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
6. Install the socket in the assembly by
the slots in the assembly.
turning it clockwise.
Push the socket into the assembly and
7. Install the dust cover in the reverse
turn the socket clockwise.
order.
7. Install the turn signal light bulb cover
8. Connect the negative terminal of the
by turning it clockwise.
battery.
8. Connect the negative terminal of the
battery.

Day running light (if equipped)

If the LED lamp does not operate,
we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. The LED lamps cannot be
replace as a single unit because it is an
integrated unit. The LED lamp has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle.

9-67
Maintenance

Type B

OBI3090025
OBI3093060
Fog light (if equipped) (1) Headlight (Low)
1. Open the hood.
(2) Headlight (High)
2. Disconnect the negative terminal of
(3) Daytime running light & Position light
the battery.
(4) Turn signal light
3. Remove the under cover by rotating
the screws and bolts.
4. Reach your hand into the back of the N line

front bumper.
5. Disconnect the power connector from
the socket.
6. Remove the bulb-socket from
the housing by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on the
housing.
7. Install the new bulb-socket into the OBI3NL093060
housing by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots in the housing. (1) Headlight (Low)
Push the socket into the housing and (2) Headlight (High)
turn the socket clockwise. (3) Daytime running light & Position light
8. Connect the power connector to the (4) Turn signal light
socket.
(5) Fog light
9. Reinstall the front bumper under
cover.
10. Connect the negative terminal of the Headlight, Position light, Daytime
battery. running light replacement
If the LED lamp does not operate,
we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. The LED lamps cannot be
replace as a single unit because it is an
integrated unit. The LED lamp has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle.
9-68
 09
Turn signal light
1. Open the hood.

OBI3090025

OBI3093068
Fog light (if equipped)
1. Remove the under cover by rotating
2. Remove the turn signal light by
the screws and bolts.
turning it counterclockwise.
2. Reach your hand into the back of the
3. Remove the socket from the
front bumper.
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on 3. Disconnect the power connector from
the socket align with the slots on the the socket.
assembly. 4. Remove the bulb-socket from
4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the housing by turning the socket
the socket and rotating it until it locks counterclockwise until the tabs on
into place. the socket align with the slots on the
housing.
5. Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with 5. Install the new bulb-socket into the
the slots in the assembly. housing by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots in the housing.
Push the socket into the assembly and
Push the socket into the housing and
turn the socket clockwise.
turn the socket clockwise.
6. Install the turn signal light cover by
6. Connect the power connector to the
turning it clockwise.
socket.
7. Reinstall the front bumper under
cover.

9-69
Maintenance

Side repeater light replacement Rear combination light bulb

(if equipped) replacement (if equipped)
Type A

OBI3093054

1. Remove the lamp assembly from the OBI3093074

vehicle by prying the lens and pulling (1) Turn signal light
the assembly out.
(2) Tail/Stop light
2. Disconnect the bulb electrical
connector. (3) Tail light
3. Separate the socket and the (4) Back up light
lens parts by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on the
socket align with the slots on the lens
part.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
5. Insert a new bulb in the socket.
6. Reassemble the socket and the lens
part.
7. Connect the bulb electrical connector.
8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the
body of the vehicle.

9-70
 09

OBI3093053
OBI3090041L
[1] : Turn signal light, [2] : Tail/Stop light,
[3] : Tail light, [4] : Back-up light

Turn signal light, Tail/stop light

4. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on the
assembly.
OBI3093052 5. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
1. Open the tailgate counterclockwise until the tabs on the
2. Remove Lamp flange with given 2 bulb align with the slots in the socket.
provisions. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
3. Loosen the light assembly retaining 6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
screws with a cross-tip screwdriver. the socket and rotating it until it locks
4. Remove the rear combination light into place.
assembly from the body of the 7. Install the socket in the assembly by
vehicle. aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly. Push the
socket into the assembly and turn the
socket clockwise.
8. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.

9-71
Maintenance

Tail light & Back-up light Type B

1. Open the tailgate and remove the
tailgate trim.

OBI3090028
OBI3093076 (1) Turn signal light
2. Loosen the retaining screw of the (2) Tail light
tailgate lid cover and then remove the (3) Tail light
cover.
(4) Back up light
(5) Stop light

OBI3093073

3. Disconnect the connector and then

remove the bulbs by rotating them in
counter clock wise direction.

OBI3093075

4. Replace with new bulbs into the

sockets and then fix it in their
positions respectively.

9-72
 09

OBI3093053
OBI3090042L

[1] : Turn signal light, [2] : Back-up light

Turn signal light

4. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on the
assembly.
5. Remove the bulb from the socket
OBI3093052 by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on the
1. Open the tailgate
bulb align with the slots in the socket.
2. Remove Lamp flange with given 2 Pull the bulb out of the socket.
provisions.
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
3. Loosen the light assembly retaining the socket and rotating it until it locks
screws with a cross-tip screwdriver. into place.
4. Remove the rear combination light 7. Install the socket in the assembly by
assembly from the body of the aligning the tabs on the socket with
vehicle. the slots in the assembly. Push the
socket into the assembly and turn the
socket clockwise.
8. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.

Back-up light
1. Open the tailgate and remove the
tailgate trim.
2. Loosen the retaining screw of the
tailgate lid cover and then remove the
cover.
3. Disconnect the connector and then
remove the bulb by rotating them in
counter clock wise direction.
4. Replace with new bulb into the Socket
and then fix it in its position.

9-73
Maintenance

Tail light, Stop light 1. Open the tailgate.

If the LED lamp does not operate, 2. Loosen the nuts on tailgate Inside
we recommend that the system be (B) and pull high mounted stop lamp
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI along the panel hole (C).
dealer. The LED lamps cannot be 3. Unplug the connector.
replace as a single unit because it is an
4. Remove the bulb holder bracket from
integrated unit. The LED lamp has to be
the assembly.
replaced with the unit.
5. Pull out the bulb from the socket and
A skilled technician should check or
replace it with new bulb.
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle. 6. Assemble the bulb holder in reverse
order.
7. Connect the wiring connector.
High mounted stop light
8. Install the high mounted stop light in
replacement reverse order of removal.

License plate light bulb

replacement

OBI3NL093070

OBI3093069

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver gently

pry the lens cover from the lamp
housing.
2. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
OBI3NL093071 counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on the
assembly.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
4. Install a new bulb.
5. Reinstall in the reverse order.

OBI3093072

9-74
 09
Interior light bulb replacement 1. Using a flat-head screwdriver, gently
pry the lens from the interior light
Room lamp
 housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
3. Install a new bulb into the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior
light housing notches and snap the
lens into place.

OBI3093029
NOTICE
Rear lamp
 Be careful not to damage the cover,
tab, and plastic housing.

NOTICE
We recommend that the bulb
replacement be done by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

OBI3093050
Luggage room lamp


OBI3093049

WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the “OFF” button
is depressed to avoid burning your
fingers or receiving an electric shock.

9-75
Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE
NOTICE Finish maintenance
If you park your vehicle near a stainless Washing
steel sign or glass facade building, the To help protect your vehicle’s finish
vehicle’s exterior plastic parts such from rust and deterioration, wash it
as a bumper, spoiler, garnish, lamp thoroughly and frequently at least once
or outside rearview mirror might be a month with lukewarm or cold water.
damaged due to sunlight reflected
from the sign or building. To prevent If you use your vehicle for off-road
damage of the exterior plastic parts, driving, you should wash it after each
you should avoid parking in areas off-road trip. Pay special attention to the
where light may be reflected or use a removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt,
car cover. (The exterior plastic parts mud, and other foreign materials. Make
applied to your vehicle may vary.) sure the drain holes in the lower edges
of the doors and rocker panels are kept
clear and clean.
Exterior care Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar deposits
Exterior general caution can damage your vehicle’s finish if not
It is very important to follow the label removed immediately.
directions when using any chemical Even prompt washing with plain water
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and may not completely remove all these
caution statements that appear on the deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
label. painted surfaces, may be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle
High-pressure washing thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
• When using high-pressure washers, Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
make sure to maintain sufficient
distance from the vehicle.
NOTICE
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component • Do not use strong soap, chemical
damage or water penetration. detergents or hot water, and do not
wash the vehicle in direct sunlight
• Do not spray the camera, sensors or or when the body of the vehicle is
its surrounding area directly with a warm.
high pressure washer. Shock applied
from high pressure water may cause • Be careful when washing the side
the device to not operate normally. windows of your vehicle.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to Especially, with high-pressure water,
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or water may leak through the windows
connectors as they may be damaged and wet the interior.
if they come into contact with high • To prevent damage to the plastic
pressure water. parts and lamps, do not clean
with chemical solvents or strong
detergents.

9-76
 09
WARNING NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle
Wet brakes (if equipped)
After washing the vehicle, test the Automatic car wash which uses
brakes while driving slowly to see if rotating brushes should not be used
they have been affected by water. If as this can damage the surface of your
the braking performance is impaired, vehicle. A steam cleaner which washes
dry the brakes by applying them lightly the vehicle surface at high temperature
while maintaining a slow forward may result the oil to adhere and leave
speed. stains that is difficult to remove.
Use a soft cloth (for example,
microfiber towel or sponge) when
washing your vehicle and dry with
a microfiber towel. When you hand
wash your vehicle, you should not use
a cleaner that finishes with wax. If the
vehicle surface is too dirty (sand, dirt,
dust, contaminant, etc.), clean the
surface with water before washing the
car.

OBI3093045 Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
NOTICE Always wash and dry the vehicle
• Water washing in the engine before waxing. Use a good quality
compartment including high pressure liquid or paste wax, and follow the
water washing may cause the failure manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
of electrical circuits located in the metal trim to protect it and to maintain
engine compartment. its luster.
• Never allow water or other liquids Removing oil, tar, and similar materials
to come in contact with electrical/ with a spot remover will usually strip the
electronic components inside the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax
vehicle as this may damage them. these areas even if the rest of the vehicle
does not yet need waxing.

9-77
Maintenance

NOTICE Finish damage repair

• Wiping dust or dirt off the body with Deep scratches or stone chips in the
a dry cloth will scratch the finish. painted surface must be repaired
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
cleaners, or strong detergents rust and may develop into a major repair
containing highly alkaline or caustic expense.
agents on chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may result in Information
damage to the protective coating i
and cause discoloration or paint If your vehicle is damaged and requires
deterioration. any metal repair or replacement, be sure
the body shop applies anti-corrosion
materials to the parts repaired or
NOTICE replaced.
Matte paint finish vehicle
(if equipped)
NOTICE
Do not use any polish protector such as
a detergent, an abrasive and a polish. Matte paint finish vehicle
In case wax is applied, remove the wax (if equipped)
immediately using a silicon remover In case of matte paint finish vehicles,
and if any tar or tar contaminant is on it is impossible to modify only the
the surface use a tar remover to clean. damaged area and repair of the whole
However, be careful not to apply too part is necessary. If the vehicle is
much pressure on the painted area. damaged and painting is required,
we recommend that you have your
vehicle maintained and repaired by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Take
extreme care, as it is difficult to restore
the quality after the repair.

9-78
 09
Bright-metal maintenance WARNING
• To remove road tar and insects, use
a tar remover, not a scraper or other After washing the vehicle, test the
sharp object. brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
• To protect the surfaces of bright-metal
the braking performance is impaired,
parts from corrosion, apply a coating
dry the brakes by applying them lightly
of wax or chrome preservative and rub
while maintaining a slow forward
to a high luster.
speed.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or Aluminum wheel maintenance
preservative. If necessary, coat the The aluminum wheels are coated with a
parts with non-corrosive petroleum clear protective finish.
jelly or other protective compound. • Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
polishing compound, solvent, or wire
Underbody maintenance brushes on aluminum wheels. They
may scratch or damage the finish.
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may • Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
collect on the underbody. If these • Use only a mild soap or neutral
materials are not removed, accelerated detergent, and rinse thoroughly with
rusting can occur on the underbody water. Also, be sure to clean the
parts such as the fuel lines, frame, wheels after driving on salted roads.
floor pan and exhaust system, even This helps prevent corrosion.
though they have been treated with rust • Avoid washing the wheels with high-
protection. speed car wash brushes.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody • Do not use any alkaline or acid
and wheel openings with lukewarm detergent. It may damage and corrode
or cold water once a month, after off- the aluminum wheels coated with a
road driving and at the end of each clear protective finish.
winter. Pay special attention to these
areas because it is difficult to see all
the mud and dirt. It will do more harm
than good to wet down the road grime
without removing it. The lower edges
of the doors, rocker panels, and frame
members have drain holes that should
not clog with dirt; trapped water in these
areas can cause rusting.

9-79
Maintenance

Corrosion protection Moisture breeds corrosion

Protecting your vehicle from corro- Moisture creates the conditions in
sion which corrosion is most likely to occur.
By using the most advanced design For example, corrosion is accelerated
and construction practices to combat by high humidity, particularly when
corrosion, we produce vehicles of the temperatures are just above freezing. In
highest quality. However, this is only such conditions, the corrosive material is
part of the job. To achieve the long-term kept in contact with the vehicle’s surface
corrosion resistance your vehicle can by moisture that slowly evaporates.
deliver, the owner’s cooperation and Mud is particularly corrosive because
assistance is also required. it dries slowly and holds moisture in
contact with the vehicle. Although the
mud appears to be dry, it can still retain
Common causes of corrosion moisture and promote corrosion.
The most common causes of corrosion High temperatures can also accelerate
on your vehicle are: corrosion of parts that are not properly
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is ventilated so the moisture can be
allowed to accumulate underneath the dispersed. For all these reasons, it is
vehicle. particularly important to keep your
• Removal of paint or protective vehicle clean and free of mud or
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion accumulations of other materials. This
or minor scrapes and dents which applies not only to the visible surfaces
leave unprotected metal exposed to but particularly to the underside of the
corrosion. vehicle.

High-corrosion areas To help prevent corrosion

If you live in an area where your vehicle You can help prevent corrosion from
is regularly exposed to corrosive getting started by observing the
materials, corrosion protection is following:
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated
corrosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.

9-80
 09
Keep your vehicle clean Keep your garage dry
The best way to prevent corrosion is Don’t park your vehicle in a damp,
to keep your vehicle clean and free of poorly ventilated garage. This creates
corrosive materials. Attention to the a favorable environment for corrosion.
underside of the vehicle is particularly This is particularly true if you wash your
important. vehicle in the garage or drive it into the
garage when it is still wet or covered
with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated
• If you live in a high-corrosion area — garage can contribute to corrosion
where road salts are used, near the unless it is well ventilated so moisture is
ocean, areas with industrial pollution, dispersed.
acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra
care to prevent corrosion. In winter,
hose off the underside of your vehicle Keep paint and trim in good condition
at least once a month and be sure to Scratches or chips in the finish should
clean the underside thoroughly when be covered with “touch-up” paint as
winter is over. soon as possible to reduce the possibility
• When cleaning underneath the of corrosion. If bare metal is showing
vehicle, give particular attention to the through, the attention of a qualified
components under the fenders and body and paint shop is recommended.
other areas that are hidden from view. Bird droppings : Bird droppings are
Do a thorough job; just dampening the highly corrosive and may damage
accumulated mud rather than washing painted surfaces in just a few hours.
it away will accelerate corrosion rather Always remove bird droppings as soon
than prevent it. Water under high as possible.
pressure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials. Don’t neglect the interior
• When cleaning lower door panels, Moisture can collect under the floor
rocker panels and frame members, be mats and carpeting and cause corrosion.
sure that drain holes are kept open so Check under the mats periodically to be
that moisture can escape and not be sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular
trapped inside to accelerate corrosion. care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning
materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in proper
containers and any spills or leaks should
be cleaned up, flushed with clean water
and thoroughly dried.

9-81
Maintenance

Interior care Cleaning the upholstery and interior

trim
Interior general precautions
Vehicle interior surfaces (if equipped)
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, Remove dust and loose dirt from interior
and air freshener from contacting the surfaces with a whisk broom or a
interior parts because they may cause vacuum cleaner.
damage or discoloration. If they do If necessary, clean interior surfaces with
contact the interior parts, wipe them a mixture of warm water and mild non-
off immediately. See the instructions detergent cleaner (test all cleaners on a
that follow for the proper way to clean concealed area before use).
vehicle interior surfaces.
Fabric (if equipped)
NOTICE Remove dust and loose dirt from
Never allow water or other liquids fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum
to come in contact with electrical/ cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution
electronic components inside the recommended for upholstery or carpets.
vehicle as this may damage them. Remove fresh spots immediately with
a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots
do not receive immediate attention,
NOTICE the fabric can be stained and its color
When cleaning leather products can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral properties can be reduced if the material
detergents or low alcohol content is not properly maintained.
solutions. If you use high alcohol
content solutions or acid/alkaline NOTICE
detergents, the color of the leather may
fade or the surface may get stripped Using anything but recommended
off. cleaners and procedures may affect the
fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant
properties.

9-82
 09
Leather (if equipped) • Caring for the leather seats
• Feature of Seat Leather - Vacuum the seat periodically to
- Leather is made from the outer skin remove dust and sand on the seat. It
of an animal, which goes through a will prevent abrasion or damage of
special process to be available for the leather and maintain its quality.
use. Since it is a natural object, each - Wipe the natural leather seat cover
part differs in thickness or density. often with dry or soft cloth.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural - Use of proper leather protective may
result of stretching and shrinking prevent abrasion of the cover and
depending on the temperature and helps maintain the color. Be sure to
humidity. read the instructions and consult a
- The seat is made of stretchable specialist when using leather coating
fabric to improve comfort. or protective agent.
- The parts contacting the body are - Light colored (beige, cream beige)
curved and the side supporting leather is easily contaminated and
area is high which provides driving the stain is noticeable. Clean the
comfort and stability. seats frequently.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally - Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
from usage. It is not a fault of the cause the surface to crack.
products.

CAUTION
• Wrinkles or abrasions which appear
naturally from usage are not covered
by warranty.
• Belts with metallic accessories,
zippers or keys inside the back
pocket may damage the seat fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat. It may
change the nature of natural leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could bleach
may contaminate the surface of the
seat covering fabric.

9-83
Maintenance

• Cleaning the leather seats Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt

- Remove all contaminations instantly. webbing
Refer to instructions below for Clean the belt webbing with any
removal of each contaminant. mild soap solution recommended for
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen, cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
foundation, etc.) the instructions provided with the soap.
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing
and wipe the contaminate spot. Wipe because this may weaken it.
off the cream with a wet cloth and
remove water with a dry cloth. Cleaning the interior window glass
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.) If the interior glass surfaces of the
Apply a small amount of neutral vehicle become fogged (that is, covered
detergent and wipe until with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they
contaminations do not smear. should be cleaned with glass cleaner.
- Oil Follow the directions on the glass
cleaner container.
Remove oil instantly with absorbable
cloth and wipe with stain remover
used only for natural leather. NOTICE
- Chewing gum Do not scrape or scratch the inside of
Harden the gum with ice and remove the rear window. This may result in
gradually. damage to the rear window defroster
grid.

9-84
 09
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your 1. Crankcase emission control
vehicle is covered by a written limited system
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Service The positive crankcase ventilation
Passport in your vehicle. system is employed to prevent air
Your vehicle is equipped with an pollution caused by blow-by gases
emission control system to meet all being emitted from the crankcase. This
emission regulations. system supplies fresh filtered air to the
crankcase through the air intake hose.
There are three emission control systems Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes
which are as follows. with blow-by gases, which then pass
through the PCV valve into the induction
(1) Crankcase emission control system system.
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system 2. Evaporative emission control
system
In order to assure the proper function The Evaporative Emission Control
of the emission control systems, it System is designed to prevent
is recommended that you have your fuel vapors from escaping into the
car inspected and maintained by atmosphere.
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in
accordance with the maintenance
schedule in this manual. Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control solenoid
valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve

(PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve
is controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine coolant
temperature is low during idling, the
PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel
is not taken into the engine. After
the engine warms up during ordinary
driving, the PCSV opens to introduce
evaporated fuel to the engine.

9-85
Maintenance

3. Exhaust emission control WARNING

system
Exhaust
The Exhaust Emission Control System is
a highly effective system which controls Engine exhaust gases contain carbon
exhaust emissions while maintaining monoxide (CO). Though colorless
good vehicle performance. and odorless, it is dangerous and
could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the
instructions on this page to avoid CO
Engine exhaust gas precautions poisoning.
(carbon monoxide) • Do not operate the engine in confined
• Carbon monoxide can be present with or closed areas (such as garages) any
other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if more than what is necessary to move
you smell exhaust fumes of any kind the vehicle in or out of the area.
inside your vehicle, have it inspected • When the vehicle is stopped in an
and repaired immediately. If you ever open area for more than a short time
suspect exhaust fumes are coming with the engine running, adjust the
into your vehicle, drive it only with ventilation system (as needed) to draw
all the windows fully open. Have outside air into the vehicle.
your vehicle checked and repaired
immediately. • Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with the
engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to the
emission control system.

9-86
 09
Operating precautions for catalytic Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic
converters (if equipped) converter emission control device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
WARNING
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline
Fire engine.
• A hot exhaust system can ignite • Do not operate the vehicle when
flammable items under your vehicle. there are signs of engine malfunction,
Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle such as misfire or a noticeable loss of
over or near flammable objects, such performance.
as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, • Do not misuse or abuse the engine.
etc. Examples of misuse are coasting with
• The exhaust system and catalytic the ignition off and descending steep
system are very hot while the engine grades in gear with the ignition off.
is running or immediately after the • Do not operate the engine at high idle
engine is turned off. Keep away from speed for extended periods (5 minutes
the exhaust system and catalytic, you or more).
may get burned. Also, do not remove • Do not modify or tamper with any
the heat sink around the exhaust part of the engine or emission
system, do not seal the bottom of the control system. All inspections and
vehicle or do not coat the vehicle for adjustments must be made by an
corrosion control. It may present a authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
fire risk under certain conditions.
• Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damaging
the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void
your warranties.

9-87
Maintenance

Gasoline particulate filter (GPF)

(if equipped)
Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF) system
removes the soot in the exhaust gas.
The GPF system automatically burns
(or oxidizes) the accumulated soot in
accordance with driving situations,
unlike a disposable air filter. In other
words, the accumulated soot is
automatically purged out by the engine
control system and by the high exhaust
gas temperature at normal/high driving
speeds.

CAUTION
We recommend you to use only the
regulated gasoline fuels, when your
vehicle is equipped with the GPF
system. When you use other gasoline
fuels which contain unspecified
additives, they may damage the GPF
system and cause exhaust emission
problems.

9-88
Index

I
Index

A
Accessing your vehicle .......................................................................................... 5-4
Door lock/unlock sound ................................................................................... 5-13
Immobilizer system .......................................................................................... 5-12
Remote key......................................................................................................... 5-4
Remote key precautions ..................................................................................... 5-6
Smart key............................................................................................................ 5-7
Smart key precautions ...................................................................................... 5-11
Air bag - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ................................................. 3-40
Air bag warning and indicator .......................................................................... 3-45
Air bag warning label ....................................................................................... 3-62
Curtain air bag .................................................................................................. 3-52
Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger’s seat ............................ 3-44
Driver’s and passenger’s front air bag ............................................................. 3-49
How does the air bag system operate ............................................................... 3-42
Side air bag ....................................................................................................... 3-51
SRS Care .......................................................................................................... 3-59
SRS components and functions ........................................................................ 3-46
Air cleaner ........................................................................................................... 9-30
Filter replacement ............................................................................................. 9-30
Air conditioner compressor label......................................................................... 2-28
Air conditioning system....................................................................................... 2-20
Appearance care................................................................................................... 9-76
Exterior care ..................................................................................................... 9-76
Interior care ...................................................................................................... 9-82
Automatic climate control system ....................................................................... 5-65
Automatic heating and air conditioning ........................................................... 5-66
Manual heating and air conditioning ................................................................ 5-67
System maintenance ......................................................................................... 5-74
System operation .............................................................................................. 5-73
Automatic transmission ....................................................................................... 6-18
Automatic transmission operation.................................................................... 6-18
Good driving practices ..................................................................................... 6-23

I-2
 I
B
Battery ................................................................................................................. 9-36
Battery capacity label ....................................................................................... 9-38
Battery recharging ............................................................................................ 9-38
Battery replacement.......................................................................................... 9-39
For best battery service .................................................................................... 9-36
Reset items ....................................................................................................... 9-39
Before driving ........................................................................................................ 6-4
Before entering the vehicle ................................................................................ 6-4
Before starting .................................................................................................... 6-4
Brake/clutch fluid ................................................................................................ 9-27
Checking the brake/clutch fluid level............................................................... 9-27
Braking system .................................................................................................... 6-34
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........................................................................ 6-37
Brake Assist System (BAS).............................................................................. 6-43
Disc brakes wear indicator ............................................................................... 6-34
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................................................... 6-38
Emergency Stop Signal (ESS).......................................................................... 6-43
Good braking practices..................................................................................... 6-44
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................................................... 6-42
Parking brake.................................................................................................... 6-35
Power brakes .................................................................................................... 6-34
Rear drum brakes ............................................................................................. 6-35
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) ............................................................. 6-41
Bulb wattage ........................................................................................................ 2-18

C
Center console overview (left-hand drive) .......................................................... 2-10
Center console overview (N-line) (left-hand drive) ............................................ 2-12
Center console overview (N-line) (right-hand drive) .......................................... 2-13
Center console overview (right-hand drive) ........................................................ 2-11
Child restraint system .......................................................................................... 3-29
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)....................................................... 3-32
Using a child restraint system .......................................................................... 3-31
Climate control air filter ...................................................................................... 9-32
Filter inspection ................................................................................................ 9-32
Filter replacement ............................................................................................. 9-32

I-3
Index

Cluster display (cluster type B) ........................................................................... 4-22

Cluster display control ..................................................................................... 4-22
Cluster display modes ...................................................................................... 4-23
User settings mode ........................................................................................... 4-25
Cruise Control (CC)............................................................................................... 7-2
Cruise Control operation .................................................................................... 7-2

D
Dimensions .......................................................................................................... 2-17
Door locks............................................................................................................ 5-14
Auto door lock/unlock features ........................................................................ 5-18
Child-protector rear door locks ........................................................................ 5-18
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle .................................................. 5-16
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ................................................ 5-14
Drive mode integrated control system (2WD)..................................................... 6-45
Dual clutch transmission...................................................................................... 6-24
Dual clutch transmission .................................................................................. 6-26
Dual clutch transmission warning messages .................................................... 6-30
Good driving practices ..................................................................................... 6-32
Parking ............................................................................................................. 6-32

E
Emission control system ...................................................................................... 9-85
Crankcase emission control system.................................................................. 9-85
Evaporative emission control system ............................................................... 9-85
Exhaust emission control system ..................................................................... 9-86
Engine compartment .............................................................................................. 9-4
Engine compartment overview ............................................................................ 2-14
Engine coolant ..................................................................................................... 9-24
Changing the coolant........................................................................................ 9-26
Checking the coolant level ............................................................................... 9-24
Recommended engine coolant ......................................................................... 9-26
Engine number ..................................................................................................... 2-27
Engine oil ............................................................................................................. 9-21
Changing the engine oil and filter .................................................................... 9-23
Checking the engine oil level ........................................................................... 9-21
Engine specification............................................................................................. 2-17
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...................................................... 9-18

I-4
 I
Exterior overview (front view) .............................................................................. 2-2
Exterior overview (front view) (N-line) ................................................................ 2-3
Exterior overview (rear view)................................................................................ 2-4
Exterior overview (rear view) (N-line) .................................................................. 2-5

F
Foreword ................................................................................................................ 1-2
Fuel requirements .................................................................................................. 1-4
Gasoline engine .................................................................................................. 1-4
Fuses .................................................................................................................... 9-50
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement................................................... 9-52
Fuse/relay panel description ............................................................................. 9-53
Instrument panel fuse replacement ................................................................... 9-51

H
Hazard warning flasher .......................................................................................... 8-2
Hood .................................................................................................................... 5-37
Emergency tailgate safety release .................................................................... 5-40
Fuel filler door.................................................................................................. 5-41
Hood ................................................................................................................. 5-37
Tailgate ............................................................................................................. 5-38
How to use this manual ......................................................................................... 1-3
HYUNDAI motor company .................................................................................. 1-2

I
If the engine overheats ........................................................................................... 8-7
If the engine will not start ...................................................................................... 8-3
If the engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly .......................................... 8-3
If the engine turns over normally but doesn’t start ............................................ 8-3
If you have a flat tire............................................................................................ 8-14
Changing tires .................................................................................................. 8-15
EC Declaration of conformity for Jack ............................................................ 8-20
Jack and tools ................................................................................................... 8-14
Jack label .......................................................................................................... 8-19
Removing and storing the spare tire ................................................................. 8-14
Ignition switch ....................................................................................................... 6-5
Key ignition switch ............................................................................................ 6-5
Push Button Start ignition switch ....................................................................... 6-8

I-5
Index

Important safety precautions.................................................................................. 3-2

Air bag hazards................................................................................................... 3-2
Always wear your seat belt ................................................................................ 3-2
Control your speed ............................................................................................. 3-3
Driver distraction................................................................................................ 3-2
Keep your vehicle in safe condition ................................................................... 3-3
Restrain all children ........................................................................................... 3-2
In case of an emergency while driving .................................................................. 8-2
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ..................................................... 8-2
If the engine stalls while driving ........................................................................ 8-2
If you have a flat tire while driving .................................................................... 8-3
Infotainment system............................................................................................. 5-91
Antenna ............................................................................................................ 5-91
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free .................................................... 5-94
How vehicle audio works ................................................................................. 5-95
Steering wheel audio control ............................................................................ 5-92
USB port........................................................................................................... 5-91
Voice recognition.............................................................................................. 5-94
Instrument cluster .................................................................................................. 4-2
Cluster display messages (For cluster type B) ................................................. 4-17
Gauges ................................................................................................................ 4-4
Instrument Cluster Control (For cluster type B) ................................................ 4-3
Transmission Shift Indicator .............................................................................. 4-8
Warning and indicator lights .............................................................................. 4-9
Interior features.................................................................................................... 5-83
Cargo area cover............................................................................................... 5-90
Clothes hanger .................................................................................................. 5-89
Cup holder ........................................................................................................ 5-83
Floor mat anchor(s) .......................................................................................... 5-89
Luggage net (holder) ........................................................................................ 5-90
Power outlet...................................................................................................... 5-84
Sunvisor............................................................................................................ 5-84
USB charger ..................................................................................................... 5-85
Wireless cellular phone charging system ......................................................... 5-86
Interior overview (left-hand drive) ........................................................................ 2-6
Interior overview (N-line) (left-hand drive) .......................................................... 2-8
Interior overview (N-line) (right-hand drive) ........................................................ 2-9
Interior overview (right-hand drive) ...................................................................... 2-7

I-6
 I
J
Jump starting.......................................................................................................... 8-4

L
Light bulbs ........................................................................................................... 9-64
Headlight, Position light, Turn signal light bulb replacement.......................... 9-65
High mounted stop light replacement .............................................................. 9-74
Interior light bulb replacement ......................................................................... 9-75
License plate light bulb replacement ................................................................ 9-74
Rear combination light bulb replacement ........................................................ 9-70
Side repeater light replacement ........................................................................ 9-70
Lighting ............................................................................................................... 5-44
Exterior lights ................................................................................................... 5-44
Interior lights .................................................................................................... 5-50
Welcome system ............................................................................................... 5-52

M
Maintenance services ............................................................................................. 9-7
Owner maintenance precautions ........................................................................ 9-7
Owner’s responsibility ....................................................................................... 9-7
Manual climate control system ............................................................................ 5-56
Heating and air conditioning ............................................................................ 5-57
System maintenance ......................................................................................... 5-64
System operation .............................................................................................. 5-62
Manual transmission ............................................................................................ 6-15
Good driving practices ..................................................................................... 6-17
Manual transmission operation ........................................................................ 6-15
Mirrors ................................................................................................................. 5-23
Inside rearview mirror ...................................................................................... 5-23
Outside rearview mirror ................................................................................... 5-23

O
Open source software notice................................................................................ 2-28
Owner maintenance ............................................................................................... 9-9
Owner maintenance schedule ............................................................................. 9-9

I-7
Index

P
Parking brake ....................................................................................................... 9-30
Checking the parking brake.............................................................................. 9-30

R
Rear View Monitor (RVM) .................................................................................... 7-6
Rear View Monitor malfunction and limitations................................................ 7-8
Rear View Monitor operation ............................................................................. 7-7
Rear View Monitor settings................................................................................ 7-6
Recommended lubricants and capacities ............................................................. 2-22
Recommended SAE viscosity number ............................................................. 2-24
Reference weight and distance when towing a trailer ......................................... 2-21
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ........................................................... 7-9
Reverse Parking Distance Warning malfunction and precautions ................... 7-10
Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation .................................................... 7-9

S
Safety messages ..................................................................................................... 1-3
Scheduled maintenance service ........................................................................... 9-11
Maintenance under severe usage conditions - gasoline engine ........................ 9-16
Normal maintenance schedule - gasoline engine ............................................. 9-12
Seat belts .............................................................................................................. 3-16
Additional seat belt safety precautions............................................................. 3-26
Care of seat belts .............................................................................................. 3-28
Pre-tensioner seat belt ...................................................................................... 3-24
Seat belt restraint system .................................................................................. 3-20
Seat belt warning light...................................................................................... 3-17
Seats ....................................................................................................................... 3-4
Front seats .......................................................................................................... 3-8
Rear seats.......................................................................................................... 3-12
Special driving conditions ................................................................................... 6-47
Driving at night ................................................................................................ 6-48
Driving in flooded areas ................................................................................... 6-49
Driving in the rain ............................................................................................ 6-48
Hazardous driving conditions........................................................................... 6-47
Reducing the risk of a rollover ......................................................................... 6-49
Rocking the vehicle .......................................................................................... 6-47
Smooth cornering ............................................................................................. 6-48

I-8
 I
Steering wheel ..................................................................................................... 5-20
Horn.................................................................................................................. 5-22
Motor Driven Power Steering (MDPS)............................................................ 5-20
Tilt steering / Telescope steering ...................................................................... 5-21
Storage compartment ........................................................................................... 5-80
Center console storage ..................................................................................... 5-80
Cool box ........................................................................................................... 5-81
Glove box ......................................................................................................... 5-81
Sliding armrest ................................................................................................. 5-80
Sunglass holder ................................................................................................ 5-82
Sunroof ................................................................................................................ 5-32
Automatic reversal ........................................................................................... 5-34
Resetting the sunroof........................................................................................ 5-35
Slide open/close................................................................................................ 5-33
Sunroof open warning ...................................................................................... 5-36
Sunshade........................................................................................................... 5-32
Tilt open/close .................................................................................................. 5-33

T
Theft-alarm system .............................................................................................. 5-19
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ............................................................ 8-9
Changing a tire with TPMS .............................................................................. 8-12
Check tire pressure ............................................................................................. 8-9
Low tire pressure position telltale and tire pressure telltale ............................. 8-11
Low tire pressure telltale .................................................................................. 8-11
Tire pressure monitoring system ...................................................................... 8-10
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator ................... 8-12
Tire specification and pressure label ................................................................... 2-27
Tires and wheels .........................................................................................2-19, 9-39
Checking tire inflation pressure ....................................................................... 9-41
Low aspect ratio tire ......................................................................................... 9-49
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ..................................................... 9-39
Tire care ............................................................................................................ 9-39
Tire maintenance .............................................................................................. 9-45
Tire replacement ............................................................................................... 9-43
Tire rotation ...................................................................................................... 9-42
Tire sidewall labeling ....................................................................................... 9-45
Tire traction ...................................................................................................... 9-45
Wheel alignment and tire balance .................................................................... 9-43
Wheel replacement ........................................................................................... 9-45
I-9
Index

Towing ................................................................................................................. 8-21

Emergency towing............................................................................................ 8-23
Removable towing hook................................................................................... 8-22
Towing service ................................................................................................. 8-21
Trailer towing ...................................................................................................... 6-54
Driving with a trailer ........................................................................................ 6-57
If you decide to pull a trailer? .......................................................................... 6-54
Maintenance when towing a trailer .................................................................. 6-60
Trailer towing equipment ................................................................................. 6-56
Trip computer ...................................................................................................... 4-29
Cluster type A ................................................................................................... 4-29
Cluster type B .................................................................................................. 4-33

V
Vehicle break-in process ........................................................................................ 1-7
Vehicle certification label .................................................................................... 2-26
Vehicle handling instructions................................................................................. 1-7
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................................................................. 2-26
Vehicle modifications ............................................................................................ 1-7
Vehicle weight ..................................................................................................... 6-61
Overloading ...................................................................................................... 6-61
Vehicle weight and luggage volume .................................................................... 2-20

I-10
 I
W
Washer fluid ......................................................................................................... 9-29
Checking the washer fluid level ....................................................................... 9-29
Windows .............................................................................................................. 5-26
Manual windows .............................................................................................. 5-31
Power windows ................................................................................................ 5-26
Windshield defrosting and defogging .................................................................. 5-76
Auto dehumidify .............................................................................................. 5-79
Automatic climate control system .................................................................... 5-77
Defroster ........................................................................................................... 5-78
Manual climate control system ........................................................................ 5-76
Winter driving ...................................................................................................... 6-50
Snow or icy conditions ..................................................................................... 6-50
Winter precautions ........................................................................................... 6-52
Wiper blades ........................................................................................................ 9-33
Blade inspection ............................................................................................... 9-33
Blade replacement ............................................................................................ 9-34
Wipers and washers ............................................................................................. 5-53
Front windshield washers ................................................................................. 5-54
Front windshield wipers ................................................................................... 5-54
Rear window wiper and washer switch ............................................................ 5-55

I-11